Discoveries (printed 1641)

Edited by Lorna Hutson

INTRODUCTION

Timber, or Discoveries remains a provocative and mysterious text. It holds out the promise of what Swinburne referred to as ‘mental autobiography’ (Swinburne, 1889, 137): access to the workings of Jonson’s poetic mind. It contains some of Jonson’s best-known pronouncements on poetry and poetics, and the language in which these are expressed is of such consciously achieved clarity and precision that its very restraint is suffused with a peculiar emotional power. When we read, for example, a pronouncement such as ‘Pure and neat language I love, yet plain and customary’ (1325), we are conscious both of the sentiment’s apparent emotional directness, and of a kind of intellectual strenuousness hidden in its simplicity. The inversion of the word order smuggles in an artful symmetry, matching pairs of adjectives at either end of the sentence, so that we are forced to think more precisely than we might have about the distinctions between these everyday words. Why are ‘pure’ and ‘neat’ contrasted with ‘plain’ and ‘customary’? What is that ‘yet’ implying? There is a kind of audacity in the very performance of the plainness here advocated. Its extreme austerity of expression is far from being really ‘customary’, then or now. But there is another kind of audacity or risk, too, with which this introduction will be chiefly concerned. It is the risk Jonson takes in performing his own direct emotional involvement (‘Pure and neat language I love’), by manipulating, with consummate art, the utterances of other men (in this passage, Quintilian).

Discoveries may be defined as a commonplace book. Jonson’s title-page, after all, identifies his ‘discoveries’ as formulations that have ‘flowed out of his daily readings’. But recognition of this in itself may pose problems for Jonson’s readers in the twenty-first century, who may be looking for something more like the delightfully-sustained argumentative movement of Sidney’s Apology for Poetry, or the pleasurable mixture of poetic insight and literary gossip that we find in William Drummond’s recording of Jonson’s conversations in the Informations. Unfamiliar as we are with the conventions of the printed commonplace book, or the habits of mind that made it congenial to readers, we are likely to find the very look of Discoveries a little off-putting. Editors have chosen to deal in different ways with the mixture of commonplace-book headings, proverbs, quotations, names, and citations of references that appear in the crowded margins of F2, but the effect is inevitably somewhat miscellaneous. Some sections of text are more fragmentary than others. Lines 127 to 155, for example, consist of a mixture of musings on Latin proverbs or literary phrases – sometimes so brief that they amount to densely-wrought vernacular renderings – mixed with facetious comments on snatches of contemporary news, and commonplaces of moral philosophy, sententiously delivered as if arising from personal observation and experience. Other sections, such as that on the analogies between poetry and painting at lines 1074 to 1162 (which derives from Antonio Possevino’s summary of passages from Pliny’s Natural History), or the section on epistolary style at lines 1506 to 1623 (transcribed from John Hoskyns’s Directions for Speech and Style, c. 1598–1603, which reworks Justus Lipsius’s Epistolica institutio) have more continuity, and could be classed as short essays, were they not known to be translations or transcriptions. And yet, as we read our way across this topical heterogeneity and these palimpsestic layers of authors upon authors, it is impossible for us not to be aware that these textual fragments are unified by a lapidary consistency of style. We even have a sense of the magisterial presence of the author in the first-person pronoun that so often claims to have personally experienced or observed the truths uttered in these pages. It is as if Jonson’s acts of reading and translation or transcription themselves constitute acts of possessive re-origination through expressive choice, and in articulating the discoveries that have ‘flowed out of his daily readings’, Jonson has produced a model of stylistic coherence, a kind of inalienable expressive integrity.

The question of the extent to which the derivativeness of Jonson’s text exists in tension with the implicit claims of its first-person pronouncements is an interesting, and indeed, unavoidable one. Jonson translates from the younger Seneca to the effect that ‘Truth lies open to all; it is no man’s several’ (99). This statement, and the fact of its having been taken from a classical author, have been read as endorsing the theories of literary imitation popularized by Erasmian humanism and particularly in evidence in Erasmus’s De copia (1526) and Adages (1500, 1508). In the literary culture of imitation created by Erasmus’s De copia, as Terence Cave has written, the boundaries between reading and authorship are erased: ‘a text is read in view of its transcription as part of another text; conversely, the writer as imitator concedes that he cannot escape entirely the constraints of what he has read’ (Cave, 1979, 35). Likewise, Kathy Eden has noted how a kind of literary communism, a lack of property boundaries, characterizes Erasmus’s project of facilitating access to classical literature in the Adages: ‘Making available for common use the collected intellectual wealth of the classical tradition, the Adages begins with a proverb about friendship, and not only about friendship, but about the common ownership of property’ (Eden, 2001, 25).

By this kind of analogy, it would tempting to read Jonson’s Timber, or Discoveries as a silva, a wood- or timber-collection of raw literary materials made communistically available to others, in precisely the way Erasmus referred to his Adages as sylvam aliquam adagiorum, ‘a sort of collection of adages’, which would give modern readers access to classical literary wealth (CWE, 9.316). However, as we read through Jonson’s silva, it becomes clear that the effect of his translations – quite unlike that of Erasmus’s Adages – is not to leave the resource-potential of the sentiment or adage communal and ‘open to all’, but to make its expression ‘several’, or particular, to Jonson’s production of his ethical and autobiographical voice. For example, when Jonson, translating a passage from Seneca’s On Benefits, observes that ‘he that writes other verses upon my verses, takes not away the first letters, but hides them’ (324–5), the statement is charged with autobiographical effect. Choosing to translate Seneca’s scriptis nostris ‘our writings’, as ‘my verses’, Jonson ensures that the specificity of ‘verses’ and the singular possessive intensify a reader’s desire to infer an autobiographical meaning. Seneca’s lines, occurring in the context of his essay, illustrate a general moral truth which lies ‘open to all’: injuries do not erase benefits, though they may deface them. Jonson, however, inflects the moral truth with the authority of experience; he seems to remember having had someone scrawl over his poems, or, perhaps (as Dekker did), parody his verses, writing verses ‘upon my verses’ in that sense. There are many other examples of similar autobiographical effects. More scandalous instances include Jonson’s praise of Bacon at lines 673–9, or his lament for the loss of his powers of memory, at lines 348–60. The first passage, powerfully emotive in its apparent witness of Jonson’s personal loyalty to Bacon during his impeachment, has been found to have been transcribed from someone else’s letter about Bacon. The second, which prompted Swinburne’s reflections on ‘mental autobiography’, and which has us all imagining Jonson’s boyhood memories of recitation at Westminster School, is actually translated word for word from the elder Seneca.

Should we feel cheated to find that Jonson’s apparently personal opinions and autobiographical revelations are in fact derived from others’ writings? Assessments have varied tellingly across the centuries. In the seventeenth and eighteenth centuries, responses to Discoveries were not marked by any such concern, but neither was the text read as revelatory about Jonson. In Of Dramatic Poesy (1668), Dryden appreciated Jonson for enabling English dramatic theory to rival that of French neoclassicism: ‘in his Discoveries, we have as many and profitable rules for perfecting the stage as any wherewith the French can furnish us’ (Dryden, Works, 1971, 17.58). These dramatic precepts are in fact lengthy passages of close translation from a work on the poetics of tragedy by the Dutch scholar Daniel Heinsius. Dryden, who was certainly aware of Heinsius’s work, evidently thought the indebtedness not worth mentioning. Peter Whalley, including Discoveries in his edition of Jonson’s works in 1756, merely comments that, ‘many of the following passages are imitations, or observations made upon authors of his daily reading’. He declares he will not point out each instance, since ‘it will be of no great importance, whether the sentiment be Jonson’s own, or borrowed from a classic original’ (Whalley, 7.71).

A century later, however, the terms on which any appreciation of Discoveries might be based had changed completely. Legal and economic claims to authorial ownership and to rights over publication began, in the writings of the German Romantics, to rely on discourses of aesthetic genius and originality (Woodmansee, 1984, 425–48). In establishing an author’s claim to own his work, it became necessary to show that literary style was the inalienable, because organic, expression of an individual genius and individual nature. When Jonson’s Discoveries were ‘rediscovered’ in Swinburne’s A Study of Ben Jonson (1889), the effects of this change may be seen in the curious way in which Swinburne judges Jonson’s virile writing style as proof of the poet’s honest, incorruptible character. Swinburne championed Jonson’s observations on men and morals over the better-known essays of Bacon on the grounds that in reading Jonson’s prose we are in the presence of ‘one of the noblest, manliest, most honest and most helpful natures that ever dignified and glorified a powerful intelligence and an admirable genius’ (Swinburne, 1889, 130).

The time was ripe for the revelation of Jonson’s literary indebtedness as a full-blown scandal. Felix Schelling’s 1892 edition of Discoveries gently pointed out that a passage which Swinburne had extolled was not Jonson (Schelling, 1892, 90), but Euripides (whom Swinburne reviled for his ‘flaccid verse and sentimental sophistry’, Swinburne, 1889, 139). Then, in 1906, the publication of Maurice Castelain’s Parisian doctoral dissertation explicitly aimed ‘to prove that Discoveries might be, without any serious objection, left out of the Jonsonian canon’, because, ‘the book is not his; or, at least, . . . the merit and interest of it are for the most part attributable to other men’ (Castelain, 1906, ⅶ). It was nothing less than a fraud, argued Castelain (with a glance at Swinburne), to go on admiring as Jonson’s own ‘[t]he deep and noble thoughts, the strong manly expressions’ of Discoveries. These, he insisted ‘we must now give back to their right owners’ (Castelain, 1906, ⅶ, ⅹⅹⅳ).

Castelain defended his views with the new weapons of bibliographical argument. Whereas knowledge that Discoveries was published after Jonson’s death had merely prompted nineteenth-century editors, such as William Gifford, to enhance the text’s pathos by presenting it to readers as ‘the last drops of Jonson’s quill’ (Gifford, 1816, 9.150), Castelain took posthumous publication to undermine the text’s authority, based as that was on the new bibliographical principle of authorial intention. Not only was Discoveries ‘nothing but a “commonplace book”’ and therefore not Jonson’s ‘own’ thoughts, but the text’s arrangement into sections with marginal headnotes, he believed, was entirely the work of the printer, Thomas Walkley, and so was likewise not Jonson’s own. The textual evidence for Castelain’s assertion, and the fascinating history of the legal disputes that interrupted the printing of Discoveries, are treated more fully in my Textual Essay (Electronic Edition). Here it is only necessary to say that in 1947 the next editors of Discoveries, Percy and Evelyn Simpson, refuted the main plank of Castelain’s argument that the text was not intended for publication. Where Castelain had maintained that the ‘Silva’ epigraph had been attached to Jonson’s text by an enterprising printer to give the work a spurious coherence, the Simpsons found no reason to doubt that it was Jonson’s, noting its having been used as Jonson’s headnote to his poetry collection Underwood. The Simpsons thus asserted authorial intention and propriety over the text (they also argued convincingly for Jonson’s authorship of the marginal headnotes), while at the same time accepting the idea of Jonson’s extensive literary indebtedness with equanimity, recording (as Castelain had also done) almost all the Latin, Greek, and vernacular texts from which Jonson had amassed his observations (H&S, 8.557–8).

Castelain’s questions about the text, however, were far from beside the point, and were not actually resolved by the new edition. Jonson’s translations clearly do tend to produce autobiographical effects from sententious and generalized sources. Why does this happen? Why does Jonson, as Castelain asks, ‘apply to Shakespeare or Bacon, the very same words which applied [in the elder Seneca] to Cassius Severus or Haterius?’ (Castlelain, 1906, xviii). What, exactly, was Jonson’s purpose in translating Latin texts on ethics and poetics, and adapting their referents to his own time? C. J. Sisson attractively suggests that Discoveries is a collection of the lecture notes Jonson made while employed as deputy Professor of Rhetoric at Gresham College. Sisson’s hypothesis (TLS, 21 September 1952, 604) is supported by the fact that Jonson signed himself in a Chancery deposition of 20 October, 1623, as ‘Beniamin Johnson of Gresham Colledge in London, gent.’ Further supporting evidence is the fact that Sir Kenelm Digby, who had custody of the pages of Discoveries before passing them to Thomas Walkley to print, spent some time living in and studying at Gresham College in the early 1630s. However, Sisson’s argument is also open to the usual weakness of any attempt to infer Jonson’s purpose in writing from reflexive moments in the text itself. It turns out – inevitably – that the evidence Sisson alleges for Jonson’s intentions is actually a translation from someone else’s words: ‘At the end we have,’ a typical lecturer’s invitation to the next lecture – “such are the episodes, of which hereafter”.’ However, this phrase is a direct translation of Heinsius’s On the Constitution of Tragedy. ‘Of which hereafter’ (1996) thus turns out to refer (though not necessarily exclusively) to Professor Heinsius’s, rather than Professor Jonson’s, pedagogic intentions. Once again Jonson’s personal aims and opinions remain elusive.

If Sisson’s attractive and plausible thesis must nevertheless remain speculation at this point, can we gather anything from his attribution of Heinsius’s words to Jonson? What, in other words, is to be learned from Jonson’s practices as a translator and transcriber of texts? Twentieth-century literary theory has undermined the moral high ground occupied by the idea of originality. Deconstructive work on Renaissance imitation, along with materialist work on the sociology of reading, have put us in a better position from which to appreciate the effects of what R. R. Bolgar called the ‘notebook culture’ of the Renaissance (Bolgar, 1954, 272–5, 317–29). And yet, in practice, scholarly work on Discoveries has still tended to seek for evidence of Jonson’s opinions by seeking for bits of ‘original’ text, rather than by describing what Jonson does when he translates. In what is otherwise one of the best essays on Jonson and imitation, Thomas Greene notes that Jonson’s pronouncements on the practice of imitation are remarkably ambivalent, and yet this ambivalence, Greene asserts, cannot be merely ascribed to effects of a commonplace book, since ‘[t]oo much discrimination as well as rewriting clearly went into its compilations, and not all entries have as yet been traced to a source’ (T. M. Greene, 1982, 274). Greene goes on to single out one passage which suggestively expresses Jonson’s ambivalence about imitation, a passage the more important because it is one ‘for which no source has as yet been identified’. It occurs at lines 784–8, beginning, ‘I have considered our whole life is like a play: wherein every man, forgetful of himself, is in travail with expression of another.’ Greene was unaware that Margaret Clayton had found a source for this extraordinary passage in the Policraticus of the twelfth-century writer, John of Salisbury (Clayton, 1979).

If Clayton exposed once more the extent to which Jonson’s rhetoric of first-person observation and experience can be deceptive, however, she also illuminated Greene’s point about Jonsonian discrimination in compiling. The lines that immediately precede those on imitation also come largely from John of Salisbury’s writing, and they form a coherent paragraph on the evils of adulatio (flattery). Here Jonson meditates on the extent to which flattery is a collusive project, arguing that noblemen are themselves to blame for ‘submit[ting] their dignity and authority’ to soothing speeches, and his observations on this topic build to a powerful rhetorical climax in the hyperbolic irony of the comment that nowadays the man who flatters modestly ‘is thought to malign’. Yet this apparently seamless passage, powerfully combining axiomatic truths with scathing irony, actually weaves together two stylistically heterogeneous Latin texts: the rhetorical climax to John of Salisbury’s observations comes from Seneca. Clayton convincingly proposes that Jonson was alerted to the moral and tonal connections between these quite different texts by the work of sixteenth-century editors in classifying sections of their contents in tables and indexes. Here, then, we have historical scholarship on early modern reading practices which helps us to understand how Jonson was drawn to connections between diverse texts, and which can only enhance, pace Castelain, our appreciation of the creativity that went into rendering them into a passionately controlled and compelling English voice.

But what about the deceptive authority of Jonson’s rhetoric of personal experience? Does this not still raise ethical questions of property and ownership, as Castelain suggested? The question can be approached differently by first acknowledging that Jonson’s appropriation of his source texts by the use of this first-person rhetoric is not inadvertent, but deliberate. It is of a piece with his precise interweaving of heterogeneous source texts to form a stylistic unity and the illusion of a single voice. These strategies contribute to what Wesley Trimpi identified as Jonson’s ‘plain style’. This, Trimpi argued, was the main business of Discoveries: to advocate, in place of the full, balanced periods of English imitators of Cicero, a more conversational style of English prose (Trimpi, 1962a, 3–91). The new plain style was largely associated with Renaissance neostoicism and with the younger Seneca. One of its characteristics was that, in dispensing with syntactic ligatures such as conjunctions, it gave the illusion of presenting a writer’s thoughts spontaneously, as they came to him. And though it grew out of the rhetorical practice of imitation, one consequence of its seventeenth-century advocacy was that, as Trimpi noted, ‘the doctrine of imitation would be the most difficult to apply. The unspecialized, styleless style, whose models are the familiar letter and the urbane conversation, is by definition incapable of predication’ (Trimpi, 1962a, 58).

In political and ethical terms, the neostoic plain style offered a challenge to the idea of imitation as the following of the characteristic schemes and tropes of one textual model in particular. The neostoic writer/speaker was, rather, aware of the range of political positions associated with different rhetorical styles, so that his writing or oration dramatized this knowledge as a process of critical selection. Andrew Shiflett has written of Justus Lipsius’s neostoicism that it shifted the work of imitation itself into ‘a dramatization of the problem of choosing models’, which in turn staged the writer’s effort to make a ‘“disciplined, strong and truly virile” response to real political situations’ (Shiflett, 1998, 26). The ‘virility’ of the neostoic rejection of the slavish imitation of another writer’s schemes and tropes becomes an expression of the independence of the speaker’s or writer’s political and literary judgement. Thus it is that while the neostoic plain style claimed, in the words of Justus Lipsius, to communicate ‘simplicity’ (simplicitas) and ‘forthrightness’ (ingenuitas), this was not the simplicity and frankness of a confessional outpouring of the self, but that which is revealed by witnessing the mind’s independence in the act of judgement. Lipsius wrote that the conversational style should ‘disclose the special candour of a free mind’ (Principles of Letter-Writing, 24–5, 30–1). The mind’s freedom, rhetorically asserted in the forthright, plain-speaking first-person rhetoric of experience, is displayed in the drama of allusion that plays just beneath the textual surface, inviting the informed reader to appreciate the author’s discrimination between positions of allegiance and engagement with source texts.

Although Discoveries can be classed as a commonplace book, then, its stylistic project constitutes a radical break with the commonplace-book culture and imitation theory of the sixteenth century. Earlier products of the De copia moment in imitation history, such as John Lyly’s Euphues, Rabelais’s books of Gargantua and Pantagruel, and Montaigne’s Essays, are freighted with the more or less unacknowledged results of compendious reading in the form of examples, the evidential status of which (varied in the ways Erasmus suggests as similes, metaphors, allegories, ironic fictions, and so forth) tends to be indeterminate, resisting ideological closure and producing sceptical effects. By contrast, the dearth of examples in Discoveries is remarkable: Jonson seems to have culled Seneca, Plutarch, Pliny, Ovid, Horace, and the other much-used sources of Renaissance exemplarity not for examples, but more precisely for what we could call apologetic statements. A typical instance is Jonson’s moving testimony to having been slandered by enemies, at lines 969–70: ‘At last they upbraided my poverty. I confess she is my domestic.’ These two sentences, eloquently constituting the confession of poverty as a moral defence against the slander of it, are translated directly from the Apology of the second-century satirist and rhetorician, Lucius Apuleius, who had been accused of having used magic to gain the affections of a rich widow. It is characteristic of the bias of Jonson’s Discoveries that it should draw more upon Apuleius’s Apology than upon his much-better-known novel, Metamorphoses or The Golden Ass. Jonson turned precisely to examples of the genre of the apologia – Erasmus’s letter to Martin Dorp in defence of the Praise of Folly, Joseph Justus Scaliger’s confutation of Gaspar Scioppius’s slanderous attacks on himself and his father – for similarly high-minded statements in his personal and professional defence.

It follows that Jonson’s rhetoric of personal observation and experience works with his strategy of seamlessly interweaving extracts from different texts to produce a drama of implicit ironies and tacit allusions. The ability to allude, to communicate implicitly, becomes part of the stylistic ideal of conversational plainness, and helps to define the ‘virility’, which, as Patricia Parker has shown, is inevitably associated with this stylistic ideal (P. Parker, 1996, 201–22). Both the superficial ostentation of elaborate schemes and tropes, and the no less ostentatious preference for a ‘manly’ syntactical irregularity in composition are condemned by Jonson, because both alike locate their distinctiveness in an explicit departure from conversational norms. So Jonson writes:

You have others that labour only to ostentation, and are ever more busy about the colours and surface of a work than in the matter and foundation: for that is hid, the other is seen. Others that in composition are nothing but what is rough and broken: Quae per salebras, altaque saxa cadunt. And if it would come gently, they trouble it of purpose. They would not have it run without rubs, as if that style were more strong and manly, that struck the ear with a kind of unevenness. (499–505)

While this passage distinguishes writers who concentrate on ‘matter and foundation’ from those who merely vary the figurative surface of the text, the foundational irregularity of the latter is nevertheless ‘superficial’ when compared with Jonson’s ideal, which is expressed here in his own prose. For the positive stylistic ideal is a prose which appears to move plainly and transparently, but which is distinguished by hidden or implicit meanings, by a witty play of allusion designed to appeal to the especially alert and discriminating reader. One allusion here is overt, and its source is noted in the margin: the line Quae per salebras, altaque saxa cadunt (‘That stumble among ruts and boulders’) comes from the 90th epigram in Martial’s eleventh book, a poem which makes fun of the assumption that irregular metre and archaic diction make poems especially virile. However, the following line, ‘They would not have it run without rubs, as if that style were more strong and manly, that struck the ear with a kind of unevenness’ is a translation from Seneca’s 114th epistle on literary and bodily styles, Nolunt sine salebra esse iuncturam; virilem putant et fortem, quae aurem inaequalitate percutiat (‘They would have jolts in all their transitions; they think strong and manly whatever makes an uneven impression on the ear’). The use of the word salebra (‘a jolting’, ‘a rough patch of road’) in the quotation from Martial alludes to the Latin behind Jonson’s translation of Seneca’s ‘sine salebra’ as ‘without rubs’, tying Martial’s line more closely to the Senecan topos of the inextricability of style and sexual codes, and reinforcing, while concealing at the level of textual surface, the link between the cultural assumptions of Seneca’s text, and Martial’s obscenely homophobic punchline. Jonson’s text thus decorously conceals its own endorsement of Martial’s joke that the affectation of a rugged virility in poetry is actually a sign of the pathic (the sexually passive partner in a male couple, a negative stereotype in Roman culture; see Richlin, 1992) and, in doing so, identifies its own tactful and allusive silence as the truly manly, conversational ideal.

Castelain’s view that Jonson’s classical indebtedness in Discoveries was a reason to reject Jonson’s ‘ownership’ of the sentiments and of the ‘strong and manly expressions’ therein is clearly off the mark. As we can see from this passage, the extent of Jonson’s classical indebtedness, if we may call it that, is absolutely crucial to the drama of allusion that distinguishes a writer as having real critical judgement, real powers of discrimination. Thus it is, too, that the tendency of the writing is always to assert personal integrity. The cultivation of an apparently spontaneous and transparent style which is rich in critically inflected allusions tends always to the proving of the speaker’s or writer’s independence of mind in the mind of an imagined, equally discerning, and critical reader/interlocutor. Indeed, Jonson’s allusive plain style produced a new kind of urbane comic hero for the stage: the wit who is tactful in dealing with fools, but whose allusions communicate to his friend and to the audience a more critical response than the fool, oblivious to the insult, can understand (examples are Wellbred and Knowell in Every Man In His Humour and Dauphine and Clerimont in Epicene). The plain style in this sense demands or imagines a community of well-read and highly discriminating interlocutors, capable of appreciating the judgements involved in alluding to this or that work, or author, or political context.

Swinburne, in relation to this last point, proves a better reader of Jonson than Castelain, for all that he did not recognize Jonson’s sources. For Swinburne saw that Jonson’s writings on political government, though always endorsing monarchy, nevertheless imagine it as operating in tension with, and constrained by, a critical, literate public sphere. Jonson’s writings on monarchy, as Swinburne put it, are ‘tempered and allayed with rational or republican good sense’ (Swinburne, 1889, 155). Not that this republican good sense tends in any way towards democracy; Jonson’s scorn for both popular and courtly standards of poetic discrimination is nicely captured in his observation that the vulgar, in preferring the works of John Taylor over Spenser, exercise a monarchical ‘prerogative . . . to lose their judgements and like that which is naught’ (448–9). Democracy for Jonson meant an absurd equivalence of power between men whose judgements ought to be weighed according to the proof of their reasons for discrimination. Nothing, he says, is ‘so unequal as the equality’ in a system of democratic suffrage, for ‘how odd soever men’s brains or wisdoms are’, their opinions are counted as numerical equivalents in voting (367–9). Emphatically neither democratic nor courtly, Jonson’s plain style imagines an elite community of readers and writers whose freely expressed discriminations advance political, ethical, and natural knowledge. Like Quintilian who, in spite of writing under the emperor Domitian, imagined eloquence functioning only in the traditional fora of public life, and not in the imperial court, Jonson imagines a literate – if elite – public sphere in which a conversational style advances men and letters. Hence his stress on the importance of public schooling, which he imagines as preparation for the public life. In what seems to be a draft of a letter to a nobleman on the education of his sons, he writes,

I wish them sent to the best school, and a public, which I think the best . . . To breed them at home is to breed them in a shade, where in a school they have the light and heat of the sun. They are used and accustomed to things and men. When they come forth into the commonwealth, they find nothing new or to seek . . . They hear . . . themselves, much approved, much corrected: all which they bring to their own store and use, and learn as much as they hear. (1182–3, 1188–94)

Here Jonson’s imagery of sun and shade relates back to his earlier assessment, taken from the elder Seneca, of the relative merits of declamation and effective public speaking in the forum. Declamation was a form of rhetorical display, in vogue during the empire, when rhetoric was said to have lost the political centrality it enjoyed during the republic. Seneca, Quintilian, and others suggest that declamation is merely ornamental and even decadent. In the passage in which Jonson contrasts declamation with effective public speaking, he adapts Seneca to his own time, denouncing the ‘umbratical’ (shaded) declaimers or university doctors by comparison with the metaphorically sunburnt or publicly tried and tested speakers in pulpits and law courts: ‘I can see whole volumes dispatched by the umbratical doctors on all sides. But . . . let them appear sub dio [in the daylight], and they are changed with the place, like bodies bred i’ the shade’ (309–11). As in his comments on schooling, Jonson here argues that only in public exchange, in the public sphere, is eloquence really put to the test (although his conception of the public sphere of eloquence tellingly omits Parliament).

There is an integral connection between Jonson’s concerns with public schooling as a preparation for a truly critical, discerning, conversational style, and his conception of the role of the dramatic poet. In a rewriting of the dramatic theory of Daniel Heinsius Jonson makes the critical public sphere, the sphere of political discourse, into the proper object of the comic dramatist’s study. Heinsius dedicated On the Constitution of Tragedy (1611) to the statesman and dramatist Rochus van den Honaert, and he accordingly compliments his dedicatee on combining these roles. Necque enim ex umbra ad ea accedebas: sed cum in Republica versatus esses, quae magnatum est schola, he writes: ‘Neither, indeed, did you approach it [tragedy] from the shadow: but you were employed in the Republic, which is the school of great men.’ Jonson repositions Heinsius’s compliment so van den Honaert’s political experience becomes an aspect of ‘study’, one of the requisites of the ideal comic poet: ‘He [the poet] must have civil prudence and eloquence, and that whole, not taken up by snatches . . . as if he came then out of the declaimers’ gallery, or shadow, but furnished out of the body of the state, which commonly is the school of men’ (1791–4, my italics). Jonson thus links Heinsius’s metaphor of shadow to his own earlier use in his denunciation of the merely ornamental rhetoric of declamation, and, where Heinsius complimented a statesman turned poet, Jonson insists, in a striking phrase, that the ‘body of the state’ is the appropriate school of the ideal dramatic poet.

Jonson makes another significant alteration in his translation of Heinsius. Where Heinsius has van den Honaert versatus (‘experienced’ or ‘employed’) in the Republic, Jonson says the poet should be ‘furnished’ out of the body of the state. The word ‘furnished’ is a resonant one for Jonson. Discoveries opens with an epigraph about being inadequately furnished, which is also a statement about how to ‘own’ or inhabit one’s political virtue more thoroughly through the cultivation of a critical independence of mind. Tecum habita, ut noris quam sit tibi curta supellex (‘Live with yourself, and get to know how poor your furniture is’) is the scathing conclusion of Persius’s fourth satire, which, in Isaac Casaubon’s 1605 edition (which Jonson knew; see Jonson’s Library, Electronic Edition), was identified as echoing the Socratic dialogue, Alcibiades I. In Persius’s poem, a politically ambitious and beautiful young man is admonished by ‘the bearded sage’ (Socrates) who pours scorn on the idea that sexual attractiveness and precocity are enough to qualify the youth as a statesman. The final line, Jonson’s epigraph, may be read as enjoining the young man to stop relying on seduction, to ‘live alone’ without lovers, but with books. The adjective curta (‘short’, ‘gelded’) suggests that supellex be read as ‘sexual equipment’, but this satirical sense is entirely compatible with an ethical reading in which solitary living becomes, not just an opportunity to contemplate the limits of sexual power, but to supply the defect of a poorly furnished interior or soul. While the injunction to ‘live alone’ might seem at odds with Jonson’s emphasis on the ‘sunshine’ of public speaking and conversation, it is clear that for Jonson, conversational exchange is always imagined as between highly literate men, and the appreciation of allusion in conversational exchange itself presupposes each speaker coming ‘furnished’ to the occasion of speech. Reading precedes conversation, but the occasion should dictate the appropriateness or otherwise of alluding to one’s reading. Jonson complains of essayists that they ‘confess still what books they have read last’ and reveal their reading unnecessarily in their texts: ‘not that the place did need it neither, but they thought themselves furnished, and would vent it’ (524–7).

The Latin word for furniture, supellex, positioned so prominently in this book on ethics and imitation, is one that has an important role in the history of the ethics and poetics of imitation for Christian humanists. As Kathy Eden has noted, Erasmus used the word supellex in his Antibarbarians to help justify the humanist appropriation of classical literature for Christian uses (Eden, 2001, 143–73). The early Church fathers had already developed a justification for a Christian entitlement to pagan literary models through their exegesis of passages in Exodus (3.22, 12.35–6) which concerned God’s command to the Israelites that, in flying from the Egyptians, they take moveables from their houses to assist them in the promised land. Erasmus’s version of this justification refers to the ‘moveables’ of the Egyptians as supellex, and what the Christians legitimately take from the unclean household of pagan literature becomes its supellex bonarum litterarum, ‘furniture of good learning’ (CWE, 23.97). In Erasmus’s use of it, then, the word supellex, furniture, identifies literary value with transferability, with the capacity to be moved from one context to another. Erasmus would also have known that supellex has a rhetorical sense, as well as a technical sense in Roman property law. Though the word’s rhetorical sense is not mentioned by Eden, it figures prominently in Roman discussions of oratory and literature, especially in relation to imitation and copia. Quintilian, Institutes of the orator (8.prooemium, 28) advises the orator who faces the poverty of sudden loss of inspiration while speaking to accumulate a copious ‘furniture’ of words (verborum supellectilem) by means of reading. Supellex, then, is a word that hovers, like copia, between res and verba, ideas and words, focusing on their value as resources. Erasmus’s conception of the supellex litteraria finds in supellex a definition of literary property in which what is valuable is what is moveable. Jonson, by contrast, no longer concerned with the early humanist project of making the ruined estate of classical letters available to a Christian res publica, reconfigures the supellex litteraria at the outset of Discoveries as constitutive of the individual reader-author’s integrity, masculinity, and stoic political virtue. For Erasmus, furniture is the moveable part of pagan, literary real estate, transferrable to Christians. For Jonson, the important thing is to be ‘furnished’, as if the interiority of the reading and writing self came into being, as dwelling spaces do, by having furniture inside it. Thus, from being defined by their alienability, the supellex bonarum litterarum, or the classical furnishings which so worried Castelain, come to define the inalienability of Jonson’s personal literary style.

Jonson’s intentions in naming this text are unclear, for the prefatory material uses four different titles: Timber, Silva, Explorata, and Discoveries. Of these, the name Discoveries is used most extensively in F2, appearing on the title-page and half-title, and throughout the running-heads, and so is adopted as the title for this edition. The F2 text is printed as continuous paragraphs, but the marginal headings in Latin suggest that Jonson may have intended to divide the text into units corresponding to the changes in topic, a procedure which is followed in the present edition. For fuller discussion, see the Textual Essay, Electronic Edition.

 

SILVA

Rerum, et sententiarum, quasi Υ‘λη dicta a multiplici materia, et varietate, in iis contenta. Quemadmodum enim vulgo solemus infinitam arborum nascentium indiscriminatim multitudinem silvam dicere: ita etiam libros suos in quibus variae, et diversae materiae opuscula temere congesta erant,  silvas appellabant antiqui: timber-trees.

  EXPLORATA, OR DISCOVERIES

   Ill fortune never crushed that man whom good fortune deceived not. I therefore

have counselled my friends never to trust to her fairer side (though she seemed

to make peace with them) but to  place all things she gave them so as she might

ask them again without their trouble: she might take them from them, not pull

them; to keep always a distance between her and themselves.  He knows not 5

his own strength that hath not met adversity. Heaven prepares good men with

 crosses, but no ill can happen to a good man. Contraries are not mixed.  Yet that

which happens to any man, may to every man.  But it is in his reason what he

accounts it, and will make it.

  Change into extremity is very frequent and easy. As when a beggar suddenly 10

grows rich, he commonly becomes a prodigal; for, to obscure his former obscurity,

he puts on riot and excess.

No man is so foolish but may give another good   counsel sometimes, and no

man is so wise but may easily err, if he will take no other’s counsel but his own.

But very few men are wise by their own counsel, or learned by their own teaching. 15

For he that was only taught by himself had  a  fool to his master.

A  fame  that is wounded  to the world would be better cured by another’s

 apology than its own; for few can apply medicines well themselves.  Besides, the

man that is once hated, both his good and his evil deeds oppress him: he is not

easily  emergent. 20

  In great affairs it is a work of difficulty to please all. And oft-times we lose the

 occasion of carrying a business well and thoroughly, by our too much haste.  For

passions are spiritual rebels, and raise sedition against the understanding.

   There is a necessity all men should love their country; he that professeth the

contrary may be delighted with his words, but his heart is there. 25

   Natures that are hardened to evil you shall sooner break than make straight;

they are like poles that are crooked and dry: there is no attempting them.

   We praise the things we hear with much more willingness than those we see,

because we envy the present and reverence the past; thinking ourselves  instructed

by the one, and overlaid by the other. 30

  Opinion is a light, vain, crude, and imperfect thing, settled in the  imagination,

but never arriving at the  understanding, there to obtain the  tincture of reason.

 We labour with it more than truth. There is much more holds us than presseth

us. An  ill fact is one thing, an ill fortune is another, yet both oftentimes sway us

alike by the error of our thinking. 35

  Many men believe not themselves what they would persuade others; and less

do the things which they would impose on others: but least of all know what they

themselves most confidently boast.  Only they set the sign of the cross over their

outer doors, and sacrifice to their gut and their groin in their inner closets.

   What a deal of cold business doth a man misspend the better part of life in! In 40

scattering compliments, tendering visits, gathering and venting news, following

feasts and plays, making a little winter-love in a dark corner.

Puritanus       hypocrita est haereticus, quem opinio propriae perspicaciae, qua sibi videtur,

cum paucis, in ecclesia dogmatibus errores quosdam animadvertisse, de statu mentis

eturbavit: unde sacro furore percitus, phrenetice pugnat contra magistratus, sic ratus, obedientiam 45

praestare Deo.

    Learning needs rest: sovereignty gives it. Sovereignty needs counsel: learning

affords it. There is such a  consociation of offices between the prince and  whom

his favour breeds, that they may help to sustain his power, as he their knowledge.

It is the greatest part of his liberality, his favour; and from whom doth he hear 50

discipline more willingly, or the arts discoursed more gladly, than from those

whom his own bounty and benefits have made able and faithful?

       In being able to counsel others, a man must be  furnished with an universal

store in himself, to the knowledge of all nature: that is the matter and seedplot;

there are the  seats of all argument and invention. But especially you must 55

be cunning in the nature of man: there is the variety of things, which are as the

elements and letters, which his art and wisdom must rank and order to the present

occasion.  For we see not all letters in single words, nor all places in particular

discourses. That cause seldom happens, wherein a man will use all arguments.

       The two chief things that give a man reputation in counsel are the opinion 60

of his  honesty and the opinion of his wisdom. The authority of those two will

persuade, when the same counsels, uttered by other persons less qualified, are of

no efficacy or working.

Wisdom without honesty is  mere craft and cozenage. And therefore the reputation

of honesty must first be gotten, which cannot be but by living well. A  good 65

life is a  main argument.

 Next  a good life, to beget love in the persons we counsel, by dissembling

our knowledge of ability in ourselves, and avoiding all  suspicion of arrogance;

ascribing all to their instruction, as an ambassador to his master, or a subject to

his sovereign; seasoning all with   humanity and sweetness, only expressing care 70

and    solicitude. And not to counsel rashly, or on the sudden, but with advice and

meditation.  Dat nox consilium. For many foolish things fall from wise men, if they

speak in haste, or be extemporal. It therefore behoves the giver of counsel to

be circumspect; especially to beware of those, with whom he is not  thoroughly

acquainted, lest any  spice of rashness, folly, or self-love appear, which will be 75

marked by new persons, and men of experience in affairs.

   And to the prince, or his superior, to behave himself modestly, and with

 respect. Yet  free from flattery or  empire. Not with insolence or  precept; but as the

prince were already furnished with the parts he should have, especially in affairs

of state. For in  other things they will more easily suffer themselves to be taught 80

or reprehended; they will not willingly contend. But hear (with Alexander) the

answer the musician gave him:        Absit o rex, ut tu melius haec scias, quam ego.

    A man should so deliver himself to the nature of the subject whereof he speaks,

that his hearer may take knowledge of his  discipline with some  delight; and so

apparel fair and good matter that the studious of elegancy   be not defrauded; 85

redeem arts from their rough and  braky seats, where they lay hid and overgrown

with thorns, to a pure, open, and flowery light, where they may take the eye, and

be taken by the hand.

   I cannot think Nature is so spent, and decayed, that she can bring forth nothing

worth her former years. She is always the same, like herself: and when she collects 90

her strength, is abler still.  Men are decayed, and studies: she is not.

   I know nothing can conduce more to letters than to examine the writings of

the ancients, and not to rest in their sole authority, or take all upon trust from

them, provided the plagues of judging and pronouncing against them be away:

such as are envy, bitterness,  precipitation, impudence, and  scurrile scoffing. For 95

to all the observations of the ancients, we have our own experience, which, if we

will use and apply, we have better means to pronounce. It is true they opened the

gates, and made the way, that went before us; but as guides, not commanders:

 non domini nostri, sed duces fuere. Truth lies open to all; it is no man’s  several.  Patet

omnibus veritas; nondum est occupata. Multum ex illa, etiam futuris  relictum est. 100

   If in some things I dissent from others, whose wit, industry, diligence, and

judgement I look up at and admire, let me not therefore hear presently of ingratitude

and rashness. For I thank those that have taught me and will  ever; but yet

dare not think the scope of their labour and inquiry was to envy their posterity

what they also could add, and find out. 105

   If I err, pardon me:  nulla ars simul et inventa est et absoluta. I do not desire to be

equal to those that went before, but to have my reason examined with theirs, and

so much faith to be given them, or me, as those shall  evict. I am neither author, or

  fautor of any sect. I will have no man  addict himself to me; but if I have anything

right, defend it as truth’s, not mine (save as it conduceth to a common good). It 110

profits not me to have any man fence or fight for me, to flourish, or take a side.

Stand for truth, and ’tis  enough.

   Arts that respect the mind were ever reputed nobler than those that serve

the body, though we less can be without them. As tillage, spinning, weaving,

building, etc., without which we could scarce sustain life a day. But these were 115

the works of every hand; the other of the brain only, and those the most generous

and exalted wits, and spirits that cannot rest, or  acquiesce. The mind of man is

still fed with labour:  opere pascitur.

 There is a more secret cause; and the power of liberal studies lies more hid than

that it can be wrought out by profane wits. It is not every man’s way to hit. They 120

are men (I confess) that set the  carat and value upon things as they love them; but

 science is not every man’s mistress. It is  as great a spite to be praised in the wrong

place, and by a wrong person, as can be done to a noble nature.

   If divers men seek fame or honour by divers ways, so  both be honest, neither

is to be blamed; but they that seek immortality, are not only worthy of   leave, but 125

of praise.

  He hath a delicate wife, a fair fortune, and family  to go to to be welcome; yet

he had rather be drunk with mine host, and the fiddlers of such a town, than go

home.

  Affliction teacheth a wicked person sometime to pray: prosperity never. 130

  Many might go to heaven with half the labour they go to hell, if they would

venture their industry the right way; but ‘  The devil  take all!’ quoth he that was

choked i’the mill dam, with his four last words in his mouth.

  A cripple in the way out-travels a  footman or a  post out of the way.

  Bags of money to a prodigal person are the same that cherry stones are with 135

some boys, and so thrown away.

  A woman, the more  curious she is about her face, is commonly the  more

careless about her house.

   Of this spilt water, there is  little to be gathered up: it is a  desperate debt.

   The thief  (with a great belly) that had a longing at the gallows to commit one 140

robbery more before he was hanged.

  And like the German lord, when he went out of  Newgate into the cart,  took

order to have his arms set up in his last  harborough,  said he was taken and

committed upon suspicion of treason, no witness appearing against him; but

the judges entertained him most civilly, discoursed with him, offered him the 145

courtesy of the rack; but he confessed, etc.

  I am beholden to calumny, that she hath so endeavoured, and taken  pains to

belie me. It shall make me set a surer guard on myself, and keep a better watch

upon my actions.

   A tedious person is one a man would leap a steeple from; gallop down any 150

steep hill to avoid him; forsake his meat, sleep, nature itself, with all her benefits,

to shun him. A mere impertinent, one that touched neither heaven nor earth in

his discourse. He opened an entry into a fair room; but shut it again presently.

 I spake to him of garlic, he answered asparagus; consulted him of  marriage, he

tells me of hanging: as if they went by one and the same destiny. 155

  What a sight it is, to see writers  committed together by the ears for  ceremonies,

syllables, points, colons, commas, hyphens, and the like! Fighting, as for their

 fires and their altars, and angry that none are frighted at their noises, and loud

brayings under their asses’ skins!

There is hope of getting a fortune without digging in  these quarries.  Sed meliore 160

(in omne) ingenio, animoque quam fortuna sum usus.

  Pingue solum lassat, sed iuvat ipse labor.

   Wits made out their several expeditions then, for the discovery of truth, to

find out great and profitable knowledges; had their several instruments for the

disquisition of arts. Now there are certain scioli, or smatterers, that are busy in 165

the skirts and outsides of learning and have scarce anything of solid literature to

commend them. They may have some edging or trimming of a scholar, a  welt, or

so; but it is no more.

  Imposture is a specious thing, yet never worse than when it feigns to be best,

and to none discovered sooner than the simplest. For truth and goodness are plain 170

and open; but imposture is ever ashamed of the light.

   A puppet-play must be shadowed, and seen in the dark; for draw the curtain,

 et sordet gesticulatio.

  There is a great difference in the understanding of some princes, as in the

quality of their ministers about them. Some would dress their masters in gold, 175

pearl, and all true jewels of majesty; others furnish them with feathers, bells, and

 ribbons: and are therefore esteemed the fitter servants. But they are ever good

men that must make good the times; if the men be naught, the times will be such.

 Finis expectandus est in unoquoque hominum; animali, ad mutationem promptissimo.

   It is a  quick saying with the Spaniards:  Artes inter haeredes non dividi. Yet these 180

have inherited their fathers’ lying, and they brag of it. He is  a narrow-minded

man that affects a triumph in any glorious study; but to triumph in a lie, and a

lie themselves have forged, is  frontless. Folly often goes beyond her bounds; but

impudence knows none.

  Envy is no new thing, nor was it born only in our times. The ages past have 185

brought it forth, and the coming ages will. So long as there are men fit for it,

 quorum odium virtute relicta placet, it will never be wanting. It is a barbarous envy,

to take from those men’s virtues, which, because thou canst not arrive at, thou

impotently  despairest to imitate. Is it a crime in me that I know that which others

had not yet known but from me? Or that I am the author of many things which 190

never would have come in thy thought, but that I taught them? It is a new but

a foolish way you have found out, that whom you cannot equal, or come near in

doing, you would destroy or ruin with evil speaking;  as if you had bound both

your wits and natures prentices to slander, and then came forth the best artificers,

when you could form the foulest calumnies. 195

   Indeed, nothing is of more credit or request now than a  petulant paper, or

scoffing verses; and it is but  convenient to the times and manners we live with,

to have then the worst writings and studies flourish when the best begin to be

despised. Ill arts begin where good end.

  The time was, when men would learn, and study good things, not envy those 200

that had them. Then men were had  in price for learning; now, letters only make

men vile.  He is upbraidingly called a poet, as if it were a most contemptible

nickname. But  the professors (indeed) have made the learning cheap. Railing,

and  tinkling rhymers, whose writings the vulgar more greedily read, as being

taken with the scurrility and petulancy of    such wits. He shall not have a reader 205

now, unless he jeer and lie. It is the food of men’s natures: the diet of the times!

Gallants cannot sleep else. The writer must lie, and the gentle reader rests happy,

to hear the worthiest works misinterpreted, the  clearest actions obscured, the

innocentest life traduced; and in such a licence of lying, a field so fruitful of

slanders, how can there be matter wanting to his laughter? Hence comes the 210

epidemical infection. For how can they escape the contagion of the writings,

whom the virulency of the calumnies hath not staved off from  reading?

  Nothing doth more invite a greedy reader than an unlooked-for subject. And

what more unlooked-for than to see a person of an unblamed life made ridiculous

or odious by the artifice of lying? But it is the disease of the age; and  no wonder 215

if the world, growing old, begin to be infirm: old age itself is a disease. It is long

since the sick world began to dote and talk idly. Would she had but doted still;

but her dotage is now broke forth into a madness, and become a mere  frenzy.

  This Alastor, who hath left nothing unsearched or unassailed by his impudent

and licentious lying in his aguish writings (for he was in his cold quaking fit all 220

the while), what hath he done more than a troublesome base cur: barked, and

made a noise afar off?  Had a fool or two to spit in his mouth, and cherish him with

a musty bone? But they are rather enemies of my fame, than me, these barkers.

   It is an art to have so much judgement as to apparel a lie well, to give it a

good dressing; that though the nakedness would show deformed and odious, the 225

suiting of it might draw their readers. Some love any strumpet (be she never so

shop-like or   meritorious) in good clothes. But these, nature could not have formed

them better, to destroy their own testimony; and overthrow their calumny.

  That an  elephant,  1630, came hither ambassador from the  Great Mogul (who

could both write and read) and was every day allowed twelve  cast of bread, twenty 230

quarts of canary sack, besides nuts and almonds the citizens’ wives sent him. That

he had a Spanish boy to his interpreter, and his chief negotiation was to confer

or practise with  Archy, the principal fool of state, about  stealing hence Windsor

Castle and carrying it away on his back if he can.

    A wise tongue should not be licentious and wandering, but moved and  (as it 235

were) governed with certain reins from the heart and bottom of the breast; and

it was excellently said of  that philosopher, that there was a wall or parapet of

teeth set in our mouth to restrain the  petulancy of our words; that the rashness of

talking should not only be retarded by the guard and watch of our heart, but be

fenced in and defended by certain strengths placed in the mouth itself, and within 240

the lips. But you shall see some so abound with words without any seasoning or

taste of matter,  in so profound a security, as while they are speaking (for the most

part) they confess to speak they know not what.

Of the two (if either were to be wished) I would rather have a plain  downright

wisdom, than a foolish and affected eloquence. For what is so furious and   Bedlam-like 245

as a vain sound of chosen and excellent words, without any subject of  sentence

or science mixed?

Whom the disease of talking still once possesseth, he can never hold his peace.

Nay, rather than he will not discourse, he will hire men to hear him. And so heard,

not hearkened unto, he comes off most times  like a mountebank, that when he 250

hath praised his medicines, finds none will take them or trust him. He is like

 Homer’s  Thersites,     Α᾿μετρο∊πὴς,  Α᾿κριτόμυθος, speaking without  judgement, or

measure.

   Loquax magis, quam facundus.

 Satis loquentiae, sapientiae parum. 255

   Γλώσσης τοι θησαυρὸς ἐν ἀνθρώποισιν ἄριστος

 Φ∊ιδωλῆς, πλ∊ίστη δὲ χάρις κατὰ μέτρον ἰούσης.

  Optimus est homini linguae thesaurus, et ingens

Gratia, quae parcis mensurat singula verbis.

  Ulysses, in Homer, is made a long-thinking man before he speaks; and 260

   Epaminondas is celebrated by Pindar to be a man that, though he knew much,

yet he spoke but little.     Demaratus, when on the bench he was long silent and said

nothing, one asking him if it were folly in him or want of language, he answered,

‘A fool could never hold his peace.’  For too much talking is ever the  indice of a

fool. 265

        Dum tacet indoctus, poterit cordatus haberi;

Is morbos animi namque tacendo tegit.

 Nor is that worthy speech of  Zeno the philosopher to be passed over without

the note of ignorance; who being invited to a feast in Athens where a great prince’s

ambassadors were entertained, and was the only person had said nothing at the 270

table; one of them with courtesy asked him, ‘What shall we return from thee,

Zeno, to the prince our master, if he ask us of thee?’ ‘Nothing,’ he replied, ‘more,

but that you found an old man in Athens, that knew to be silent amongst his

cups.’ It was near a miracle, cups makes it fully a wonder.

  It was wittily said upon one that was taken for a great and grave man so long as 275

he held his peace, ‘This man might have been a counsellor of state till he spoke, but

having spoken, not the   beadle of the ward.’ Ε᾿χ∊μυθία  Pythagorae quam laudabilis!

   γλώσσης πρὸ τῶν ἄλλων κράτ∊ι, θ∊οῖς ἑπόμ∊νος. Linguam cohibe, prae aliis omnibus,

ad Deorum exemplum.  Digito compesce  labellum.∗

   There is almost no man but he sees clearlier and sharper the vices in a speaker, 280

than the virtues. And there are many that with more ease will find fault with what

is spoken foolishly, than that can give allowance to wherein you are wise silently.

The  treasure of a fool is always in his  tongue (said the witty  comic poet) and it

  appears not in anything more, than in that  nation; whereof one, when he had got

the inheritance of an unlucky old  grange, would needs sell it; and to draw buyers, 285

proclaimed the virtues of it. ‘Nothing ever thrived on it,’ saith he. ‘No owner of it

ever died in his bed: some hung, some drowned themselves, some were banished,

some starved; the trees were all blasted, the swine died of the  measles, the cattle

of the  murrain, the sheep of the rot; they that stood were ragged, bare, and bald as

your hand; nothing was ever reared there, not a duckling, or a goose.’    Hospitium 290

fuerat calamitatis. Was not this man like to sell it?

   Expectation of the vulgar is more drawn and held with newness than goodness;

we see it in fencers, in players, in poets, in preachers, in all where fame promiseth

anything; so it be  new, though never so naught and depraved, they run to it and

are taken. Which shows that the only decay or hurt of the best men’s reputation 295

with the people is, their wits have outlived the people’s palates.  They have been

too much or too long  a feast.

    Greatness of name in the father oft-times helps not forth but o’erwhelms the

son; they stand too near one another. The shadow kills the growth; so much, that

we see the grandchild come more and oftener to be the heir of the first, than doth 300

the second. He dies between: the possession is the third’s.

  Eloquence is a great and diverse thing; nor did she yet ever favour any man

so much as to become wholly his. He is happy that can arrive to any degree

of her grace. Yet there are who prove themselves masters of her, and absolute

lords; but I believe they may mistake their evidence:  for it is one thing to be 305

eloquent in the schools or in the hall, another at the  bar or in the pulpit. There

is a difference between  mooting and pleading; between fencing and fighting. To

make arguments in my study and confute them is easy, where I answer myself,

not an adversary. So I can see whole volumes dispatched by the  umbratical doctors

on all sides. But draw these forth  into the just lists: let them appear  sub dio, and 310

they are changed with the place, like bodies bred i’the shade; they cannot suffer

the sun or a shower, nor bear the open air; they scarce can find themselves, that

they were wont to domineer so among their auditors. But indeed I would no more

choose a rhetorician for reigning in a school than I would a pilot for rowing in a

pond. 315

   Love that is ignorant, and hatred, have almost the same ends. Many foolish

lovers wish the same to their friends, which their enemies would: as to wish a

friend banished, that they might accompany him in exile; or some great want,

that they might relieve him; or a disease, that they might sit by him. They make

a  causeway to their  courtesy by injury; as if it were not honester to do nothing, 320

than to seek a way to do good by a mischief.

   Injuries do not extinguish courtesies; they only suffer them not to appear fair.

For a man that doth me an injury after a courtesy, takes not away  the courtesy,

but defaces it; as he that writes other verses upon my verses, takes not away the

first letters, but hides them. 325

   Nothing is a courtesy, unless it be meant us; and that friendly and lovingly.

We owe no thanks to rivers, that they carry our boats; or winds, that they be

favouring, and fill our sails; or meats, that they be nourishing. For these are what

they are necessarily. Horses carry us, trees shade us, but they know it not. It is true,

some man may receive a courtesy, and not know it; but never any man received it 330

from him that knew it not. Many men have been cured of diseases by accidents,

but they were not remedies. I myself have known one helped of an ague by falling

into a water; another whipped out of a fever: but no man would ever use these for

medicines. It is the mind, and not the event, that distinguisheth the courtesy from

wrong. My adversary may offend the judge with his pride, and impertinences, 335

and I win my cause; but he meant it not me as a courtesy. I scaped pirates by being

shipwrecked, was the  wreck a benefit therefore? No; the doing of courtesies aright

is the mixing of the respects for his own sake and for mine. He that doth them

merely for his own sake is like one that feeds his cattle to sell them; he hath his

horse well dressed for  Smithfield. 340

   The price of many things is far above what they are bought and sold for. Life

and health, which are both inestimable, we have of the physician; as learning, and

knowledge, the true tillage of the mind, from our schoolmasters. But the fees of

the one or the salary of the other, never answer the value of what we received, but

 served to gratify their labours. 345

   Memory, of all the powers of the mind, is the most delicate and frail; it is the

first of our faculties that age invades.  Seneca the father, the rhetorician, confesseth

of himself he had a miraculous one, not only to receive, but to hold. I myself could

in my youth have repeated all that ever I had made, and so continued till I was

past forty; since, it is much decayed in me. Yet  I can repeat whole books that I have 350

read, and poems of some selected  friends which I have liked to charge my memory

with. It was wont to be faithful to me, but shaken with age now, and sloth (which

weakens the strongest abilities), it may perform somewhat, but cannot promise

much. By exercise it is to be made better and serviceable.  Whatsoever I pawned

with it while I was young and a boy, it offers me readily and without stops; but 355

what I trust to it now, or have done of later years, it lays up more negligently,

and oftentimes loses; so that I receive mine own (though frequently called for)

as if it were new and borrowed. Nor do I always find  presently from it, what I

do seek; but while I am doing another thing, that I laboured for will come; and

what I sought with trouble will offer itself when I am quiet. Now in some men I 360

have found it as happy as nature, who, whatsoever they read or pen, they can say

without book presently,  as if they did then write in their mind. And it is more a

wonder in such as have a swift style, for their memories are commonly slowest;

such as torture their writings, and go into council for every word, must needs fix

somewhat, and make it their own at last, though but through their own vexation. 365

    Suffrages in Parliament are numbered, not weighed; nor can it be otherwise

in those public councils, where nothing is so unequal as the equality: for there,

how odd soever men’s brains or wisdoms are, their power is always even and the

same.

  Some actions, be they never so beautiful and generous, are often obscured by 370

base and vile misconstructions, either out of envy or ill nature, that judgeth of

others as of itself. Nay, the times are so wholly grown to be either partial, or

malicious, that if he be a friend, all sits well about him, his very vices shall be

virtues; if an enemy or of the contrary faction, nothing is good or tolerable in him;

insomuch that we care not to discredit and shame our judgements to soothe our 375

passions.

  Man is read in his face, God in his creatures; but not as the  philosopher, the

creature of glory reads him, but as the divine, the servant of humility; yet even

he must take care, not to be too  curious.  For to utter truth of God (but as he

thinks only) may be dangerous,  who is best known by our not knowing. Some 380

things of Him, so much as He hath revealed or commanded, it is not only lawful,

but necessary for us to know; for therein our ignorance was the first cause of our

wickedness.

   Truth is man’s proper good; and the only immortal thing, was given to our

mortality to use. No good Christian or  ethnic, if he be honest, can miss it; no 385

statesman or patriot should. For without truth all the actions of mankind are

craft, malice, or what you will, rather than wisdom.  Homer says he hates him

worse than hell-mouth, that utters one thing with his tongue, and keeps another

in his breast. Which high expression was grounded on divine reason. For a lying

mouth is a stinking pit, and murders with the contagion it venteth. Beside, 390

nothing is lasting that is feigned; it will have another face than it had, ere long.

As  Euripides saith, ‘No lie ever grows old.’

   It is strange, there should be no vice without his patronage, that (when we

have no other excuse) we will say, we love it; we cannot forsake it; as if that made it

not more a fault. We cannot, because we think we cannot: and we love it, because 395

we will defend it. We will rather excuse it than be rid of it. That we cannot, is

pretended; but that we will not is the true reason. How many have I known that

would not have their vices hid? Nay, and to be noted,  live like  antipodes to others

in the same city; never see the sun rise or set in so many years, but be as they

were watching a corpse by torchlight; would not sin the common way, but held 400

that a kind of rusticity; they would do it new, or contrary, for the infamy! They

were ambitious of living backward; and at last arrived at that, as they would love

nothing but the vices,  not the vicious customs. It was impossible to reform these

natures; they were dried, and  hardened in their ill. They may say they desired to

leave it, but do not trust them; and they may think they  desired it, but they may 405

lie for all that. They are a little angry with their follies, now and then; marry, they

come into grace with them again quickly. They will confess, they are offended

with their manner of living; like enough, who is not? When they can put me in

security that they are more than offended, that they hate it, then I’ll hearken

to them, and, perhaps, believe them; but many nowadays love and hate their ill 410

together.

  I do hear them say often, some men are not witty because they are not everywhere

witty; than which nothing is more foolish.  If an eye or a nose be an excellent

part in the face,  therefore, be all eye or nose? I think the eyebrow, the forehead,

the cheek, chin, lip, or any part else, are as necessary, and natural in the place. 415

 But now nothing is good that is natural: right and natural language  seems to

have least of the wit in it; that which is writhed and tortured, is counted the more

exquisite. Cloth of   baudekin, or tissue, must be embroidered; as if no face were

fair, that were not  powdered or painted! No beauty to be had but in wresting and

writhing our own tongue? Nothing is fashionable till it be deformed, and this is 420

to write like a gentleman. All must be as affected and  preposterous as our gallants’

clothes,  sweet bags, and  night-dressings, in which you would think our men lay

in like ladies, it is so  curious.

  Nothing in our age, I have observed, is more preposterous than the running

judgements upon poetry and poets; when we shall hear those things commended 425

and cried up for the best writings which a man would scarce vouchsafe to  wrap

any wholesome drug in; he would never light his tobacco with them. And those

men almost named for miracles who yet are so vile that if a man should go about

to examine and correct them, he must make all they have done but  one blot. Their

good is so entangled with their bad as forcibly one must draw on the other’s death 430

with it. A sponge dipped in ink will do all:

  comitetur  Punica librum

 spongea. —

  Et paulo post,

  Non possunt . . . multae . . . una litura potest. 435

Yet their vices have not hurt them; nay, a great many they have profited,

for they have been loved for nothing else. And this false opinion grows strong

against the best men, if once it take root with the ignorant.   Cestius in his time

was preferred to Cicero, so far as the ignorant durst. They learned him without

book, and had him often in their mouths. But a man cannot imagine that thing 440

so foolish or rude but will find and enjoy an admirer; at least a reader or spectator.

The  puppets are seen now in  despite of the players;  Heath’s epigrams and  the

Sculler’s poems have their applause. There are never wanting that dare prefer

the worst preachers, the worst pleaders, the worst poets; not that the better have

left to write or speak better, but that they that hear them judge worse:  non illi 445

peius dicunt, sed hi corruptius iudicant. Nay, if it were put to the question of the

water-rhymer’s works against   Spenser’s, I doubt not but they would find more

 suffrages, because the most favour common vices, out of a prerogative the vulgar

have to lose their judgements and like that which is naught.

Poetry in this  latter age  hath proved but a mean mistress to such as have wholly 450

 addicted themselves to her, or given their names up to her  family. They who have

but  saluted her on the by, and now and then tendered their visits, she hath done

much for, and advanced in the way of their own professions (both the  law and

the gospel) beyond all they could have hoped or done for themselves without her

favour. Wherein she doth emulate the judicious but  preposterous bounty of the 455

times’   grandees, who accumulate all they can upon the parasite or freshman in

their friendship, but think an old client or honest servant bound by his place to

write and starve.

 Indeed the multitude commend writers as they do fencers or wrestlers, who if

they come in robustiously, and put for it with a deal of violence, are received for the 460

braver fellows; when many times their own rudeness is a cause of their disgrace,

and a slight  touch of their adversary gives all that boisterous force the foil. But

in these things, the unskilful are naturally deceived, and judging wholly by the

bulk,  think rude things greater than polished, and scattered more numerous than

composed. Nor think this only to be true in the sordid multitude but the neater 465

sort of our gallants; for all are the multitude, only they differ in clothes, not in

judgement or understanding.

  I remember the players have often mentioned it as an honour to Shakespeare,

that in his writing,  whatsoever he penned, he never  blotted out line. My answer

hath been, ‘ Would he had blotted a thousand.’ Which they thought a malevolent 470

speech.  I had not told posterity this but for their ignorance, who  choose that

circumstance to commend their friend by, wherein he most faulted. And to justify

mine own  candour, for I loved the man, and do honour his memory ( on this

side idolatry) as much as any. He was, indeed,  honest and of an open and free

nature; had an excellent  fantasy, brave notions, and  gentle expressions;  wherein 475

he flowed with that facility that sometime it was necessary he should be stopped.

  Sufflaminandus erat’, as Augustus said of Haterius. His wit was in his own power;

would the rule of it had been so too. Many times he fell into those things, could

not escape laughter: as when he said in the person of Caesar, one speaking to him,

‘Caesar thou dost me wrong’; he replied,  ‘Caesar did never wrong, but with just 480

cause’; and such like, which were ridiculous. But he redeemed his vices with his

virtues. There was ever more in him to be praised, than to be pardoned.

   In the difference of wits I have observed there are many  notes, and it is a

little  mastery to know them: to discern what every nature, every  disposition, will

bear; for before we sow our land, we should plough it. There are no  fewer forms of 485

minds than of bodies amongst us. The variety is incredible, and therefore we must

search. Some are fit to make divines, some poets, some lawyers, some physicians,

some to be sent to the plough, and trades.

There is no doctrine will do good where nature is wanting. Some wits are

swelling and high, others low and still; some hot and fiery, others cold and dull; 490

one must have a bridle, the other a spur.

  There be some that are forward and bold, and these will do every little thing

easily – I mean that is hard by and next them: which they will utter, unretarded,

without any shamefastness. These never perform much, but quickly. They are

what they are on the sudden; they show  presently like grain that, scattered on the 495

top of the ground, shoots up, but takes no root; has a yellow blade, but the ear

empty. They are wits of good promise at  first, but there is an  ingeni-stitium.* They

stand still at sixteen, they get no higher.

 You have  others that labour only to ostentation, and are ever more busy about

the colours and surface of a work than in the matter and foundation: for that is 500

hid, the other is seen.

  Others that in composition are nothing but what is rough and broken:  Quae

per salebras altaque saxa cadunt. And if it would come  gently, they trouble it of

purpose.  They would not have it run without  rubs, as if that style were more

strong and manly, that  struck the ear with a kind of unevenness. These men err 505

not by chance, but knowingly and willingly; they are like men that affect a fashion

by themselves, have some singularity in a ruff, cloak, or hatband, or their beards

specially cut to provoke beholders and set a mark upon themselves. They would

be reprehended, while they are looked on. And this vice,  one that is  in authority

with the rest, loving, delivers over to them to be imitated; so that oft-times the 510

faults which he fell into, the others seek for: this is the danger, when vice becomes

a precedent.

  Others there are that have no composition at all, but a kind of tuning and

rhyming fall in what they write. It runs and slides, and only makes a sound.

 ‘Women’s poets’, they are called, as you have ‘women’s tailors’. 515

They write a verse, as smooth, as soft, as cream;

In which there is no torrent, nor scarce stream.

 You may sound these wits, and find the depth of them, with your middle

finger. They are  cream-bowl- or but puddle-deep.

 Some that turn over all books and are equally searching in all papers, that 520

write out of what they presently find or meet, without choice; by which means it

happens, that  what they have discredited and impugned in one  work, they have

before or after extolled the same in another. Such are  all the essayists, even their

master,  Montaigne.  These in all they write, confess still what books they have

read last – and therein their own folly – so much, that they  bring it to the stake 525

raw and  undigested; not that the place did need it neither, but that they thought

themselves furnished, and would  vent it.

  Some again, who – after they have got authority, or, which is less, opinion,

by their writings, to have read much – dare presently to feign whole books and

authors, and lie safely. For what never was will not easily be found, not by the 530

most curious.

 And some, by a cunning protestation against all reading, and false  venditation

of their own  naturals, think to divert the  sagacity of their readers from themselves,

and cool the  scent of their own fox-like thefts; when yet they are so rank as a

man may find  whole pages together usurped from one  author; their necessities 535

compelling them to read for present use, which could not be in many books; and

so come forth more ridiculously and palpably guilty than those who, because they

cannot trace, they yet would slander their industry.

  But the wretcheder are the obstinate contemners of all helps and arts; such

as  presuming on their own naturals (which perhaps are excellent) dare deride all 540

diligence, and seem to mock at the terms when they understand not the things,

thinking that way to get off wittily with their ignorance. These are imitated often

by such as are their peers in negligence, though they cannot be in nature; and they

utter all they can think with a kind of violence and indisposition; unexamined,

without relation, either to person, place, or any fitness else; and the more willful, 545

and stubborn they are in it, the more learned they are esteemed of the multitude,

through their  excellent vice of judgement, who think those things the stronger

that have no art; as if to break were better than to open, or to  rend asunder gentler

than to loose.

  It cannot but come to pass that these men who commonly seek to do more 550

than enough may sometimes happen on something that is good and great; but

very seldom; and when it comes, it doth not recompense the rest of their ill. For

their jests and their sentences (which they only and ambitiously seek for) stick

out and are more eminent, because all is sordid and vile about them, as lights

are more discerned in a thick darkness than a faint shadow. Now because they 555

speak all they can (however unfitly) they are thought to have the greater  copy;

where the learned use ever  election, and a  mean.  They look back to what they

intended at first, and make all an even and proportioned body. The true artificer

will not  run away from nature, as he were afraid of her, or depart from life and

the likeness of truth, but speak to the capacity of his hearers. And though his 560

language differ from the vulgar somewhat, it shall not fly from all humanity,

with the  Tamerlanes and  Tamer-Chams of the late age, which had nothing in them

but the scenical strutting and furious vociferation to warrant them to the ignorant

gapers. He knows it is his only art so to carry it as none but artificers perceive it.

In the meantime perhaps he is called barren, dull, lean, a poor writer (or by what 565

  contumelious word can come in their cheeks) by these men, who without labour,

judgement, knowledge, or almost sense, are received or preferred before him. He

 gratulates them and their fortune. Another age, or juster men, will acknowledge

the virtues of his studies; his wisdom in dividing; his  subtlety in arguing; with

what strength he doth inspire his readers; with what sweetness he strokes them; 570

in inveighing, what sharpness; in jest, what urbanity he uses. How he doth reign

in men’s affections; how invade, and break in upon them; and  makes their minds

like the thing he writes. Then in his elocution to behold what word is proper,

which hath  ornament, which height, what is beautifully  translated, where figures

are fit, which gentle, which strong to show the composition manly. And how he 575

hath avoided  faint, obscure, obscene, sordid, humble, improper, or effeminate

phrase; which is not only praised of the most, but commended (which is worse)

especially for that it is naught.

 I know no disease of the soul but  ignorance; not of the arts and sciences, but

of itself; yet relating to those, it is a pernicious evil, the darkener of man’s life, the 580

disturber of his reason, and common confounder of truth, with which a man goes

groping in the dark no otherwise than if he were blind. Great understandings

are most racked and troubled with it; nay, sometimes they will rather choose to

die than not to know the things they study for.  Think then what an evil it is, and

what good the contrary. 585

  Knowledge is the action of the soul and is perfect without the senses, as having

the seeds of all science and virtue in itself; but not without the service of the senses.

By those organs the soul works. She is a perpetual agent, prompt and subtle, but

often flexible and  erring,  entangling herself like a silkworm; but her reason is a

weapon with two edges and cuts through. In her  indagations oft-times new scents 590

 put her by; and she takes in errors into her by the same  conduits she doth truths.

   Ease and relaxation are profitable to all studies. The mind is like a bow, the

stronger by being unbent. But the temper in spirits is all, when to command a

man’s wit, when to favour it.  I have known a man vehement on both sides, that

knew no mean either to intermit his studies or call upon them again. When he hath 595

set himself to   writing, he would join night to day, press upon himself without

release, not minding it, till he fainted; and when he left off, resolve himself into

all sports, and looseness again, that it was almost a despair to draw him to his

book; but once got to it, he grew stronger and more earnest by the ease. His whole

powers were renewed; he would work out of himself what he desired, but with 600

such excess as his study could not be ruled: he knew not how to dispose his own

abilities or husband them; he was of that immoderate power against himself. Nor

was he only a strong, but an  absolute speaker and writer; but his subtlety did not

show itself; his judgement thought that a vice. For the ambush hurts more that is

hid. He never forced his language, nor went out of the highway of speaking, but 605

for some great necessity or apparent profit. For he denied figures to be invented

for ornament, but for aid; and still thought it an extreme madness to bend or

wrest that which ought to be right.

   It is no wonder men’s eminence appears but in their own way. Virgil’s felicity

left him in prose, as Tully’s forsook him in verse.  Sallust’s orations are read in the 610

honour of story, yet the most eloquent Plato’s speech, which he made for Socrates,

 is neither worthy  of the patron, or the person defended. Nay, in the same kind of

oratory, and where the matter is one, you shall have him that reasons strongly,

open negligently; another that prepares well, not   fit so well; and this happens not

only to brains, but to bodies. One can wrestle well, another run well, a third leap, 615

or throw the bar, a fourth lift, or stop a cart going; each hath his way of strength.

So in other creatures: some dogs are for the deer, some for the wild boar, some are

foxhounds, some otter-hounds. Nor are all horses for the coach or saddle; some

are for the cart and  panniers.

   I have known many excellent men that would speak suddenly to the admiration 620

of their hearers who, upon study and premeditation, have been forsaken

by their own wits, and no way  answered their fame. Their eloquence was greater

than their reading, and the things they uttered better than those they knew. Their

fortune deserved better of them than their care. For men of  present spirits and

of greater wits than study do please more in the things they invent than in those 625

they bring. And I have heard some of them compelled to speak out of necessity,

that have so infinitely exceeded themselves, as it was better, both for them and

their auditory, that they were so surprised, not prepared. Nor was it safe then to

cross them, for their adversary: their anger made them more eloquent. Yet these

men I could not but love and admire, that they returned to their studies. They left 630

not diligence (as many do) when their rashness prospered.  For diligence is a great

aid even to an indifferent wit, when we are not contented with the examples of

our own age, but would know the face of the former. Indeed, the more we confer

with, the more we profit by, if the persons be chosen.

 One, though he be excellent, and the chief, is not to be imitated alone. For 635

never no imitator ever grew up to his author; likeness is always on  this side truth.

   Yet there happened  in my time one noble speaker who was full of gravity in

his speaking. His language ( where he could spare, or pass by a jest) was nobly

censorious. No man ever spake more  neatly, more   pressly, more weightily, or

suffered less emptiness, less  idleness, in what he uttered.  No member of his 640

speech but consisted of   the own graces. His hearers could not cough or look aside

from him without loss.  He commanded where he spoke, and had his judges angry

and pleased at his devotion. No man had their affections more in his power. The

fear of every man that heard him was lest he should make an end.

  Cicero is said to be the only wit that the people of Rome had equalled to 645

their  empire: ingenium par imperio. We have had many, and in their  several ages

– to take in but   the former seculum –  Sir Thomas More,  the elder Wyatt,  Henry,

Earl of Surrey,  Chaloner,  Smith,   Elyot,   Bishop Gardiner, were for their times

admirable; and the more because they began eloquence with us.   Sir Nicholas Bacon

was singular and almost alone in the beginning of Queen Elizabeth’s times.  Sir 650

Philip Sidney and  Master Hooker (in different matter) grew great masters of wit

and language, and in whom all vigour of invention and strength of judgement

met. The  Earl of Essex, noble and high; and  Sir Walter Ralegh, not to be contemned

either for judgement or style.  Sir Henry Savile grave, and truly lettered;  Sir Edwin

Sandys,  excellent in both;  Lord Egerton, the Chancellor, a grave and great orator, 655

and best when he was provoked. But his learned and able (though unfortunate)

 successor is he who hath  filled up all numbers, and  performed that in our tongue

which may be compared, or preferred either to  insolent Greece or haughty Rome.

In short, within his view, and about his times, were all the wits born that could

honour a language or help study. Now things daily fall: wits grow downward and 660

eloquence grows backward, so that he may be named and stand as the mark and

 ἀχμὴ of our language.

  I have ever observed it to have been the office of a wise patriot among the

greatest affairs of the state, to take care of the commonwealth of learning. For

schools, they are the  seminaries of state; and nothing is worthier the study of a 665

statesman than that part of the republic which we call the advancement of letters.

Witness the care of   Julius Caesar who, in the heat of the civil war, writ his books of

Analogy and dedicated them to  Tully. This made the late  Lord St Albans entitle his

work  Novum Organum; which though by the most of superficial men, who cannot

get beyond the title of  nominals, it is not penetrated, nor understood, it really 670

openeth all  defects of learning whatsoever, and is a book,

  Qui longum noto scriptori  porriget aevum.

 My  conceit of his person was never increased toward him by his place or

honours. But I have and do reverence him for the greatness that was only proper

to himself, in that he seemed to me ever by his work one of the greatest men, 675

and most worthy of admiration, that had been in many ages. In his adversity I

ever prayed that God would give him strength; for greatness he could not want.

Neither could I condole in a word or syllable for him, as knowing no accident

could do harm to virtue, but rather help to make it manifest.

   There cannot be one  colour of the mind, another of the wit. If the mind be 680

staid, grave, and  composed, the wit is so; that vitiated, the other is blown and

deflowered. Do we not see, if the mind languish, the members are dull? Look upon

an effeminate person: his very gait confesseth him. If a man be fiery, his motion

is so; if angry, ’tis troubled, and violent. So that we may conclude: wheresoever

manners and fashions are corrupted, language is. It imitates the public riot. The 685

excess of feasts and apparel are the notes of a sick state, and the wantonness of

language, of a sick mind.

   If we would consider what our affairs are indeed, not what they are called, we

should find  more evils  belong us than happen to us. How often doth that which

was called a calamity, prove the beginning and cause of a man’s happiness? And 690

on the contrary: that which happened, or came to another with great  gratulation

and applause, how it hath lifted him but a step higher to his ruin! As if he stood

before where he might fall safely.

 The  vulgar are commonly ill-natured, and always grudging against their

governors; which makes that a prince has more business and trouble with them 695

than ever  Hercules had with the bull, or any other beast; by how much they have

 more heads than will be reined with one bridle. There was not that variety of

beasts in the ark, as is of beastly natures in the multitude; especially when they

come to that iniquity to censure their    sovereign’s actions. Then all the counsels

are made good or bad by the events. And it falleth out that the same  facts receive 700

from them the names now of diligence, now of vanity; now of majesty, now of

fury; where they ought wholly to hang on his mouth, as he to consist of himself,

and not others’ counsels.

  After God, nothing is to be loved of man like the prince. He violates nature that

doth it not with his whole heart. For when he hath put on the care of the public 705

good and common safety, I am a wretch and   put off man, if I do not reverence and

honour him, in whose charge all things divine and human are placed.  Do but ask

of nature, why all living creatures are less delighted with meat and drink, that

sustains them, than with venery, that wastes them. And she will tell thee, the first

respects but a private, the other a common, good: propagation. 710

   He is the arbiter of life and death; when he finds no other subject for his  mercy,

he should spare himself. All his punishments are rather to correct than to destroy.

Why are  prayers with  Orpheus said to be the daughters of Jupiter, but that princes

are thereby admonished, that the  petitions of the wretched ought to have more

weight with them than the laws themselves? 715

    It was a great  accumulation to His Majesty’s deserved praise that men might

openly visit and pity those whom his greatest prisons had at any time received, or

his laws condemned.

   Wise is rather the attribute of a prince, than learned, or good. The learned man

profits others,  rather than himself; the good man, rather himself than others: 720

but the  prince commands others, and doth himself. The wise  Lycurgus gave

no law but what himself kept.   Sulla and   Lysander did not so; the one living

extremely dissolute himself, enforced frugality by the laws; the other permitted

those licences to others which himself abstained from. But the prince’s prudence

is his chief art and safety. In his counsels and deliberations he foresees the future 725

times. In the equity of his judgement, he hath remembrance of the past, and

knowledge of what is to be done, or avoided for the present. Hence the  Persians

gave out their  Cyrus to have been nursed by a bitch, a creature to  encounter  ill as

of sagacity to seek out good; showing that wisdom may accompany fortitude, or

it leaves to be, and puts on the name of rashness. 730

  There  be some men are born only to suck out the poison of books:  habent

venenum pro victu; immo, pro deliciis. And such are they that only relish the obscene,

and foul things in poets, which makes the profession taxed. But by whom? Men

that watch for it, and – had they not had this hint – are so unjust valuers of letters,

as they think no learning good but what brings in gain. It shows they themselves 735

would never have been of the professions they are, but for the profits and fees.  But

if another learning, well used, can instruct to good life, inform manners, no less

persuade and lead men than they threaten and compel, and have no reward, is it

therefore the worse study? I could never think the study of wisdom confined only

to the philosopher, or of  piety to the divine, or of state to the politic.  But that he 740

which can  feign a commonwealth (which is the poet) can   govern it with counsels,

strengthen it with laws, correct it with judgements, inform it with religion and

morals, is all these. We do not require in him mere elocution, or an excellent

faculty in verse, but the exact knowledge of all virtues, and their contraries; with

ability to render the one loved, the other hated, by his proper  embattling them. 745

The philosophers did insolently to  challenge only to themselves that which the

greatest generals, and gravest counsellors never durst. For such had rather do,

than promise the best things.

   Some  controverters in divinity are like swaggerers in a tavern, that catch that

which stands next them, the candlestick or pots; turn everything   into a weapon; 750

oft-times they fight blindfold, and both beat the air.  The one milks a he-goat, the

other holds under a sieve. Their arguments are as fluxive as liquor spilt upon a

table, which with your finger you may drain as you will. Such controversies, or

disputations, carried with more labour than profit, are odious, where most times

the truth is lost in the midst, or left untouched. And the fruit of their fight is that 755

they spit one upon another, and are both defiled. These fencers in religion I like

not.

   The body hath certain diseases that are with less evil tolerated than removed.  As

if to cure a leprosy a man should bathe himself with the warm blood of a murdered

child; so in the church, some errors may be  dissimuled with less inconvenience, 760

than can be discovered.

   Men that talk of their own benefits are not believed to talk of them because

they have done them, but to have done them because they might talk of them.

That which had been great if another had reported it of them, vanisheth, and is

nothing, if he that did it speak of it. For men, when they cannot destroy the deed, 765

will yet be glad to take advantage of the boasting, and lessen it.

   I have seen that poverty makes men do unfit things; but honest men should

not do them: they should gain otherwise. Though a man be hungry, he should

not play the parasite. That hour wherein I would repent me to be honest, there

were ways enough open for me to be rich. But flattery is a fine pick-lock of tender 770

ears;  especially of those whom Fortune hath borne high upon   her wings,

that submit their dignity and authority to it, by a soothing of themselves. For indeed

 men could never be taken in that abundance with the  springes of others’ flattery,

if they began not there; if they did but remember, how much more profitable

 the bitterness of truth were, than all the honey distilling from a whorish voice, 775

which is not praise, but poison.  But now it is come to that extreme folly, or rather

madness, with some, that he that flatters them modestly or sparingly is thought

to malign them.  If their friend consent not to their vices, though he do not

contradict them, he is nevertheless an enemy. When they do all things the worst

way, even then they look for praise. Nay, they will hire fellows to flatter them with 780

suits and suppers, and to prostitute their judgements. They have livery-friends,

 friends of the dish and of the spit, that wait their turns, as my lord has his feasts

and guests.

   I have considered our whole life is like a play: wherein every man, forgetful

of himself, is in travail with expression of another. Nay, we so insist in imitating 785

others, as we cannot (when it is necessary) return to ourselves; like children, that

imitate the vices of stammerers so long, till at last they become such, and make

the habit to another nature, as it is never forgotten.

   Good men are the stars, the planets of the ages wherein they live, and  illustrate

the times. God did never let them be wanting to the world: as  Abel, for an example 790

of innocency, Enoch of purity, Noah of trust in God’s mercies, Abraham of faith,

and so of the rest. These, sensual men thought mad, because they would not be

partakers, or practisers of their madness. But they, placed high on the top of all

virtue, looked down on the stage of the world, and contemned the play of fortune.

For though the most be players, some must be spectators. 795

   I have discovered that a feigned familiarity in great ones is a note of certain

usurpation on the less. For great and popular men feign themselves to be servants

to others, to make those slaves to them. So the fisher provides baits for the trout,

roach, dace, etc., that they may be food to him.

   The complaint of Caligula was most wicked of the condition of his times, when 800

he said they were not famous by any public calamity, as the reign of  Augustus

was, by the  defeat of Varus and the legions; and that of  Tiberius, by the falling of

the theatre at  Fidenae, whilst his oblivion was   imminent, through the prosperity

of his affairs. As that other voice of his was worthier a  headsman, than a head,

when  he wished the people of Rome had but one neck. But he found (when he 805

fell) they had many hands. A tyrant, how great and mighty soever he may seem to

cowards and sluggards, is but one creature, one animal.

   I have marked among the nobility some are so addicted to the service of the

prince and commonwealth, as they look not for spoil; such are to be honoured

and loved. There are others, which no obligation will fasten on, and they are of 810

two sorts. The first are such as love their own ease; or, out of vice of nature or

self-direction, avoid business and care. Yet these the prince may use with safety.

The other remove themselves upon craft and  design (as the architects say) with a

premeditated thought to their own rather than their prince’s profit. Such let the

prince take heed of, and not doubt to reckon in the list of his open enemies. 815

    There is a great variation between him that is raised to the sovereignty by

the favour of his peers, and him that comes to it by the suffrage of the people.

The first holds with more difficulty; because he hath to do with many that think

themselves his equals, and raised him for their own   greatness, and oppression

of the rest. The latter hath no upbraiders, but was raised by them that sought to 820

be defended from oppression, whose end is both the easier and the honester to

satisfy. Beside, while he hath the people to friend, who are a multitude, he hath

the less fear of the nobility, who are but few.  Nor let the common proverb of ‘He

that builds on the people, builds on the dirt’, discredit my opinion: for that hath

only place where an ambitious and private person, for some popular end, trusts 825

in them against the public justice and magistrate. There they will leave him. But

when a prince governs them, so as they have still need of his administration (for

that is his art), he shall ever make and hold them faithful.

   A prince should exercise his cruelty not by himself, but by his ministers; so

he may save himself and his dignity with his people, by sacrificing those when 830

he list, saith the great doctor of state,  Machiavel.  But I say he  puts off man, and

goes into a beast, that is cruel. No virtue is a prince’s own, or becomes him more,

than  this clemency; and no glory is greater than to be able to save with his power.

Many punishments  sometimes and in some cases as much discredit a prince as

many funerals a physician. The state of things is secured by clemency; severity 835

  represseth a few, but it irritates more.∗ The lopping of trees makes the boughs

shoot out thicker; and the taking away of some kind of enemies, increaseth the

number. It is then most gracious in a prince to pardon when many about him

would make him cruel; to think then how much he can save when others tell

him how much he can destroy; not to consider what the impotence of others hath 840

demolished, but what his own greatness can   sustain.   These are a prince’s virtues;

and they that give him other counsels are but the hangman’s  factors.

  He that is  cruel to halves (saith the said  St Nicholas)  loseth no less the opportunity

of his cruelty than of his benefits; for then to use his cruelty is too late,

and to use his favours will be interpreted fear and necessity, and so he  loseth the 845

thanks.  Still the counsel is cruelty.  But princes, by hearkening to cruel counsels,

become in time  obnoxious to the authors, their flatterers and ministers, and are

brought to that, that when they would, they dare not change them; they must

go on, and defend cruelty with cruelty; they cannot alter the habit. It is then

grown necessary, they must be as ill as those have made them; and in the end 850

they will grow more hateful to themselves than to their subjects. Whereas, on the

contrary, the merciful prince is safe in love, not in fear. He needs no emissaries,

spies, intelligencers, to entrap true subjects. He fears no libels, no treasons. His

people speak what they think, and talk openly what they do in secret. They have

nothing in their breasts that they need a cipher for.  He is guarded with his own 855

 benefits. 

 The strength of empire is in religion. What else is the  Palladium (with Homer)

that kept Troy so long from sacking? Nothing more commends the sovereign to

the subject than it. For he that is religious must be merciful and just necessarily;

and they are  two strong ties upon mankind.  Justice is the virtue that innocence 860

rejoiceth in. Yet even that is not always so safe, but it may love to stand in the

sight of mercy. For sometimes misfortune is made a crime, and then innocence

is succoured no less than virtue. Nay, oftentimes virtue is made  capital, and

through the condition of the times it may happen that that may be punished

with our praise. Let no man therefore murmur at the actions of the prince who is 865

placed so far above him. If he offend, he hath his discoverer. God hath a height

beyond him. But where the prince is good,  Euripides saith,  God is a guest in a

human body.

 There is nothing with some princes sacred above their majesty, or profane,

but what violates their sceptres. But a prince with such counsel is like the God 870

 Terminus, of stone, his own landmark; or (as it is in the fable)  a crowned lion. It is

dangerous offending such an one, who, being angry, knows not how to forgive;

that cares not to do anything for maintaining, or enlarging of empire; kills not

men or subjects, but destroyeth whole countries, armies, mankind, male and

female, guilty or not guilty, holy or profane; yea, some that have not seen the 875

light. All is under the law of their spoil and licence. But  princes that neglect their

proper office thus, their fortune is oftentimes to draw a  Sejanus to be    near  about

them, who will at last affect to get  above them, and put them in a worthy fear

of rooting both them out and their family.  For no men hate an evil prince more

than they that helped to make him such. And none more boastingly weep his ruin 880

than they that procured and practised it. The same path leads to ruin which did

to rule, when men profess a licence in governing. A good king is a public servant.

  A prince without letters is a pilot without eyes. All his government is groping.

 In sovereignty it is a most happy thing not to be compelled; but so it is the most

miserable not to be counselled. And how can he be counselled that cannot see to 885

read the  best counsellors, which are books: for they neither flatter us nor hide

from us? He may hear, you will say. But how shall he always be sure to hear truth?

Or be counselled the best things, not the sweetest?  They say princes learn no art

truly, but the art of horsemanship. The reason is the brave beast is no flatterer.

He will throw a prince as soon as his groom. Which is an argument that the good 890

counsellors to princes are the best instruments of a good age. For though the

prince himself be of most prompt inclination to all virtue, yet the best pilots have

need of mariners, beside sails, anchor, and other tackle.

    If men did know what shining fetters, gilded miseries, and painted happiness

thrones and sceptres  were, there would not be so frequent strife about the getting, 895

or holding of them. There would be more principalities than princes. For a prince

is the pastor of the people.  He ought to  shear, not to  flay his sheep; to take their

fleeces, not their  fells. Who were his enemies before, being a private man, become

his children, now he is public. He is the soul of the commonwealth, and ought

to cherish it as his own body.   Alexander the Great was wont to say, he hated that 900

gardener that plucked his herbs or flowers up by the roots.  A man may milk a

beast, till the blood come: churn milk, and it yieldeth butter; but wring the nose,

and the blood followeth.  He is an ill prince that so pulls his  subjects’ feathers

as he would not have them grow again;  that makes his exchequer a receipt for

the spoils of those he governs. No, let him keep his own, not affect his subjects’; 905

strive rather to be called just than powerful.  Not like the  Roman tyrants, affect

the surnames that grow by human slaughters; neither to seek war in peace, or

peace in war, but to observe faith given, though to an enemy. Study piety toward

the subject; show care to defend him. Be slow to punish in divers cases; but be a

sharp and severe revenger of open crimes. Break no decrees or dissolve no orders 910

to slacken the strength of laws. Choose neither magistrates civil or ecclesiastic

by favour or price, but with long  disquisition and report of their worth by  all

suffrages. Sell no honours, nor give them hastily, but bestow them with counsel

and for reward;   if he do, acknowledge it, though late, and mend it. For princes

are easy to be deceived. And what wisdom can  escape it, where so many court-arts 915

are studied? But above all, the prince is to remember that when the great day

of account comes, which neither magistrate nor prince can shun, there will be

required of him a reckoning for those whom he hath trusted, as for himself, which

he must provide. And if piety be wanting in the priests, equity in the judges, or

the magistrate be found rated at a price, what justice or religion is to be expected? 920

Which are the only two attributes make kings akin to gods, and is the  Delphic

sword, both to kill sacrifices and to chastise offenders.

   When a virtuous man is raised, it brings gladness to his friends, grief to his

enemies, and glory to his posterity. Nay, his honours are a great part of the honour

of the times, when by this means he is grown to active men an example, to the 925

slothful a spur, to the envious a punishment.

  He which is sole heir to many rich men, having – beside his father’s and uncles’

– the states of divers his kindred come to him by accession, must needs be richer

than father, or grandfather; so they which are left   heirs ex asse of all their ancestors’

vices, and by their good husbandry improve the old, and daily purchase new, must 930

needs be wealthier in vice, and have a greater revenue or stock of ill to spend on.

   The great thieves of a state are  lightly the officers of the crown; they  hang the

less still, play the pikes in the pond, eat whom they list.  The net was never spread

for the hawk or buzzard that hurt us, but the harmless birds: they are good meat.

  Dat veniam corvis, vexat censura columbas. 935

  Non rete accipitri  tennitur, neque  milvo.

But they are not always safe, though, especially when they meet with wise

masters. They can take down all the  huff and swelling of their looks and, like

dexterous auditors,  place the counter where he shall value nothing. Let them but

remember   Louis the eleventh, who to a clerk of the Exchequer that came to be 940

Lord Treasurer, and had for his device represented himself sitting upon Fortune’s

wheel, told him he might do well to fasten it with a good strong nail, lest turning

about, it might bring him where he was again. As indeed it did.

   A good man will avoid the spot of any sin. The very aspersion is grievous,

which makes him choose his way in his life as he would in his journey. The ill 945

man rides through all confidently; he is coated and booted for it. The oftener he

offends, the more openly; and the fouler, the fitter in fashion. His modesty like a

riding coat, the more it is worn, is the less cared for. It is good enough for the dirt

still, and the ways he travels in.

    An innocent man needs no eloquence: his innocence is instead of it; else I 950

had never come off so many times from these precipices  whither men’s malice

hath pursued me. It is true  I have been accused to the lords, to the king, and by

great ones; but it happened my accusers had not thought of the accusation with

themselves, and so were driven, for want of crimes, to use invention, which was

found slander; or too late (being entered  so far) to seek  starting-holes for their 955

rashness, which were not given them. And then they may think what accusation

that was like to prove, when they that were the   engineers feared to be the authors.

Nor were they content to feign things against me, but to urge things, feigned by

the ignorant,  against my profession; which though from their  hired and mercenary

impudence, I might have passed by, as granted to a nation of  barkers that let 960

out their tongues to lick others’ sores, yet I durst not leave myself undefended,

having a pair of ears unskilful to hear lies; or have those things said of me, which

I could truly prove of them.  They objected making of verses to me, when I could

object to most of them their not being able to read them, but as worthy of scorn.

Nay, they would offer to urge mine own writings against me,  but by pieces, which 965

was an excellent way of malice: as if any man’s context might not seem dangerous

and offensive, if that which was knit to what went before were defrauded

of his beginning, or that things by themselves uttered might not seem subject

to calumny, which read entire would appear most free.  At last they upbraided

my poverty. I confess she is my  domestic: sober of diet, simple of habit, frugal, 970

painful, a good counsellor to me, that keeps me from cruelty, pride, or other more

delicate impertinences, which are the  nurse-children of riches. But let them look

over all the great and monstrous wickednesses, they shall never find those in poor

families. They are the issue of the wealthy giants and the  mighty hunters; whereas

no great work or worthy of praise or memory, but came out of poor cradles. It was 975

the ancient poverty that founded commonweals, built cities, invented arts, made

wholesome laws, armed men against vices, rewarded them with their own virtues,

and preserved the honour and state of nations, till they betrayed themselves to

riches.

   Money never made any man rich, but his mind. He that can order himself 980

to the law of nature is not only without the sense but the fear of poverty.  Oh,

but to strike blind the people with our wealth and pomp is the thing! What a

wretchedness is this, to thrust all our riches outward, and be beggars within; to

contemplate nothing but the little, vile, and sordid things of the world,  not the

great, noble, and precious! We serve our avarice, and not content with the good 985

of the earth that is offered us, we search and dig for the evil that is hidden. God

offered us those things and placed them at hand and near us, that He knew were

profitable for us; but the hurtful He laid deep and hid. Yet do we seek only the

things whereby we may perish, and bring them forth, when God and nature hath

buried them. We covet superfluous things when it were more honour for us if we   990

could contemn necessary.  What need hath nature of silver dishes, multitudes of

waiters, delicate pages, perfumed napkins? She requires meat only, and hunger

is not ambitious. Can we think no wealth enough but such a state for which a

man may be brought into a  praemunire,  begged,  proscribed, or poisoned?  Oh,

if a man could restrain the fury of his  gullet and groin, and think how many 995

fires, how many kitchens, cooks, pastures, and ploughed lands; what orchards,

 stews, ponds, and parks, coops, and garners he could spare; what velvets,  tissues,

embroideries, laces he could lack; and then how short and uncertain his life is; he

were in a better way to happiness than to live the emperor of these delights, and

be the dictator of fashions! But we make ourselves slaves to our pleasures, and 1000

we serve fame and ambition, which is an equal slavery.  Have not I seen the pomp

of a whole kingdom, and what a foreign king could bring   hither also to make

himself gazed and wondered at, laid forth as it were to the show, and vanish all

away in a day? And shall that which could not fill the expectation of few hours

entertain and take up our whole  lives, when even it appeared as superfluous to 1005

the possessors, as to me that was a spectator? The bravery was shown, it was  not

possessed; while it boasted itself, it perished. It is vile and a poor thing to place

our happiness on these desires. Say we wanted them all:  famine ends famine.

    There is nothing valiant or solid to be hoped for from such as are always   kempt

and perfumed and every day smell of the tailor. The exceedingly  curious, that are 1010

wholly in mending such an imperfection in the face, in taking away the  morphew

in the neck, or bleaching their hands at midnight,  gumming and bridling their

beards, or making the  waist small, binding it with hoops, while the mind runs

at waste; too much pickedness is not manly.    Nor from those that will jest at

their own outward imperfections, but hide their ulcers within – their pride, lust, 1015

envy, ill nature – with all the art and authority they can. These persons are in

danger; for whilst they think to justify their ignorance by impudence, and their

persons by clothes and  outward ornaments, they use but a commission to deceive

themselves; where, if we will look with our understanding and not our senses,

we may behold virtue and beauty (though covered with rags) in their brightness; 1020

and vice and deformity so much the fouler, in having all the splendour of riches

to gild them, or the  false light of honour and power to help them. Yet this is that

wherewith the world is taken, and runs mad to gaze on: clothes and titles, the

 birdlime of fools.

  What petty things they are we wonder at, like children that esteem every 1025

trifle and prefer a  fairing before their fathers! What difference is between us and

them, but that we are dearer fools, coxcombs at a higher rate? They are pleased

with  cockleshells, whistles, hobby-horses, and such like; we with statues, marble

pillars, pictures,  gilded roofs, where underneath is  lath and lime, perhaps loam.

Yet we take pleasure in the lie, and are glad we can cozen our selves. Nor is it 1030

only in our walls and ceilings, but  all that we call happiness is mere painting and

gilt, and  all for money: what a thin membrane of honour that is! And how hath

all true reputation fallen, since money began to have any! Yet the great herd, the

multitude, that in all other things are divided, in this alone conspire and agree:

to love money. They wish for it, they embrace it, they adore it, while yet it is 1035

possessed with greater stir and torment than it is gotten.

  Some men, what losses soever they have, they make them greater; and if they

have none,  even all that is not gotten is a loss. Can there be creatures of more

wretched condition than these, that continually labour under their own misery,

and others’ envy?  A man should study other things, not to covet, not to fear, not 1040

to repent him; to make his base such as no tempest shall shake him; to be  secure of

all opinion; and pleasing to himself, even for that wherein he displeaseth others.

For the worst opinion gotten for doing well should delight us. Wouldst not thou

be just, but for fame, thou ought’st to be it with infamy. He that would have his

virtue published is not the servant of virtue, but glory. 1045

   It is a dangerous thing when men’s minds come to sojourn with their affections,

and their diseases eat into their strength; that when too much desire and

greediness of vice hath made the body unfit or unprofitable, it is yet gladded

with the sight and spectacle of it in others; and for want of ability to be an actor,

is content to be a witness. It enjoys the pleasure of sinning in beholding others 1050

sin; as in  dicing, drinking,  drabbing, etc. Nay, when it cannot do all these, it is

offended with his own narrowness, that excludes it from the universal delights

of mankind, and oft-times dies of a melancholy that it cannot be vicious enough.

  I am glad when I see any man avoid the infamy of a vice; but to shun the vice

itself were better.  Till he do that he is but like the prentice, who, being loath to 1055

be spied by his master coming forth of   Black Lucy’s, went in again; to whom his

master cried, ‘The more thou runnest that way to hide thyself, the more thou art

in the place.’ So are those that keep a tavern all day, that they may not be seen at

night. I have known lawyers, divines  – yea, great ones – of this heresy.

  There is a greater reverence had of things remote or strange to us than of 1060

much better, if they be nearer and fall under our sense. Men, and almost all sorts

of creatures, have their reputation by distance. Rivers, the farther they run and

more from their spring, the broader they are and greater. And where our original

is known, we are the less confident; among strangers we trust fortune. Yet a

man may live as renowned at home in his own country, or a private village, as 1065

in the whole world. For it is virtue that gives glory; that will  endenizen a man

everywhere. It is only that can naturalize him. A native, if he be vicious, deserves

to be a stranger, and cast out of the commonwealth as an alien.

   A dejected countenance and mean clothes beget often a contempt, but it is

with the shallowest creatures:  courtiers, commonly. Look up even with them in a 1070

new suit, you get above them straight. Nothing is more short-lived  than pride; it

is but while their clothes last: stay but while these are worn out, you cannot wish

the thing more wretched or dejected.

  Poetry and  picture are arts of a like nature, and both are busy about imitation. It

was excellently said of   Plutarch, poetry was a speaking picture, and picture a mute 1075

poesy. For they both invent, feign, and devise many things, and  accommodate all

they invent to the use and service of nature.  Yet of the two, the pen is more noble

than the pencil; for that can speak to the

understanding, the other, but to the sense. They both behold pleasure and profit as their common object; but should

abstain from all base pleasures, lest they should err from their end, and while they 1080

seek to better men’s minds, destroy their manners. They both are born artificers,

not made. Nature is more powerful in them than study.

  Whosoever loves not  picture is injurious to truth, and all the wisdom of poetry.

 Picture is the invention of heaven: the most ancient and most  akin to nature. It

is itself a silent work, and always of one and the same habit; yet it doth so enter 1085

and penetrate the inmost affection – being done by an excellent artificer – as

sometimes it o’ercomes the power of speech and oratory.  There are divers graces

in it, so are there in the artificers. One excels in care, another in reason, a third in

easiness, a fourth in nature and grace. Some have diligence and comeliness, but

they want majesty. They can express a human form in all the graces, sweetness and 1090

elegancy, but they miss the authority. They can hit nothing but smooth cheeks,

they cannot express roughness or gravity. Others aspire to truth so much as they

are rather lovers of likeness than beauty.   Zeuxis and  Parrhasius are said to be

contemporaries; the first found out the reason of lights and shadows in picture;

the other more subtly examined the lines. 1095

   In picture, light is required no less than shadow; so in style, height, as well as

humbleness.  But beware they be not too humble: as  Pliny pronounced of Regulus’

writings, you would think them written not on a child, but by a child. Many, out

of their own obscene apprehensions, refuse proper and fit words, as  ‘occupy’,

‘nature’, and the like; so the curious industry in some, of having all alike good, 1100

hath come nearer a vice than a virtue.

      Picture took her    feigning from poetry; from geometry her rule,  compass,

lines, proportion, and the whole  symmetry.  Parrhasius was the  first won

reputation, by adding symmetry to picture; he added subtlety to the countenance,

elegancy to the hair,  loveliness to the face, and by the public voice of all artificers, 1105

deserved honour in the outer lines.   Eupompus gave it splendour by numbers,

and other elegancies. From the optics it drew reasons by which it considered

how things placed at distance and afar off, should appear less; how above or

beneath the head should deceive the eye, etc. So from thence it took shadows,

  recessor, light, and heightenings. From moral philosophy it took the soul, the 1110

expression of senses,  perturbations,  manners, when they would paint an angry

person, a proud, an inconstant, an ambitious, a brave, a magnanimous, a just,

a merciful, a compassionate, an humble, a dejected, a base, and the like. They

made all heightnings bright, all shadows dark,   all swellings from a plane, all

solids from breaking.  See  where∗ he complains of their painting  chimeras, by 1115

the vulgar unaptly called grotesque, saying that men who were born truly to

study and emulate nature, did nothing but make monsters against nature; which

  Horacea so laughed at. The art plastic was moulding in clay or potters’ earth

anciently. This is the parent of  statuary, sculpture, graving, and picture, cutting

in brass and marble, all serve under her.  Socrates  taught Parrhasius and Clito, two 1120

noble statuaries, first to express manners by their looks in imagery.  Polygnotus, 

and Aglaophon were ancienter. After them  Zeuxis,  who was the lawgiver to

all painters, after Parrhasius.  They were contemporaries, and lived both  about

Philip’s time, the father of Alexander the Great.  There lived in this latter age six

famous painters in Italy, who were excellent and emulous of the ancients: Raphael 1125

de Urbino,  Michelangelo Buonarota, Titian, Antonio of Correggio, Sebastian of

Venice,     Giulio Romano, and Andrea Sartorio.

    ∗These are flatterers for their bread, that praise all my  oraculous lord does or

says, be it true or false; invent tales that shall please; make baits for His Lordship’s

ears; and if they be not received in what they offer at, they shift a point of the 1130

compass, and turn their tale, presently tack about, deny what they confessed and

confess what they denied, fit their discourse to the persons and occasions. What

they snatch up and devour at one table, utter at another; and grow suspected of the

master, hated of the servants, while they inquire, and reprehend, and  compound,

and   delate business of the house they have nothing to do with. They praise My 1135

Lord’s wine, and the sauce he likes; observe the cook and bottleman;  while they

stand in My Lord’s favour, speak for a pension for them, but pound them to dust

upon My Lord’s least distaste, or change of his palate.

How much better is it, to be silent, or at least to speak sparingly! For it is

not enough to speak good, but timely things. If a man be asked a question, to 1140

answer; but to repeat the question before he answer is well, that he be sure to

understand it, to avoid absurdity. For it is less dishonour to hear imperfectly,

than to speak imperfectly. The ears are excused, the understanding is not. And in

things unknown to a man, not to give his opinion, lest  by affectation of knowing

too much he lose the credit he hath, by speaking or knowing the wrong way what 1145

he utters. Nor seek to get his patron’s favour by embarking himself in the factions

of the family, to inquire after domestic  simulties, their sports or affections. They

are an odious and vile kind of  creatures that fly about the house all day, and,

picking up the filth of the house, like  pies or swallows, carry it to their nest – the

lord’s ears – and oftentimes report the lies they have 1150

feigned, for what they have seen and heard.

  These are called instruments of grace and power with great persons; but they

are indeed the organs of their impotency, and marks of weakness.  For sufficient

lords are able to make these discoveries themselves. Neither will an honourable

person inquire who eats and drinks together, what that man plays,  whom this 1155

man loves, with whom such a one walks, what discourse they held, who sleeps

with whom. They are base and servile natures that busy themselves about these

disquisitions.  How often have I seen (and worthily) these censors of the family

undertaken by some honest rustic, and cudgelled thriftily? These are commonly

the off-scouring and dregs of men that do these things, or calumniate others. Yet 1160

I know not truly which is worse: he that maligns all, or that praises all.  There is

as great a vice in praising, and as frequent, as in detracting.

It pleased  Your Lordship of late to ask my opinion touching the education of

your sons, and especially to the advancement of their studies. To which, though

I returned somewhat for the present which rather manifested a will in me than 1165

gave any just resolution to the thing propounded, I have upon better cogitation

called those aids about me, both of mind and memory, which shall venture my

thoughts clearer, if not fuller, to Your Lordship’s demand.  I confess, my lord,

they will seem but petty and minute things I shall offer to you, being writ for

children, and of them. But studies have their infancy as well as creatures. We see 1170

in men even the strongest  compositions had their beginnings from milk and the

cradle; and the wisest tarried sometimes about  apting their mouths to letters and

syllables.  In their education, therefore, the care must be the greater had of their

beginnings, to know, examine, and weigh their natures; which, though they be

proner in some children to some disciplines, yet are they naturally prompt to 1175

taste all by degrees, and with change. For change is a kind of refreshing in studies,

and infuseth knowledge by way of recreation.  Thence the school itself is called

a play or game, and all letters are so best taught to scholars. They should not be

affrighted or deterred in their entry, but drawn on with exercise and emulation.

 A youth should not be made to hate study before he know the causes to love it, 1180

or taste the bitterness before the sweet, but called on and allured, entreated, and

praised, yea, when he deserves it not. For which cause I wish them sent to the best

school, and a public, which I think the best. Your Lordship I fear hardly hears

of that, as willing to breed them in your eye and at home, and doubting their

manners may be corrupted abroad.  They are in more danger in your own family, 1185

among ill servants (allowing they be safe in their schoolmaster) than amongst a

thousand boys, however immodest.  Would we did not spoil our own children and

overthrow their manners ourselves by too much indulgence!   To breed them at

home is to breed them in a shade,  where in a school they have the light and heat of

the sun. They are used and accustomed to things and men. When they come forth 1190

into the commonwealth, they find nothing new or to seek. They have made their

friendships and aids, some to  last till their age. They hear what is commanded

to others, as well as  themselves, much approved, much corrected: all which they

bring to their own store and use, and learn as much as they hear. Eloquence would

be but a poor thing, if we should only  converse with singulars, speak but man 1195

and man together. Therefore I like no private breeding. I would send them where

their industry should be daily increased by praise, and that kindled by emulation.

It is a good thing to inflame the mind, and though ambition itself be a vice, it is

often the cause of great virtue.  Give me that wit whom praise excites, glory puts

on, or disgrace grieves: he is to be nourished with ambition, pricked forward with 1200

honour, checked with reprehension, and never to be suspected of sloth. Though

he be given to play, it is a sign of spirit and liveliness, so there be a mean had of

their sports and relaxations.  And from the rod or  ferule, I would have them free,

as from the menace of them; for it is both deformed and servile.

   For a man to write well, there are required three necessaries: to read the best 1205

authors, observe the best speakers, and much exercise of his own style. In style

to consider what ought to be written, and after what manner, he must first think

and excogitate his matter; then choose his words and examine the weight of

either. Then take care in placing and ranking both matter and words, that the

composition be comely; and to do this with diligence and often. No matter how 1210

slow the style be at first, so it be laboured and accurate; seek the best, and be not

glad of the  forward conceits or first words that offer themselves to us, but judge of

what we invent, and order what we approve.  Repeat often what we have formerly

written; which beside that it  helps the  consequence, and makes the juncture

better, it quickens the heat of imagination, that often cools in the time of setting 1215

down, and gives it new strength, as if it grew lustier by the going back. As we see

in the contention of leaping, they jump farthest, that fetch their race largest; or,

as in throwing a dart or javelin, we force back our arms to make our  loose the

stronger. Yet if we have a fair gale of wind, I forbid not the   steering out of our sail,

so the favour of the gale deceive us not. For all that we invent doth please us in the 1220

conception or birth, else we would never set it down. But the safest is to return

to our judgement, and handle over again those things, the easiness of which

might make them justly suspected. So did the best writers in their beginnings;

they imposed upon themselves care and industry. They did nothing rashly. They

obtained first to write well, and then custom made it easy and a habit. By little and 1225

little, their matter showed itself to them more plentifully; their words answered,

their composition followed, and all, as in a  well-ordered family, presented itself

in the place. So that  the sum of all is: ready writing makes not good writing; but

good writing brings on ready writing; yet when we think we have got the faculty,

it is even then good to resist it, as to give a horse a check sometimes with bit, 1230

which doth not so much stop his course, as stir his mettle.  Again, whether a man’s

genius is best able to  reach, thither it should more and more contend, lift and

 dilate itself, as men of low stature raise themselves on their toes, and so oft-times

get even, if not eminent.  Besides, as it is fit for grown and able writers to stand of

themselves, and work with their own strength, to trust and endeavour by their 1235

own faculties, so it is fit for the beginner and learner to study others and the best.

For the mind and memory are more sharply exercised in comprehending another

man’s things, than our own; and such as accustom themselves and are familiar

with the best authors, shall ever and anon  find somewhat of them in themselves,

and in the expression of their minds, even when they feel it not; be able to utter 1240

something like theirs, which hath an authority above their own. Nay, sometimes

it is the reward of a man’s study, the praise of quoting another man fitly: and

 though a man be more prone and able for one kind of writing than another, yet

he must exercise all. For as in an instrument, so in style, there must be a harmony

 and  concent of parts. 1245

   I take this labour in teaching others, that they should not be always to be

taught, and I would bring my precepts into practice; for rules are ever of less force

and value than experiments. Yet with this purpose, rather to show the right way

to those that come after, than to detect any that have slipped before by error; and

I hope it will be more profitable. For men do more willingly listen, and with more 1250

favour, to precept than reprehension. Among divers opinions of an art (and most

of them contrary in themselves) it is hard to make  election; and therefore, though

a man cannot invent new things after so many, he may do a welcome work yet

to help posterity to judge rightly of the old.  But arts and precepts avail nothing,

except nature be beneficial and aiding. And therefore these things are no more 1255

written to a dull disposition than rules of husbandry to a  barren soil. No precepts

will profit a fool, no more than beauty will the blind, or music the deaf.  As we

should take care that our style in writing be neither dry nor empty, we should look

again it be not winding or wanton with far-fetched descriptions: either is a vice.

But that is worse which proceeds out of want than that which riots out of plenty. 1260

The remedy of fruitfulness is easy, but no labour will help the contrary.  I will like

and praise some things in a young writer which yet if he continue in, I cannot but

justly hate him for the same.  There is a time to be given all things for maturity;

and that even your country husbandman can teach, who to a young plant will not

put the pruning knife because it seems to fear the iron, as not able to admit the 1265

scar. No more would I tell a green writer all his faults, lest I should make him

grieve and faint, and at last despair. For nothing doth more hurt than to make

him so afraid of all things as he can endeavour nothing.  Therefore youth ought

to be instructed betimes, and in the best things; for we hold those longest we take

soonest, as the first  scent of a vessel lasts, and that tinct the wool first receives. 1270

 Therefore a master should temper his own powers, and descend to the other’s

infirmity. If you pour a glut of water upon a bottle it receives little of it; but with

a funnel, and by degrees, you shall fill many of them, and spill little of your own;

to their capacity they will all receive, and be full.  And as it is fit to read the best

authors to youth first, so let  them be of the openest and clearest. As  Livy before 1275

 Sallust, Sidney before  Donne. And beware of letting them taste Gower or Chaucer

at first, lest falling too much in love with antiquity, and not apprehending the

weight, they grow rough and barren in language only. When their judgements

are firm and out of danger, let them read both the old and the new; but no less

take heed that their  new flowers and sweetness do not as much corrupt, as the 1280

other’s dryness and  squalor, if they choose not carefully.   Spenser, in affecting

the ancients, writ no language;  yet I would have him read for his matter; but as

 Virgil read Ennius.  The reading of Homer and Virgil is counselled by Quintilian

as the best  way of informing youth and confirming man. For besides that, the

mind is raised with the height and sublimity of such a verse, it takes spirit from 1285

the greatness of the matter, and is  tincted with the best things.  Tragic and lyric

poetry is good too, and comic with the best, if the manners of the reader be once

in safety. In the Greek poets, as also in  Plautus, we shall see the  economy and

disposition of poems better observed than in   Terence  and the  later, who thought

the sole grace and virtue of their fable the sticking in of  sentences, as ours do the 1290

forcing in of jests.

    We should not protect our sloth with the patronage of difficulty. It is a false

quarrel against nature, that she helps  understanding but in a few, when the most

part of mankind are inclined by her thither, if they would take the pains, no less

than birds to fly, horses to run, etc.: which if they lose, it is through their own 1295

sluggishness, and by  that means become her prodigies, not her children.  I confess,

nature in children is more patient of labour in study, than in age; for the sense of

the pain, the judgement of the labour is absent: they do not measure what they

have done. And it is the thought, and consideration that affects us more than

the weariness itself.    Plato was not content with the learning that Athens could 1300

give him, but sailed into Italy for  Pythagoras’s knowledge; and yet not thinking

himself sufficiently informed,  went into Egypt to the priests, and learned their

mysteries. He laboured, so must we.  Many things may be learned together, and

performed in one point of time; as musicians exercise their memory, their voice,

their fingers, and sometime their head and feet at once. And so  a preacher, in the 1305

invention of matter, election of words, composition of gesture, look, pronunciation,

motion, useth all these faculties at once. And if we can express this variety

together, why should not divers studies at divers hours delight, when the variety

is able alone to refresh and repair us? As when a man is weary of writing, to read;

and then again of reading, to write. Wherein, howsoever we do many things, yet 1310

are we (in a sort) still fresh to what we begin; we are recreated with change, as the

stomach is with meats. But some will say this variety breeds confusion and makes

that either we lose all, or hold no more than the last. Why do we not then persuade

husbandmen that they should not till land, help it with marl, lime, and compost,

plant hop-gardens, prune trees, look to beehives, rear sheep, and all other  cattle 1315

at once? It is easier to do many things and continue, than to do one thing long.

  It is not the passing through these learnings that hurts us, but the dwelling

and sticking about them. To descend to those extreme anxieties and foolish cavils

of grammarians, is able to break a wit in pieces, being a work of manifold misery

and vainness, to be  elementarii senes. Yet even letters are, as it were, the  bank of 1320

words, and restore themselves to an author as the pawns of language. But  talking

and eloquence are not the same: to speak, and to speak well, are two things. A fool

may talk, but a wise man speaks, and out of the observation, knowledge, and use of

things. Many writers perplex their readers and hearers with mere  nonsense.  Their

writings need sunshine.  Pure and neat language I love, yet plain and customary. A 1325

barbarous phrase hath often made me out of love with a good sense, and doubtful

writing hath racked me beyond my patience. The reason why  a poet is said that

he ought to have all knowledges is that he should not be ignorant of the most,

especially of those he will handle. And indeed when the attaining of them is

possible, it were a sluggish and base thing to despair. For frequent imitation of 1330

anything becomes a habit quickly. If a man should prosecute as much as could be

said of everything, his work would find no end.

    Speech is the only benefit man hath to express his excellency of mind above

other creatures. It is the instrument of society.  Therefore Mercury, who is the

president of language, is called deorum hominumque interpres.  In all speech, words 1335

and sense are as the body and the soul. The sense is as the life and soul of

language, without which all words are dead.  Sense is wrought out of experience,

the knowledge of human life and actions, or of the liberal arts, which the Greeks

called     ᾽Εγκύκλοπαιδ∊ίαν.  Words  are the people’s, yet there is a choice of them to

be made; for  verborum   delectus origo est eloquentiae.  They are to be chose according 1340

to the persons we make speak, or the things we speak of. Some are of the camp,

some of the council-board, some of the shop, some of the sheepcote, some of the

pulpit, some of the bar, etc.  And herein is seen their elegance and propriety, when

we use them fitly and draw them forth to their just strength and nature, by way

of translation or  metaphor.  But in this translation we must only serve necessity 1345

( Nam temere nihil transfertur a prudenti) or commodity, which is a kind of necessity:

that is, when we either absolutely want a word to express by, and that is necessity,

or when we have not so fit a word, and that is commodity; as when we avoid

loss by it, and escape  obsceneness, and gain in the grace and  property, which

helps significance.  Metaphors  far-fet hinder to be understood; and affected, lose 1350

their grace.  Or when the person fetcheth his translations from a wrong place: as

if a privy councillor should at the table take his metaphor from a dicing house,

or ordinary, or a vintner’s vault; or a justice of peace draw his similitudes from

the mathematics; or a divine from a bawdy house, or taverns; or a gentleman of

 Northamptonshire, Warwickshire, or the Midland should fetch all his illustrations 1355

to his country neighbours from shipping, and tell them of the  main sheet

and the  bowline.  Metaphors are thus many times deformed, as in him that said,

 castratam morte  Africani rempublicam. And another,  stercus curiae Glauciam; and  cana

nive conspuit Alpes.  All attempts that are new in this kind are dangerous and somewhat

hard, before they be softened with use. A man coins not a new word without 1360

some peril, and less fruit; for if it happen to be received, the praise is but moderate;

if refused, the scorn is assured. Yet we must adventure, for things at first hard and

rough are by use made tender and gentle. It is an honest error that is committed,

following great chiefs.

   Custom is the most certain mistress of language, as the public stamp makes 1365

the current money.  But we must not be too frequent with the mint, every day

coining, nor fetch words from the extreme and utmost ages,  since  the chief virtue

of a style is perspicuity, and nothing so vicious in it   as to need an interpreter.

Words borrowed of antiquity do lend a kind of majesty to style, and are not

without their delight sometimes. For they have the  authority of years, and out 1370

of their intermission do win to themselves a kind of  grace like newness. But the

eldest of the present and  newest of the past language is the best. For what was the

ancient language which some men so dote upon but the ancient custom? Yet when

I name custom, I understand  not the vulgar custom, for that were a precept no

less dangerous to language, than life, if we should speak or live after the manners 1375

of the vulgar; but that I call custom of speech, which is the consent of the learned,

as custom of life, which is the consent of the good.   Virgil was most loving of

antiquity; yet how rarely doth he insert aquai, and pictai!   Lucretius is  scabrous

and rough in these: he seeks them, as some do   Chaucerisms with us, which were

better expunged and banished. Some words are to be culled out for ornament and 1380

colour, as we  gather flowers to  strew houses, or make garlands; but they are better

when they grow to our style as in a meadow, where though the  mere grass and

greenness  delights, yet the variety of flowers doth heighten and beautify. Marry,

we must not play or riot too much with them, as in     paronomasies, nor use too

swelling or ill-sounding words;  quae per salebras altaque saxa cadunt. It is true, there 1385

is no sound but shall find some lovers, as the bitterest confections are grateful

to some palates.   Our composition must be more accurate in the beginning and

end, than in the midst; and in the end more than in the beginning, for through

the midst the stream bears us. And this is attained by custom more than care or

diligence.  We must express readily and fully, not profusely. There is difference 1390

between a liberal and a prodigal hand. As it is a great point of art, when our

matter requires it, to enlarge, and  veer out all sail; so to take it in, and contract

it, is of no less praise when the argument doth ask it. Either of them hath their

fitness in the place. A good man always profits by his endeavour, by his help, yea,

when he is absent; nay, when he is dead, by his example   and memory.  So good 1395

authors in their style.  A strict and succinct style is   that where you can take away

nothing without loss, and that loss to be  manifest. The  brief style is that which

expresseth much in little. The concise style, which expresseth not enough, but

leaves somewhat to be  understood. The abrupt style, which hath many breaches,

and doth not seem to end, but fall.  The congruent and harmonious fitting of parts 1400

in a sentence hath almost the fastening and force of knitting and connection; as

in stones well squared, which will rise strong a great way without mortar.

    Periods are beautiful when they are not too long, for so they have their strength

too, as in a pike or javelin. As we must take the care that our words and sense

be clear, so if the obscurity happen through the hearer’s or reader’s want of 1405

understanding, I am not to answer for them; no more than for their not listening

or marking: I must neither find them ears nor mind. But a man cannot put a

word so in sense but something about it will  illustrate it, if the writer understand

himself; for order helps much to perspicuity, as confusion hurts.  Rectitudo lucem

adfert: obliquitas et circumductio offuscat. We should therefore speak what we can, 1410

the nearest way,  so as we keep our gait, not leap; for too short may as well be

not let into the memory, as too long not kept in. Whatsoever loseth the grace

and clearness, converts into a riddle; the   obscurity is marked, but not the value.

That perisheth, and is passed by, like  the pearl in the fable.  Our style should be

like a skein of silk, to be carried and  found by the right thread, not ravelled, and 1415

perplexed: then all is a knot, a heap. There are words that do as much raise a

style as others can depress it.   Superlation and overmuchness amplifies; it may be

 above faith, but never above a mean.  It was ridiculous in  Cestius, when he said

of Alexander:  fremit Oceanus, quasi indignetur, quod terras relinquas; but propitiously

from  Virgil: 1420

. . .  credas  innare  revolsas

Cycladas.

He doth not say it was so, but seemed to be so. Although it be somewhat incredible,

that is excused before it be spoken. But there are hyperboles which will become one

language, that will by no means admit another. As   eos esse   Populi Romani exercitus, 1425

qui coelum possint perrumpere: who would say this with us, but a madman? Therefore

we must consider in every tongue, what is used, what received.  Quintilian  warns

us that in no kind of translation, or metaphor, or allegory, we make a turn from

what we began; as if we fetch the original of our metaphor from sea and billows,

we end not in flames and ashes: it is a most foul inconsequence. Neither must 1430

we draw out our allegory too long, lest either we make ourselves obscure, or fall

into affectation, which is childish.  But why do men depart at all from the right

and natural ways of speaking? Sometimes for necessity, when we are driven, or

think it fitter, to speak that in obscure words or by circumstance, which uttered

plainly would offend the hearers. Or to avoid obsceneness, or sometimes for 1435

pleasure and variety; as travellers turn out of the highway, drawn either by the

commodity of a footpath, or the delicacy or freshness of the fields. And all this is

called  ἐσχηματισμένη, or figured language.

   Language most shows a man: speak, that I may see thee.   It springs out of

the most retired and inmost parts of us, and is the image of the parent of it, the 1440

mind. No glass renders a man’s form or likeness so true as his speech. Nay, it is

likened to a man; and as we consider feature and composition in a man, so words

in  language: in the   greatness, aptness, sound, structure, and harmony of it.  Some

men are tall and big, so some language is high and great. Then the words are

chosen, their sound ample, the composition full, the  absolution plenteous and 1445

poured out, all grave, sinewy, and strong. Some are little, and dwarfs; so of speech,

it is humble and low, the words poor and flat, the members and periods thin and

weak, without knitting or number.    The middle are of a just stature. There the

language is plain and   pleasing, even without stopping, round without  swelling; all

well-turned, composed, elegant, and accurate. The vicious  language is vast and 1450

gaping, swelling and irregular; when it contends to be high, full of rock,

mountain, and pointedness; as it affects to be low, it is abject, and creeps, full of bogs

and holes. And according to their subject, these styles vary, and lose their names:

for that which is high and lofty, declaring excellent matter, becomes vast and

 tumorous,  speaking of petty and inferior things; so that which was even and apt 1455

in a mean and plain subject, will appear most poor and humble in a high argument.

Would you not laugh to meet a great councillor of state in a  flat cap, with his

 trunk-hose, and a  hobby-horse cloak, his  gloves under his girdle, and  yond

haberdasher in a velvet gown, furred with sables? There is a certain latitude in these

things, by which we find the degrees.  The next thing to the stature is the   figure 1460

and feature in language: that is, whether it be round and straight, which consists

of short and succinct periods, numerous, and polished; or square and firm, which

is to have equal and  strong  parts everywhere answerable and weighed.   The third

is the skin   and coat, which rests in the well-joining, cementing, and coagmentation

of words:  when as it is smooth, gentle, and sweet,  like a table upon which 1465

you may run your finger without rubs, and your nail cannot find a joint; not

horrid, rough, wrinkled, gaping, or chapped.  After these the flesh, blood, and bones

come in question. We say it is a   fleshy style, when there is much  periphrasis, and

 circuit of words; and when with more than  enough, it grows  fat and corpulent:

 arvina orationis, full of suet and tallow. It hath blood and juice, when the words are 1470

proper and apt, their sound sweet, and the phrase neat and picked:  oratio uncta, et

bene pasta. But where there is   redundancy, both the blood and juice are faulty and

vicious:  redundat sanguine,  quae multo plus dicit, quam necesse est.  Juice in language

is somewhat less than blood; for if the words be but becoming and signifying,

and the sense gentle, there is juice; but   where  that wanteth, the language is thin, 1475

flagging, poor, starved; scarce covering the bone, and shows like stones in a sack.

Some men to avoid redundancy, run into that; and while they strive to have no

ill blood, or juice, they lose their good.  There be some styles again that have not

less blood but less flesh and corpulence. These are bony, and sinewy:    ossa habent,

et nervos. 1480

   It was well noted by the late Lord St  Albans, that the study of words is the first

distemper of learning: vain matter the second; and a third distemper is deceit, or

the likeness of truth: imposture held up by credulity. All these are the cobwebs

of learning, and to let them grow in us is either sluttish or foolish. Nothing is

more ridiculous than to make an author a   dictator, as the schools have done 1485

Aristotle. The damage is infinite knowledge receives by it. For to many things  a

man should owe but a temporary belief, and a suspension of his own judgement,

not an absolute resignation of himself, or a perpetual captivity.  Let Aristotle

and others have their dues, but  if we can make farther discoveries of truth and

fitness than they, why are we envied?  Let us beware, while we strive to add, we 1490

do not diminish, or deface; we may improve, but not augment. By discrediting

falsehood, truth grows in request. We must not go about like men anguished

and perplexed for vicious  affectation of praise, but calmly study the separation

of opinions, find the errors have intervened, awake antiquity, call former times into

question; but make no parties with the present, nor follow any  fierce undertakers, 1495

mingle no matter of doubtful credit with the simplicity of truth, but  gently stir

the mould about the root of the question, and avoid all  digladiations,  facility

of credit, or superstitious simplicity; seek the consonancy and  concatenation of

truth; stoop only to point of necessity, and what leads to  convenience. Then make

exact  animadversion  where style hath degenerated, where flourished and thrived 1500

in choiceness of phrase, round and clean composition of sentence, sweet falling of

the clause, varying an illustration by tropes and figures, weight of matter, worth

of subject, soundness of argument, life of invention, and depth of judgement.

This is  monte potiri, to get the hill.  For no perfect discovery can be made upon a

flat or a level. 1505

  Now that I have informed you in the  knowing these things, let me lead you by

the hand a little farther in the direction of the use, and make you an able writer

by practice.   The conceits of the mind are pictures of things, and the tongue is

the interpreter of those pictures. The order of God’s creatures in themselves is

not only admirable and glorious, but eloquent; then he who could apprehend 1510

the consequence of things in their truth, and utter his apprehensions as truly,

were the best writer or speaker. Therefore  Cicero said much when he said  dicere

recte nemo potest, nisi qui prudenter intelligit. The shame of speaking unskilfully were

small, if the tongue only thereby were disgraced; but as the image of a king in

his seal ill-represented is not so much a blemish to the wax, or the signet that 1515

sealed it, as to the prince it representeth; so disordered speech is not so much

injury to  the lips that  give it forth, as to the  disproportion and incoherence of

things in themselves, so negligently expressed. Neither can his mind be thought

to be in tune, whose words do jar; nor his reason in frame, whose sentence is

 preposterous; nor his elocution clear and perfect, whose utterance breaks itself 1520

into fragments and uncertainties. Were it not a dishonour to a mighty prince, to

have the majesty of his embassage spoiled by a careless ambassador? And is it not

as great an indignity, that an excellent conceit and capacity by the indiligence of

an idle tongue should be disgraced? Negligent speech doth not only discredit the

person of the speaker, but it discrediteth the opinion of his reason and judgement; 1525

it discrediteth the  force and uniformity of the matter and substance. If it be

so then in words, which fly and escape censure, and where one good phrase begs

pardon for many incongruities and faults, how shall he then be thought wise

whose penning is thin and shallow? How shall you look for wit from him, whose

 leisure and head, assisted with the examination of his eyes, yield you no life or 1530

sharpness in his writing?

   In writing there is to be regarded the invention and the  fashion. For the

  invention, that ariseth upon your  business; whereof there can be no rules of more

certainty, or precepts of better direction given, than conjecture can lay down from

the several occasions of men’s particular lives and vocations. But sometimes men 1535

make  business of kindness: as ‘I could not satisfy myself, till I had discharged

my remembrance, and charged my letters with commendations to you’; or, ‘My

business is no other than to testify my love to you, and to put you in mind of

my willingness to do you all kind offices’; or, ‘Sir, have you leisure to descend to

the remembering of that assurance you have long possessed in your servant, and 1540

upon your next opportunity, make him happy with some commands from you?,

or the like; that go a-begging for some meaning, and labour to be delivered of

the great burden of nothing. When you have invented, and that your business

be matter, and not bare form or mere ceremony but some earnest, then are you

to proceed to the ordering of it, and digesting the parts, which is had out of two 1545

circumstances. One is the understanding of the persons to whom you are to write;

 the other is the coherence of your   sentence.  For men’s capacity to weigh what

will be apprehended with greatest attention or leisure, what next regarded and

longed for especially, and what last will leave satisfaction, and, as it were, the

sweetest memorial and   brief of all that is past in his understanding, whom you 1550

write to. For the consequence of sentences, you must be sure that every clause do

give the  cue one to the other, and be  bespoken ere it come. So much for invention

and order.

  Now for  fashion: it consists in four things, which are qualities of your style.

The first is   brevity. For they must not be treatises or discourses, your letters, except 1555

it be to learned men. And even among them there is a kind of thrift and saving of

words. Therefore you are to examine the clearest passages of your understanding,

and through them to convey the sweetest and most significant words you can

devise, that you may the easier teach them the readiest way to another man’s

apprehension, and  open their meaning fully, roundly, and distinctly, so as the 1560

reader may not think a second view cast away upon your letter. And though

respect be a part following this, yet now here, and still I must remember it: if

you write to a man whose  estate and  senses you are familiar with, you may the

bolder – to set a task to his brain – venture on a knot. But if to your superior,

you are bound to measure him in three farther points. First,  your interest in him; 1565

secondly, his capacity in your letters; thirdly, his leisure to peruse them. For your

interest or favour with him, you are to be the shorter or longer, more familiar or

 submiss, as he will afford you time. For his capacity you are to be quicker and

fuller of those reaches and glances of wit or learning, as he is able to entertain

them. For his leisure, you are commanded to the greater briefness, as his place is 1570

of greater discharges and cares. But with your betters you are not to put riddles of

wit, by being too scarce of words;    nor to cause the trouble of making  breviates, by

writing too riotous and wastingly. Brevity is attained in matter by avoiding idle

 compliments, prefaces, protestations, parentheses, superfluous circuit of figures,

and digressions; in the composition, by omitting conjunctions, ‘not only . . . but1575

also’, ‘both the one and the other’, ‘whereby it cometh to pass’, and suchlike idle

particles, that have no great business in a serious letter, but breaking of sentences;

as oftentimes a short journey is made long by unnecessary  baits.

But as   Quintilian saith, there is a briefness of the parts sometimes that makes

the whole long, as ‘I came to the stairs, I took a pair of oars, they launched out, 1580

rowed apace, I landed at the court gate, I paid my fare, went up to the presence,

asked for my lord, I was admitted.’ All this is but ‘I went to the court and  spake

with my lord.’ This is the fault of some Latin writers, within these last hundred

years, of my reading, and perhaps  Seneca may be appeached of it; I accuse him

not. 1585

     The next property of epistolary style is  perspicuity, and is  oftentimes

 endangered by the former quality (brevity), oftentimes by affectation of some

wit ill-angled for, or ostentation of some hidden terms of art. Few words they

darken speech, and so do too many, as well  too much light hurteth the eyes, as

too little; and a long bill of chancery confounds the understanding as much as 1590

the shortest note. Therefore let not your letters be penned like English statutes,

and this is obtained. These vices are eschewed by pondering your business well,

and distinctly   conceiving yourself, which is much furthered by  uttering your

thoughts, and letting them as well come forth to the light and judgement of your

own outward senses, as to the censure of other men’s ears; for that is the reason 1595

why many good scholars speak but fumblingly;  like a rich man, that for want of

particular  note and difference can bring you no certain ware readily out of his

shop. Hence it is that talkative shallow men do often content the hearers more

than the wise. But this may find a speedier redress in writing, where all comes

under the last examination of the eyes. First mind it well, then pen it, then examine 1600

it, then amend it, and you may be in the better hope of doing reasonably well.

 Under this virtue may come plainness which is not to be curious in the order, as

to answer a letter, as if you were to answer to  interrogatories: as to the first, first,

and to the second, secondly, etc.  But both in   method and word to use (as ladies do

in their attire) a diligent kind of negligence, and their sportive freedom; though 1605

with some men you are not to jest, or practise tricks, yet the delivery of the most

important things may be carried with such a grace as that it may yield a pleasure

to the conceit of the reader. There must be store, though no excess of terms; as if

you are to name ‘store’, sometimes you may call it ‘choice’, sometimes ‘plenty’,

sometimes ‘copiousness’, or ‘variety’: but ever so, that the word which comes in 1610

lieu have not such difference of meaning as that it may put the sense of the first

in hazard to be mistaken. You are not to  cast a ring for the perfumed terms of the

time, as  ‘accommodation’, ‘compliment’, ‘spirit’, etc., but use them properly in

their place, as others.

   There followeth  life and quickness, which is the strength and sinews (as it 1615

were) of your penning by   pithy sayings, similitudes, and conceits,  allusions to

some known history, or other commonplace, such as are in  The Courtier, and the

second book of Cicero, De oratore.

   The  last is: respect to discern what fits yourself, him to whom you write, and

that which you handle, which is a quality fit to conclude the rest, because it doth 1620

include all. And that must proceed from ripeness of judgement, which as one

truly saith, is gotten by four means: God, nature, diligence, and conversation.

Serve the first well, and the rest will serve you.

We have spoken sufficiently of  oratory; let us now make a diversion to poetry.

  Poetry, in the  primogeniture, had many  peccant humours, and is made to have 1625

more now through the levity and inconstancy of men’s judgements. Whereas,

indeed, it is the most prevailing eloquence, and of the most exalted  charact.  Now

the discredits and disgraces are many it hath received through men’s study of

depravation or calumny; their practice being to give it diminution of credit, by

lessening the professors’ estimation, and making the age afraid of their liberty: 1630

and the age is grown so tender of  her fame, as she calls all writings aspersions.  That

is the state-word, the phrase of court,  Placentia College, which some call Parasites’

Place, the Inn of Ignorance.

 Whilst I name no persons, but deride follies, why should any man confess or

betray himself?  Why doth not that of   St Jerome come into their mind:  ubi generalis 1635

est de vitiis disputatio, ibi nullius esse personae iniuriam?  Is it such an inexpiable crime

in poets, to tax vices generally; and no offence in them who,  by their exception,

confess they have committed them  particularly? Are we fallen into those times

that we must not

        Auriculas teneras mordaci rodere vero? 1640

   Remedii votum semper verius erat, quam spes.

If men may by no means write freely, or speak truth, but when it offends not, why

do physicians cure with sharp medicines or corrosives? Is not the same equally

lawful in the cure of the mind that is in the cure of the body?  Some vices (you will

say) are so foul, that it is better they should be done than spoken.  But they that 1645

take offence where no name, character or  signature doth  blazon them seem to

me like affected as   women who, if they hear anything ill spoken of the ill of their

sex, are presently moved, as if the contumely respected their particular; and on

the contrary, when they hear good of good women, conclude that it belongs to

them all.  If I see anything that toucheth me, shall I come forth a betrayer of myself 1650

presently? No, if I be wise, I’ll dissemble it; if honest, I’ll avoid it, lest I publish

that on my own forehead, which I saw there noted without a title. A man that is  on

the mending hand will either    ingeniously confess or wisely dissemble his disease;

and the wise and virtuous will never think anything belongs to themselves that

is written, but rejoice that the good are warned not to be such, and the ill to leave 1655

to be such. The person offended hath no reason to be offended with the writer,

but with himself; and so to declare that properly to belong to him, which was so

spoken of all men, as it could be no man’s  several but his that would wilfully and

desperately claim it. It sufficeth I know what kind of persons I displease, men

bred in the declining and decay of virtue, betrothed to their own vices, that have 1660

abandoned or prostituted their good names; hungry and ambitious of infamy,

invested in all deformity, enthralled to ignorance and malice, of a hidden and

concealed malignity, and that hold a concomitancy with all evil.

What is a poet?

A   poet is that which by the Greeks is called  κατ᾿ ἐζ᾿οχὴν, ὁ Ποιητὴς, a maker, or 1665

a feigner; his art, an art of  imitation, or feigning; expressing the life of man in fit

measure, numbers, and harmony,  according to Aristotle: from the word ποι∊ιν,

which signifies to make or feign.  Hence he is called a poet, not he which writeth

in measure only, but that feigneth and formeth a fable, and writes things  like the

truth.  For the fable and fiction is (as it were) the form and soul of any poetical 1670

work or poem.

What mean you by a poem?

A   poem is not alone any work or composition of the poet’s in many or few

verses; but even one alone verse sometimes makes a perfect poem. As when Aeneas

hangs up and consecrates the arms of Abas with this inscription: 1675

  Aeneas haec de Danais victoribus arma,

and calls it a  poem, or carmen. Such are those in Martial:

   Omnia, Castor, emis: sic fiet, ut omnia vendas,

and

   Pauper videri Cinna vult, et est  pauper. 1680

So were  Horace’s odes called Carmina, his lyric songs. And Lucretius  designs

a whole book in  his sixth:

   Quod in primo quoque carmine claret.

And anciently all the oracles were called carmina; or whatever sentence was

expressed, were it much or little, it was called an epic, dramatic, lyric, elegiac, or 1685

epigrammatic poem.

But how differs a poem from what we call poesy?

A    poem, as I have told you, is the work of the poet, the end and fruit of his

labour and study. Poesy is his skill or craft of making; the very fiction itself, the

reason, or form of the work. And these three voices differ,  as the thing done, the 1690

doing, and the doer; the thing feigned, the feigning, and the feigner; so the poem,

he poesy, and the poet. Now the poesy is    the habit or the art; nay, rather the queen

of arts, which had her original from heaven, received thence from the Hebrews,

and had in prime estimation with the Greeks, transmitted to the Latins, and all

nations that professed civility. The study of it (  if we will trust  Aristotle) offers to 1695

mankind a certain rule and pattern of living well and happily, disposing us to all

civil offices of society. If we will believe  Tully, it nourisheth, and instructeth our

youth, delights our age, adorns our prosperity, comforts our adversity, entertains

us at home, keeps us company abroad, travails with us, watches, divides the times

of our  earnest and sports, shares in our country recesses and recreations, insomuch 1700

as the wisest and best learned have thought her the absolute mistress of manners

and nearest of kin to virtue. And whereas  they entitle philosophy to be a rigid

and austere poesy, they have, on the contrary, styled poesy a dulcet and gentle

philosophy, which leads on and guides us by the hand to action with a ravishing

delight and incredible sweetness. But before we handle the kinds of poems, with 1705

their special differences, or make court to the art   itself as a mistress, I would lead

you to the knowledge of our poet by a perfect information what he is or should

be by nature, by exercise, by imitation, by study; and so bring him down through

the disciplines of   grammar, logic, rhetoric, and the ethics, adding somewhat out

of all peculiar to himself and worthy of your admittance or reception. 1710

     First, we require in our poet or maker –  for that title our language affords him

legantly with the Greek – a goodness of natural wit.  For whereas all other arts

consist of doctrine and precepts, the poet must be able by nature, and instinct to

pour out the treasure of his mind, and as   Seneca saith,  aliquando secundum Anacreontem

insanire, iucundum esse: by which he understands, the poetical rapture. And 1715

according to that of  Plato,  frustra poeticas fores sui compos pulsavit; and of  Aristotle,

  nullum   magnum ingenium sine mixtura dementiae fuit.   Nec potest grande aliquid, et supra

caeteros loqui, nisi mota mens.  Then it riseth higher, as by a divine instinct, when

it contemns common and known conceptions. It utters somewhat above a mortal

mouth. Then it gets aloft, and flies away with his rider, whither before it 1720

was doubtful to ascend. This the poets understood by their   Helicon,  Pegasus, or

 Parnassus; and this made Ovid to boast:

    Est deus in nobis; agitante calescimus illo:

Sedibus   aetheriis spiritus ille venit.

And  Lipsius to affirm:  scio poetam neminem praestantem fuisse, sine parte quadam 1725

uberiore divinae aurae. And hence it is that the coming up of good poets (for I mind

not  mediocres, or imos) is so thin and rare among us.  Every beggarly corporation

affords the state a mayor or two   bailiffs yearly, but solus rex aut poeta non quotannis

nascitur.

   To this perfection of nature in our poet we require  exercise of those parts, and 1730

frequent. If his wit will not arrive suddenly at the dignity of the ancients, let him

not yet fall out with it, quarrel, or be over-hastily angry, offer to turn it away from

study in a humour; but come to it again upon better cogitation, try another time

with labour. If then it succeed not, cast not away the quills yet, nor scratch the

wainscot, beat not the poor desk, but   bring all to the forge and file again; turn it 1735

anew. There is no statute law of the kingdom bids you be a poet against your will

  ere the first quarter; if it come in a year or two it is well. The common rhymers

pour forth verses, such as they are, extempore, but there never  comes from them

one  sense worth the life of a day.  A rhymer and a poet are two things. It is said

of the incomparable   Virgil, that he brought forth his verses like a bear, and after 1740

formed them with licking.   Scaliger, the father, writes it of him that he made a

quantity of verses in the morning which afore night he reduced to a less number.

 But that which  Valerius Maximus hath left recorded of  Euripides, the tragic poet,

his answer to  Alcestis, another poet, is as memorable as modest: who, when it was

told to Alcestis that Euripides had in three days brought forth but three verses, 1745

and those with some difficulty, and  throes; Alcestis, glorying he could with ease

have sent forth a hundred in the space; Euripides roundly replied, ‘Like enough.

But here is the difference: thy verses will not last those three days; mine will to

all time.’ Which was  as to tell him he could not write a verse. I have met many of

these  rattles that made a noise and buzzed. They had their hum, and no more. 1750

Indeed, things wrote with labour deserve to be so read, and will  last their age.

   The third requisite in our poet or maker is  imitation, to be able to convert

the substance or riches of another poet to his own use. To make choice of one

excellent man above the rest, and so to follow him till he grow very he, or so like

him as the copy may be mistaken for the principal.  Not as a creature that swallows 1755

what it takes in crude, raw, or indigested, but that feeds with an appetite, and

hath a stomach to  concoct, divide, and turn all into nourishment. Not to imitate

servilely,  as  Horace saith, and catch at vices, for virtue: but to draw forth out of

the best and choicest flowers with the bee, and turn all into honey, work it into

one relish, and savour, make our imitation sweet; observe how the best writers 1760

have imitated, and follow them. How  Virgil and Statius have imitated Homer,

how  Horace, Archilochus; how  Alcaeus, and the other lyrics; and so of the rest.

  But that which we especially require in him is an exactness of study, and

multiplicity of reading,  which maketh a full man, not alone enabling him to

know the history or argument of a poem and to report it, but so to master the 1765

matter and style as to show he knows how to handle, place, or dispose of either,

with elegancy when need shall be.  And not think he can leap forth suddenly a

poet by dreaming he hath been in  Parnassus, or having washed his lips (as they

say) in  Helicon. There goes more to his   making, than so. For to nature, exercise,

imitation, and study,  art must be added, to make all these perfect.  And though 1770

these challenge to themselves much in the making up of our maker, it is art

only can lead him to perfection, and leave him there in possession, as planted

by her   hand.  It is the assertion of Tully, if to an excellent nature there happen

an accession, or   confirmation of learning and discipline, there will then remain

somewhat noble and singular. For as   Simylus saith in  Stobaeus, 1775

  Οὔτ∊ φύσις ἰκσνὴ γίν∊ται τέχνης ἄτ∊ρ,  

 οὔτ∊ πᾶν τέχνη μὴ φύσιν κ∊κτημένη

‘without art, nature can ne’er be perfect; and without nature, art can claim no

being’. But our poet must beware that his study be not only to learn of himself;

for he that shall affect to do that confesseth his ever having  a fool to his master. He 1780

must read many, but ever the best and choicest: those that can teach him anything,

he must ever account his masters, and reverence: among whom   Horace, and he

that taught him, Aristotle, deserved to be the first in estimation.   Aristotle was

the first accurate critic and truest judge, nay, the greatest philosopher, the world

ever had, for he noted the vices of all knowledges in all creatures, and out of many 1785

men’s perfections in a science he formed still one art. So he taught us two offices

together, how we ought to judge rightly of others, and what we ought to imitate

specially in ourselves. But all this in vain without a natural wit and a poetical

nature in chief.  For no man, so soon as he knows this, or reads it, shall be able to

write the better; but as he is adapted to it by nature, he shall grow the perfecter 1790

writer. He must have civil prudence and eloquence, and that whole, not taken

up by snatches or pieces, in sentences or remnants, when he will handle business

or carry counsels, as if he came then out of the  declaimers’ gallery, or shadow,

but    furnished out of the  body of the state, which commonly is the  school of men.

  The poet is the nearest borderer upon the orator, and expresseth all his virtues, 1795

though he be tied more to numbers; is his equal in ornament, and above him in

his strengths.  And of the kind the comic comes nearest, because in moving the

minds of men and stirring of affections – in which oratory shows and especially

approves her eminence – he chiefly excels.  What figure of a body was  Lysippus ever

able to form with his graver, or  Apelles to paint with his pencil, as the comedy 1800

to life expresseth so many and various affections of the mind?  There shall the

spectator see some insulting with joy, others fretting with melancholy, raging

with anger, mad with love, boiling with avarice, undone with  riot, tortured with

expectation, consumed with fear; no  perturbation in common life but the orator

finds an example of it in the scene. And then for the elegancy of  language, read 1805

but this inscription on the grave of  a comic poet:

 Immortales mortales, si fas esset, flere,

Flerent divae Camoenae Naevium poetam;

Itaque postquam est Orcino traditus thesauro,

Obliti sunt Romae, lingua loqui Latina. 1810

Or that modester testimony given by   Lucius  Aelius Stilo upon Plautus, who

affirmed,  Musas, si Latine loqui voluissent, Plautino sermone fuisse  locuturas. And that

illustrious judgement by the most learned    Marcus Varro of him, who pronounced

him the  prince of letters and elegancy in the Roman language.

 I am not of that opinion to conclude a poet’s liberty within the narrow limits 1815

of laws, which either the grammarians or philosophers prescribe. For before they

found out those laws there were many excellent poets that fulfilled them; amongst

whom none more perfect than  Sophocles, who lived a little before Aristotle.  Which

of the Greeklings durst ever give precepts to   Demosthenes? Or to   Pericles, whom

the age surnamed ‘heavenly’, because he seemed to thunder and lighten with his 1820

language? Or to   Alcibiades, who had rather nature for his guide, than art for his

master? But whatsoever nature at any time dictated to the most happy, or long

exercise to the most laborious, that the wisdom and learning of  Aristotle hath

brought into an art because he understood the causes of things, and what other

men did by chance or custom, he doth by reason; and not only found out the way 1825

not to err, but the short way we should take, not to err.

 Many things in  Euripides hath  Aristophanes wittily reprehended: not out of

art, but out of truth. For Euripides is sometimes peccant, as he is most times

perfect. But judgement when it is greatest, if reason doth not accompany it, is not

ever absolute. 1830

  To judge of poets is only the faculty of poets; and not of all poets, but the

best.   Nemo infoelicius de poetis iudicavit, quam qui de poetis scripsit. But some will say

critics are a kind of  tinkers, that make more faults than    they mend ordinarily. See

 their diseases, and those of grammarians. It is true, many bodies are the worse for

the meddling with; and the multitude of physicians hath destroyed many sound 1835

patients, with their wrong practice.  But the office of a true critic or censor is not

to throw by a letter anywhere, or damn an innocent  syllabe, but lay the words

together, and amend them; judge sincerely of the author and his matter, which

is the sign of solid and perfect learning in a man. Such was  Horace, an author of

much civility, and – if any one among the heathen can be – the best master, both 1840

of virtue and wisdom;  an excellent and true judge upon cause and reason: not

because he thought so; but because he knew so, out of use and experience.

      Cato the grammarian, a defender of  Lucilius.

 Cato grammaticus, Latina Siren,

Qui solus legit et facit poetas. 1845

  Quintilian of the same heresy, but  rejected.  Horace his  judgement of

 Choerilus,  defended  against Joseph Scaliger, and of  Laberius against Julius.  But

chiefly  his opinion of  Plautus, vindicated against many that are   offended, and say

it is a hard censure upon the parent of all conceit and sharpness. And they wish it

had not fallen from so great a master and censor in the art, whose bondmen knew 1850

better how to judge of Plautus than any that dare patronize the family of learning

in this age; who could not be ignorant of the judgement of the times in which he

lived, when poetry and the Latin language were at the height; especially being a

man so conversant and inwardly familiar with the censures of great men that did

discourse of these things daily amongst themselves. Again, a man so gracious and 1855

in high favour with the emperor, as Augustus often called him his witty manling,

for the littleness of his stature; and, if we may trust antiquity, had designed him

for a secretary of estate, and invited him to the  palace, which he modestly prayed

off, and refused.   Horace did so highly esteem  Terence his comedies, as he ascribes

the art in comedy to him alone among the Latins, and joins him with  Menander. 1860

 Now let us see what may be said for either, to defend Horace his judgement to

posterity, and not wholly to condemn  Plautus.

 The  parts of a comedy are the same with a tragedy, and the end is partly the

same. For they both delight and teach; the comics are called  διδάσκαλοι of the

Greeks, no less than the tragics. 1865

 Nor is the moving of laughter always the end of comedy; that is rather a   fowling

for the people’s delight, or their fooling. For as  Aristotle says rightly, the moving

of laughter is a fault in comedy, a kind of turpitude, that depraves some part of a

man’s nature without a disease. As a wry face without pain moves laughter, or a

deformed vizard, or a rude clown dressed in a lady’s habit and using her actions; 1870

we dislike and scorn such representations, which made the ancient philosophers

ever think laughter unfitting in a wise man.  And this induced  Plato to esteem

of  Homer as a sacrilegious person, because  he presented the gods sometimes

laughing. As also  it is divinely said of Aristotle that to seem ridiculous is a part of

dishonesty, and foolish. 1875

  So that what either in the words or sense of an author, or in the language

or actions of men, is  awry, or depraved doth strangely stir mean affections, and

provoke for the most part to laughter. And therefore it was clear that all insolent

and obscene speeches,  jests upon the best men, injuries to particular persons,

perverse and sinister sayings – and the rather unexpected – in the  Old Comedy 1880

did move laughter, especially where it did imitate any dishonesty; and scurrility

came forth in the place of wit; which who understands the nature and genius of

laughter cannot but perfectly know.

 Of which  Aristophanes affords an ample harvest, having not only  outgone

 Plautus or any other in that kind, but expressed all the moods and figures of what 1885

is ridiculous, oddly. In short, as vinegar is not accounted good until the wine be

corrupted, so jests that are true and natural seldom raise laughter with the beast,

the multitude. They love nothing that is right and proper. The farther it runs

from reason or possibility with them, the better it is.  What could have made them

laugh like to see   Socrates presented – that example of all good life, honesty, and 1890

virtue – to have him hoisted up with a pulley, and there play the philosopher in a

basket; measure how many foot a flea could skip geometrically by a just scale, and

edify the people from the  engine? This was  theatrical wit, right stage-jesting, and

relishing a playhouse invented for scorn and laughter; whereas if it had savoured

of  equity, truth, perspicuity, and candour, to have tasted a wise or a learned palate, 1895

spit it out presently. This is bitter and profitable, this instructs, and would inform

us! What need we know anything, that are nobly born, more than a horse race, or

a hunting match,  our day to break with citizens, and such innate  mysteries?

  This is truly leaping from the stage to the  tumbrell again, reducing all wit to

the original dung cart. 1900

Of the magnitude and compass of any   fable, epic, or dramatic.  

 To the resolving of this question, we must first agree in the definition of  the

fable. The fable is called the imitation of one entire and perfect action, whose

parts are so joined and knit together as nothing in the structure can be changed

or taken away without impairing or troubling the whole, of which there is a 1905

proportionable magnitude in the members.  As for example, if a man would build

a house, he would first appoint a place to build it in, which he would define within

certain bounds; so in the  constitution of a poem, the action is aimed at by the poet,

which answers place in a building; and that action hath his largeness, compass,

and proportion. But, as a court or king’s palace requires other dimensions than 1910

a private  house, so the epic asks a magnitude from other poems.  Since what is

place in the one, is action in the other, the difference is in space. So that by this

definition we conclude the fable to be the imitation of one perfect and entire

action; as one perfect and entire place is required to a building. By perfect, we

understand that to which nothing is wanting; as place to the building, that is 1915

raised, and action to the fable, that is formed.  It is perfect, perhaps not for a court

or king’s palace, which requires a greater ground, but for the structure  we would

raise; so the space of the action may not prove large enough for the epic fable, yet

be perfect for the dramatic, and whole.

 Whole  we call that, and perfect, which hath a beginning, a midst, and an end. 1920

So the place of any building may be whole, and entire, for that work; though

too little for a palace. As to a tragedy or a comedy, the action may be convenient

and perfect, that would not fit an epic poem in magnitude.  So a lion is a perfect

creature in himself, though it be less than  an elephant. The head of a lion is a

whole, though it be less than that of a  buffalo, or a rhinocerote. They differ but 1925

in specie; either in the kind is absolute. Both have their parts, and either the

whole. Therefore, as in every body; so in every action, which is the subject of a just

work, there is required a certain proportionable greatness, neither too vast, nor

too minute. For that which happens to the eyes when we behold a body, the same

happens to the memory, when we contemplate an action.  I look upon a monstrous 1930

giant, as Tityus, whose body covered nine acres of land, and mine eye sticks upon

every part; the whole that consists of those parts, will never be taken in at one

entire view. So in a fable, if the action be too great we can never comprehend

the whole together in our imagination. Again, if it be too little, there ariseth no

pleasure out of the object, it affords the view no stay; it is beheld and vanisheth 1935

at once. As if we should look upon an ant or  pismire, the parts fly the sight and

the whole considered is almost nothing. The same happens in action, which is

the object of memory, as the body is of sight. Too vast oppresseth the eyes and

exceeds the memory; too little scarce admits either.

 Now, in every action it behoves the poet to know which is his  utmost bound, 1940

how far with fitness, and a necessary proportion, he may  produce and  determine

it; that is,  till either good fortune change into the worse or the worse into the

better. For as a body without proportion cannot be goodly, no more can the

action,  either in comedy or tragedy without his fit bounds. And every bound, for

the nature of the subject is esteemed the best that is largest, till it can increase 1945

no more; so it behoves the action in tragedy or comedy, to be let grow, till the

necessity ask a conclusion; wherein two things are to be considered: first,  that it

exceed not the compass of one day; next, that there be place left for digression

and art. For the  episodes and digressions in a fable are the same that  household

stuff and other furniture are in a house. And so far for the measure and extent of 1950

a fable dramatic.

  Now that it should be one  and entire. One is considerable two ways: either,

as it is only separate, and by itself, or as being composed of many parts, it begins

to be one as those parts grow, or are wrought together. That it should be one

the first way alone, and by itself, no man that hath tasted letters ever would say, 1955

especially having required before a just magnitude, and equal proportion of the

parts in themselves. Neither of which can possibly be, if the action be single and

separate, not composed of parts, which laid together in themselves, with an equal

and fitting proportion, tend to the same end; which thing out of antiquity itself

hath deceived many, and more this day it doth deceive. 1960

 So many there be of old that have thought  the action of one man to be one: as of

 Hercules, Theseus, Achilles, Ulysses, and other heroes, which is both foolish and

false; since by one and the same person many things may be severally done which

cannot fitly be referred or joined to the same end: which not only the excellent

tragic poets, but the best masters of the epic,  Homer and Virgil, saw. For though 1965

the argument of an epic poem be far more diffused and poured out than that of

tragedy, yet Virgil, writing of  Aeneas, hath  pretermitted many things. He neither

tells how he was born, how brought up, how he fought with Achilles, how he was

snatched out of the battle by  Venus; but that one thing, how he came into Italy,

he prosecutes in twelve books. The rest of his journey, his  error by sea, the sack of 1970

Troy, are put not as the argument of the work, but episodes of the argument. So

 Homer laid by many things of Ulysses and handled no more than he saw tended

to one and the same end.

Contrary to which and foolishly those poets did, whom the philosopher taxeth;

of whom one gathered all the actions of  Theseus, another put all the labours of 1975

 Hercules in one work.  So did he, whom Juvenal mentions in the begining, ‘hoarse

  Codrus’, that recited a volume compiled, which he called his Theseid, not yet

finished, to the great trouble both of his hearers and himself; amongst which

there were many parts had no coherence, nor kindred one with other, so far

they were from being one action, one fable. For as a house, consisting of diverse 1980

materials, becomes one structure and one dwelling, so an action, composed of

diverse parts, may become one fable epic, or dramatic. For example, in a tragedy

look upon   Sophocles’s Ajax: Ajax deprived of Achilles’ armour, which he hoped

from the suffrage of the Greeks, disdains; and, growing impatient of the injury,

rageth, and  turns mad. In that humour he doth many senseless things; and at last 1985

falls upon the Grecian flock, and kills a great ram for  Ulysses. Returning to his

 sense, he grows ashamed of the scorn, and kills himself; and is by the chiefs of

the Greeks forbidden burial. These things agree and hang together, not as they

were done, but as seeming to be done, which made the action whole, entire, and

absolute. 1990

 For the whole, as it consisteth of parts, so without all the parts it is not the

whole; and to make it absolute is required not only the parts, but such parts as are

true. For a part of the whole was true, which if you take away, you either change

the whole, or it is not the whole. For if it be such a part as being present or absent

nothing concerns the whole, it cannot be called a part of the whole; and such are 1995

the  episodes,  of which hereafter. For the present, here is one example:  the single

combat of  Ajax with Hector, as it is at large described in Homer, nothing belongs

to this Ajax of  Sophocles.

 You admire no poems, but such as run like a brewer’s cart upon the stones,

hobbling, 2000

  Et quae per salebras altaque saxa cadunt.

 Accius et quidquid Pacuviusque vomunt.

Attonitusque legisterrai, frugiferai’.

FINIS

1 TIMBER See notes to 11 and Epigraph, below.
3 DISCOVERIES Lat. invenire, to find, discover, both in the geographical sense and in the rhetorical or dialectical senses of inventio or discovery of matter for discourse. A favourite idea of Jonson’s; cf. Informations, 317; New Inn, 5.5.100. On the ‘places’ (loci) of rhetorical ‘discovery’, see Ong (1958) and Moss (1996).
11 Tecum . . . supellex ‘Live with yourself, and get to know how poor (or “short”, “gelded”) your furniture is.’ The conclusion of Persius’s fourth Satire, in which Socrates rebukes Alcibiades for imagining that his physical beauty and precocity could qualify him to lead in public affairs. Supellex, ‘furniture’, like silva, ‘wood’ (see Epigraph note) has, in oratory, the sense of ‘literary resources, ideas’; cf. Cicero, De oratore (‘On the Orator’), 1.165; Quintilian, Institutio oratoria. (‘Institutes of the orator’), 8, prooemium, 28, and Introduction.
[Epigraph] SILVA . . . timber-trees ‘A wood of things and of thoughts; as it were timber, so called from the multiplicity and variety therein contained. For just as we usually call a vast number of trees growing indiscriminately a wood, so also did the ancients call those of their books in which were randomly collected short works on various topics, “woods” and “timber-trees”.’ Quoted from Janus Casperius Gevartius’s explanation of the title of the poems known as Silvae by the Roman poet Statius (Publii Papinii Statii opera omnia, 1616, sig. A6), used also by Jonson in Und., ‘To the Reader’. Silva’s meanings include undergrowth, wooded hills (used for pasture, linked with pastoral poetry), and (metaphorically) profusion and variety. Aulus Gellius, preface to Noctes Atticae (‘Attic Nights’), thus notes Silvae as a popular title for similar books of randomly collected observations. Silvae, or woods, figure as the locus of rhetorical ‘hunting’ in Quintilian, Inst., 5.10.20; see Ong (1958), 116–19. Like its Greek cognate, ὔλη, and the English word ‘wood’, silva also means ‘timber’, or raw material generally; thus Quintilian (Inst., 10.3.17) equates silva with a rough compositional draft, written extempore. Schelling (1892, 89) noted that silva is also linked with supellex (see previous note) in the sense of the intellectually generative material, as opposed to the persuasive verbal surface, of discourse; thus Bacon, The Advancement of Learning (1605), ed. Kiernan (2000), 59: ‘minds that be empty and unfraught with matter, which have not gathered that which Cicero calleth silva and supellex’.
EXPLORATA Things investigated, explored, proved; from the adjective exploratus, investigated (Lat.). Jonson inscribed his books with the motto, Tamquam explorator, ‘like a scout’, from Ad Lucilium epistulae morales (‘Moral epistles to Lucilius’) of Seneca (c. 4 bcc. ad 65), in which, at 2.5, Seneca explains why he, a Stoic, reads Epicurean philosophy: ‘For I am wont to cross into the enemy’s camp, not as a deserter but as a scout.’ See further R. S. Peterson (1981), 9–10.
1 (m) ‘Fortune’ (Lat.). Fortuna, the goddess of chance or luck (Gr. Tyche), was of great importance in Roman religion. Roman historians and moralists (Livy, Seneca, Sallust) stressed the immense might of Fortuna, and the need not to be deceived by her gifts (honours, riches, influence) which were nevertheless considered highly desirable. The femininity of Fortuna enabled a discourse of meritorious worldly success to be expressed in sexualized terms: Fortuna yields to the vir virtutis, the virtuous or ‘manly’ man. The triumph of Christianity transformed Fortuna into a careless, unseeing agent of divine providence, whose purpose was to teach mortals to despise earthly success and turn to God; cf. the image of the wheel of Fortune at 941–2. Renaissance humanists revived the classical analysis, acknowledging as virtuous or manly the art and prudence by which statesmen and rulers turn Fortune to their advantage; see, e.g., Machiavelli’s Il principe (The Prince) (1532), ch. 25. In this sense, ‘Fortune’ intersects with Gr. καιρός and Lat. occasio; see 22n. Jonson’s allusion here is to writings of Seneca who had advocated a complete intellectual and emotional detachment from the goods bestowed by Fortuna in order to preserve oneself morally and psychologically. European intellectuals working within absolutist regimes and amid the religious wars of the sixteenth and seventeenth centuries found Seneca’s views congenial. See OCD, Skinner (1981), Tuck (1993), Morford (1991), Shiflett (1998).
Fortuna
1–5 Ill fortune . . . themselves Seneca, Ad Helviam matrem de consolatione (‘To Helvia, his mother, on consolation’), 5.4, written from his exile in Corsica. Where Seneca writes ‘I have never trusted Fortune’ (Numquam ego fortuna credidi), Jonson’s ‘I’ has acted as a counsellor.
3 place . . . so A ‘place’ (in Seneca, locus) from which fortune’s gifts may easily be recalled suggests temporary storage in contrast to the essential ethical ‘furniture’ of the Stoic self; see notes to title-page 11 and the Epigraph (p. 497 above), and cf. Epigr. 45.12.
5–7 He . . . mixed Seneca, De providentia (‘On providence’), 3.3, 4.6–7 and 1.2.
7 crosses misfortunes.
7–8 Yet . . . every man Seneca, quoting Publilius Syrus, in De consolatione ad Marciam (‘To Marcia, on consolation’), 9.8.
8–9 But . . . make it Plutarch, quoting Menander in De tranquillitate animi (‘Quiet of Mind’), 17; cf. New Inn, 4.4.148–58, and Montaigne, Essays, 1.14, trans. Florio (1965 edn).
Casus
10 (m) Misfortune (lit. ‘a fall’).
Consilia
13 (m) Counsel.
16 (m) ‘Self-taught’. See 1779n.
16 fool . . . master Repeated at 1780 and see n.
17 (m) Fame.
Fama
17 to in the eyes of.
18 apology ‘defence of a person . . . from accusation or aspersion’ (OED, n.1).
18–19 Besides . . . him Tacitus, Historiae, 1.7.3 observes of Galba, after the executions of Clodius Macer and Fonteius Capito, et inviso semel principi seu bene seu male facta premunt, ‘and now that the prince was once hated, both his good and evil deeds oppressed him’ (C. Cornelii Taciti operae quae exstant ex Iusti Lipsii editione ultima, 1585, 142). Other editions (Teubner, 1969) give et inviso semel principi seu bene seu male facta parem invidiam adferebant, ‘and now that the prince was once hated, both his good and evil deeds alike brought him hatred’, but Jonson is likely to have read Tacitus in Justus Lipsius’s edition as having used the verb premere, ‘to press’, the sense of which his English version preserves. (Italics in English translation are mine.)
20 emergent Lat. emergere, to extricate oneself, rise up. Cf. Juvenal, Satires, 3.164, and Cat., 1.1.125.
Negotia
21 (m) Business.
22 occasion Invoking Lat. occasio, or Gr. καιρός, meaning ‘due time’, ‘opportunity’; conceptually linked to Lat. maturus, ‘ripe’ or ‘timely’, and also to the element of time (Lat. tempus) and time management involved in the virtue of temperantia or ‘moderation’. Hence incompatible with passion and haste. See Erasmus, Nosce tempus or Γ ν ῶθι καιρὸν, CWE, 32. 108–10 and Kiefer (1979), 1–27.
22–3 For . . . understanding An idea frequently found in Jonson’s writing; cf. Volp., 3.4.101ff.; Forest 11.21.
Amor patriae
24 (m) Love of fatherland.
24–5 Euripides, Phoenissae (‘Phoenician Women’), 358–61. Swinburne’s proposed emendation, ‘his heart is not there’ (1889, 131), fails, as Schelling noted, to realize that Jonson’s text literally follows Euripides’ Greek, which runs: ‘who says otherwise, / rejoices to say so, but his thoughts are there (ὲκεῖ)’, as if ‘there’ meant ‘in the native country’, rather than, as Swinburne understands, in the words which deny a man’s love for his country.
Ingenia
26 (m) Natural dispositions.
26–7 Quintilian, Inst., 1.3.12: manners (mores) which are ‘hardened into deformity’ (in pravum induruerunt) are sooner broken than corrected.
Applausus
28 (m) Praise.
28–30 ‘We praise great deeds recorded in history, because we think we can learn from them, but we disparage equivalent deeds which we witness being performed by our contemporaries, because we have a stake in the competition for praise.’ From Velleius Paterculus (c. 19 bcc. ad 30), Historia romana (‘Roman history’), 2.92.5, on how the acts of contemporary consuls are disparaged by comparison with those of their predecessors.
29–30 Instructed . . . overlaid Instruere means ‘to build up’ and so ‘instruct’; the contrast with ‘overlaid’ (which translates Paterculus’s obrui, ‘buried’) is thus emphatically physical.
Opinio
31 (m) Opinion.
31 imagination Cf. Thomas Wright, The Passions of the Mind in General (1604), Bk 2, ch. 1, 51: ‘whatsoever we understand, passeth by the gates of our imagination, the cosin [cousin] germane to our sensitive appetite’. Wright’s book, to which Jonson contributed a commendatory sonnet (see ‘Wright’, 2.501), argues that understanding is obscured by passion and appetite, because the imagination acts as advocate for our passionate desires, representing them favourably to the tribunal of our understanding.
32 understanding A concept central to Jonson’s writing. Cf. Epigr. 1.2, 110.16, and Alch., ‘To the Reader’, 1.
32 tincture Derived from alchemy, ‘A supposed spiritual principle or immaterial substance whose character or quality may be infused into material things, which are then said to be tinctured, the quintessence, spirit, soul of a thing’ (OED, n. 6†). Jonson suggests the understanding would impart to opinion its own essential principle of reason.
33–4 We . . . presseth us Seneca, Epist., 13.4: ‘there are more things, Lucilius, likely to frighten us [nos terrent] than there are to crush us [nos premunt]; we suffer more from conjecture [opinione] than reality’. H&S suggest Jonson read tenent (‘hold’) for Seneca’s terrent (‘frighten’); once again, the physicality of the verb premere (crush, oppress) is preserved: cf. 18–19 and n.
34 ill fact evil deed or act. The word ‘fact’ had not yet evolved its modern meaning of empirically verifiable truth, and was primarily used in legal discourse to refer the deed or criminal act under investigation. See B. J. Shapiro (2000), 10.
Impostura
36 (m) Imposture.
38–9 Only . . . closets The incongruity between outer and inner is conventional in images of hypocrisy, but the comparison of the self to a furnished house is distinctively Jonsonian (see notes to Epigraph 1, 1–5 and 3). The sensual sacrifice in the closet inverts the sign of Christ’s sacrifice on the door, and recalls the puritan Zeal-of-the-Land Busy, Bart. Fair, 1.6.27–9. On ‘gut’ and ‘groin’, see Epigr. 117, 118.
Iactura vitae
40 (m) Throwing away of life.
40–2 Pliny, Epistolae (‘Epistles’), 1.9.3. ‘[C]old business’ (frigidis rebus) is Pliny’s phrase; see also Quintilian, Inst., 12.11.18, on the vanity of paying visits, theatregoing etc., that makes time for study short. ‘[W]inter-love in a dark corner’ is Jonson’s, perhaps inspired by Pliny’s ‘cold business’. Cf. George Hakewill, An Apology of the Power and Providence of God in the Governance of the World (1627), which, in arguing that moderns might be as capable as the ancients in arts and sciences, similarly observes how ‘we do . . . trifle our precious hours’ in theatregoing and dressing (sig. c4).
Hypocrita
43 (m) Hypocrite.
43–6 ‘A puritan is a heretical hypocrite, whom the opinion of his own perspicacity, by which it seems to him that he, with a few others, has detected certain errors in the dogmas of the church, has thrown his mental state off-balance, so that, stirred up by a sacred fury, he fights frenziedly against the magistrate, supposing himself to be executing obedience to God.’ The Latin seems to be Jonson’s own. Cf. Alch., 3.2.150.
Mutua auxilia
47 (m) Mutual aids.
47–118 Sequence of extracts from the humanist philologist and educator, Juan Luis Vives (1492–1540). Jonson’s copy of Vives, Opera in duos distincta tomos (Basle, 1555) is in the library of St John’s College, Cambridge.
47–52 From the epistle addressed to John Ⅲ of Portugal (Opera, 1.32–3) dedicating, in 1531, the first edition of Vives’ De disciplinis (‘Of Disciplines’), which consisted of seven books on De causis corruptibus artium (‘Of the causes of corruption in the arts’) and five books on De tradendis disciplinis (‘On the teaching of disciplines’). Jonson follows Vives closely, only changing the second-person address to John Ⅲ (‘you’) into a third-person description of the exemplary prince (‘he’).
48 consociation of offices Literal translation of Vives, consociatio officiorum.
48–9 whom . . . breeds Vives has quos enutris, ‘those whom you nourish’.
Cognitio universi
53 (m) Cognitio] F2 (Cognit.)
53 (m) Lit. ‘total’, or ‘holistic knowledge’; Jonson translates universus in Vives’ text as ‘of all nature’.
53–9 From Vives, De consultatione (‘Of Counsel’), Opera, 1, sigs. n5-o5v; o1–01v (the pages are badly misnumbered, jumping from 156 to 169 to 180, then back to 174 between sigs. n5v and o2).
53 furnished Jonson’s choice of word; see notes to title-page 11, Epigraph (p. 497), and lines 1–5 above.
55 seats . . . invention The influential metaphor of ‘seats’ (sedes) for the ‘places’ (loci) from which arguments are generated comes from Cicero, Topica (‘Topics’), 2.7–8; see also Moss (1996).
58–9 For . . . arguments Vives’ source is Cicero, De inventione (‘Of Invention’), 2.4.16, discussing arguments from inference in legal cases: ‘As, for example, every word is spelled with some letters, but not with all, so the whole store of arguments will not fit every case.’ That a ‘cause’ (legal case or persuasive speech) seldom arises in which all places of argument could be used is also observed by Cicero in Topica, 21.79.
Consiliarii adiuncti: probitas, sapientia
60 (m) adiuncti] F2 (adjunct.)
60 (m) Joint counsellors: honesty and wisdom.
60–82 From Vives, De consultatione, Opera, 1, sig. o1v.
61 honesty Cf. Informations, 507: ‘Of all styles he loved most to be named honest’; Epigr. 98.10–12, 115, title; ‘Expostulation’ (6.375–80), line 104.
64 mere craft In Vives’ Latin, astutia; cf. the character Merecraft in Devil.
Vita recta
66 main powerful (OED, n.1 1a).
67 (m) A good life.
Obsequentia
68 (m) Willingness to serve.
Humanitas
70 (m) ‘Humanity’, probably used in the Ciceronian sense of ‘mental cultivation as befitting a man of liberal education’ (OED, 4), rather than in the modern ‘humane qualities’. On Renaissance humanists’ familiarity with the word humanitas, see Reeve (1996), 20–46.
71 (m) Solicitude.
Sollicitudo
72 Dat nox consilium Proverbial: ‘Night gives counsel’ (Tilley, N174), implying that plans should not be made in haste, in Vives, De consultatione, in Opera, 1, sig. o2; cf. Spenser, The Faerie Queene, 1.1.33; Bacon, Essays (1985), 20, ‘Of Counsel’; Erasmus, ‘In nocte consilium’, CWE, 33.96–7. Cf. 21–3 above.
74 thoroughly] Wh; throughly F2
75 spice ‘a kind of’ (OED, n. 3†b).
Modestia
77 (m) modesty, freedom of speech.
Parrhesia
77 (m) On parrhesia as free or frank speech within the paradigm of ‘counsel’, see Colclough (1999).
78 empire ‘Paramount influence’ (OED, n.2, transf. and fig). Cf. also Devil, 3.3.45. The sense here seems to be ‘aspiration to exercise paramount influence’.
78 precept ‘An authoritative command . . . order, mandate’ (OED, n.†1).
80 other things] F3; otherthings F2
Plutarchus in vita Alexandri
82 (m) Plutarchus] F2 (Plutarc.)
82 (m) Plutarch in the Life of Alexander.
82 Absit . . . ego ‘Heaven forbid, O king, that you should ever know more about these than I’, the tactful reply of a lyre-player to Philip (not Alexander; this is Vives’ mistake) when the monarch argued with him about the technicalities of the instrument, in Plutarch, De Alexandri Magni Fortuna aut Virtute (‘On the Fortune or the Virtue of Alexander’), in Moralia, 2.1; also told by Bacon, Apophthegms New and Old (1625), no. 159, pp. 177–8.
Perspicuitas
83 (m) Clarity.
83–112 From Vives, preface to De disciplinis, Opera, 1.324–5.
84 discipline ‘a science or art in its educational aspect’ (OED, n.2).
84 (m) Elegance.
Elegantia
86 braky ‘overgrown with brushwood or fern’ (OED, a.).
Natura non effoeta
89 (m) Nature not spent (lit. ‘not weakened by giving birth’).
89–91 Belief in the decay of Nature, once central to the medieval and Renaissance cosmic order, had been increasingly in question since the 1570s. Geoffrey Goodman’s orthodox exposition of the doctrine in The Fall of Man, or the Corruption of Nature (1616) was publicly challenged by Hakewill’s Apology; Bacon, Descartes, Hobbes, and John Wilkins completed the repudiation of the doctrine, while neostoics such as Justus Lipsius denied that mutability was a sign of decay (De constantia, 1583). Jonson here translates Vives, whom Hakewill, Apology, sig. b2v and Books 3–4, also draws upon; but contrast Jonson in Forest 4.14, Merc. Vind., 7–20, and 215–16 below. See Harris (1949); for Kenelm Digby’s response to Hakewill, see R. T. Peterson (1956), 132ff.
91 Men . . . not ‘Jonson never wrote a finer verse than that; and very probably he never observed that it was a verse’ (Swinburne, 1889, 132).
Non nimium credendum antiquitati
92 (m) Not relying too much on the ancients.
95 precipitation ‘unduly hurried action; inconsiderate haste’ (OED, Ⅱ.3b).
95 scurrile scurrilous.
99 non. . . fuere ‘They were not our masters, but our guides’, quoted by Vives, preface to De disciplinis, Opera, 1.324–5, from Seneca, Epist. 33, with fuere (‘were’) for Vives’ and Seneca’s sunt (‘are’). Seneca’s epistle argues generally that the sayings of the ancients are ‘common property’ (publicae), a theme of relevance to Jonson’s imitative poetic practice; see R. S. Peterson (1981), 11 and Greene (1982), 265. Jonson here participates in a general humanistic ‘move away from the conception of the arts and sciences as having emerged fully fledged at the hands of the sages of antiquity towards a view of them as gradual products of prolonged endeavour’ (Jardine, 1988, 707).
99 several Of real estate, privately enclosed; antithetical to ‘common’. Cf. Shakespeare, LLL, 2.1.220.
99–100 Patet. . . relictum est ‘Truth lies open to all; it has not yet been monopolized. And there is plenty of it left even for posterity to discover’, quoted by Vives from Seneca, Epist. 33.
100 relictum] Schelling; relicta F2
Dissentire licet
101–3 (m) One is allowed to dissent, but with reason.
sed cum ratione
Non mihi cedendum
106 (m) I am not to be yielded to, but the truth.
106 nulla. . . absoluta No art is invented and perfected at the same time.
108 evict ‘to establish by argument, to prove’, evince (OED, †v.6).
109–12 I will . . . enough. See 1481–1505, and n., where Jonson summarizes Bacon’s Advancement of Learning on the ‘distempers’ of learning, among which is men’s tendency to follow the authors of the past as if they were dictators, instead of reading them sceptically. See Shapin (1994), 221–3.
1481–1505 fautor ‘one who favours, a favourer’ (OED).
109 addict ‘to bind, attach or devote oneself as a servant, disciple or adherent (to any person or cause)’ (OED, †v.2).
sed veritati
Scientiae liberales
113 (m) Liberal studies are not for the multitude.
113–18 Arts . . . pascitur From Vives, De causis corruptibus artium, Opera, 1.326.
117 acquiesce ‘to remain at rest, either physically or mentally’ (OED, †v.1).
118 opere pascitur ‘It is fed with labour’ (Vives, Opera, 1.326).
non vulgi sunt
121 carat worth (OED, †4, fig.). Spelt ‘caract’ in F; there is confusion in the period between the figurative sense of ‘carat’ (from the measurement of the fineness of gold) and ‘caract’, meaning ‘character’; see 2H4, 4.5.162, and EMI (F), 3.3.22.
122 science ‘knowledge acquired by study, acquaintance with or mastery of any department of learning’ (OED, 2a).
122–3 as great . . . nature Cf. ‘Shakespeare Beloved’, 13–14 (mp. 60).
Honesta ambitio
124 (m) Honest desire for fame.
124–6 From Pliny, Epistolae, 9.19.
124 both . . . neither For examples of this use of ‘both’ for more than two objects, see OED, B 1b. For ‘neither’ or ‘either’ referring to one of more than two things, see OED, Either, †2†b.
125 leave] F2; love Wh
125 leave Permission. Whalley, Gifford, and Schelling emended to ‘love’, but this loses the climatic structure of the sentence. Cf. Pliny: non modo venia, verum etiam laude dignissimos, ‘most worthy not only of indulgence (“leave”), but truly even of praise’.
Maritus improbus
127 (m) A perverse husband.
127 to go to to be] H&S (subst.); to goe to be F2; to goe to and be Castelain
Afflictio pia magistra
130 (m) Affliction the teacher of piety.
Deploratis facilis descensus Averni
131 (m) ‘To the lost, easy is the descent into hell’; ‘facilis descensus Averno’ comes from Virgil, Aeneid, 6.126. The phrase became an English proverb; see Tilley, D205. ‘Deploratis’, ‘to the lost’ is Jonson’s addition to the usual form of the proverb; see 132–3n.
132 (m) See 132–3n.
132–3 ‘The devil . . . mouth. A number of proverbs are suggested by the image of the miller ‘choked’ by both the water and his own cursing of the industry that has damned him. ‘The devil take all’ (Dent, 266.1), like ‘the devil take the hindmost’ (Tilley, D267) evokes the idea that it is damnable to look out only for oneself; see also Tilley, M114, ‘Every man for himself and the devil for all’. ‘To draw water to one’s own mill’ (Tilley, M952) is to seize every advantage. Jonson played on the connotations of the mill as symbol of opportunistic industry when he called the tavern to which various humours are drawn in EMI (F) the ‘Windmill’, 5.3.95. To be choked by water – a drink only desirable to the thirsty – was proverbial of inexplicable intemperance; see Erasmus, Cum aqua fauces strangulet (‘To choke throats with water’) CWE, 33.20. In Jonson’s condensation of these proverbs, the water that both drives the mill and satisfies the miller’s greed is linked to the words that express his consciousness that he is, from the first, lost (deploratus, which comes from deploro, ‘to weep bitterly’, and so to be choked by water) by venturing his industry for his own gain rather than ‘the right way’.
The Devil take all
Aegidius cursu superat
134 (m) ‘St Giles [the patron saint of the lame] wins the race’. Cf. St Augustine, Opera Omnia Tome 5, part 1, sermon 169, chapter 15: Melius claudus in via quam cursor praeter viam, ‘Better a lame man on the right track than a runner off it’. Bacon, Advancement of Learning, ed. Kiernan (2000), 56, uses the proverb to illustrate the importance of ‘direction’ in the success of any enterprise: ‘Let this ground therefore be laid, that all works are overcommen by amplitude of reward, by soundness of direction, and by the conjunction of labours. The first multiplieth endeavour, the second preventeth error, and the third supplieth the frailty of man. But the principal of these is direction: for Claudus in via, antevertit cursorem extra viam.’ Note the connection with the idea of the easy descent to hell at 131 (m)n. above; here, the ‘cripple in the way’ corresponds to the difficult but sure path of ascent to heaven.
134 footman servant who ran before his master’s coach. Cf. New Inn, 4.3.66.
134 post one who travels express with letters along a fixed route.
Prodigo nummi nauci
135 (m) To a prodigal, money is a trifle.
Munda et sordida
137 (m) Elegant and filthy.
137 curious particular, fastidious (OED, 1 †2).
137–8 Tilley, D594, notes the English proverb, ‘Fine dressing is a foul house swept before the doors’ from 1640; cf. George Herbert, Outlandish Proverbs (1640), 243. The homology between a woman’s body and the interior of the house is a commonplace of the Renaissance literature of Christian husbandry and derives ultimately from Xenophon’s much-imitated Oeconomicus (‘On Household Management’). Cf. Jonson’s related use of the idea that a decorous ‘plain style’ in speech and writing has the beauty and integrity of unadorned femininity at 1–5, and Epicene, 1.1.71–100.
Debitum deploratum
139 (m) A hopeless debt. Cf. deploratis, 131 (m) and note.
139 Unusual version of the proverbial admonition against crying over spilt milk (Tilley, M939); spilt water hardly seems worth counting as a loss. It may be here that there is a recollection of the water at 132–3, which, in being drawn to the mill of selfish gain, symbolizes the ultimate loss of damnation. Some editors (Whalley, Gifford, Castelain) alter ‘little’ to ‘a little’, but as this suggests that the debt is not desperate, it seems unwarranted.
139 little] F2; a little Wh
139 desperate despaired of; frequently used of bad debts. See OED, adj. †3.
Latro sesquipedalis
140 (m) ‘An inordinate thief’. Sesquipedalis means ‘a foot and half long’, or excessively long; cf. Horace, Ars Poetica, 97, Sesquipedalia verba, which Jonson translates (Horace, Art of Poetry, 139) as ‘foot-and-half-foot words’.
140–1 The inordinate appetite of the thief to commit one more crime is likened to the longing of the pregnant woman (cf. Win Littlewit in Bart. Fair, 1.6.1ff.); the adjective sesquipedalis (see previous note) was used to describe an overlarge stomach; cf. Persius, Satires, 1.56–7. Thomas More, illustrating the greed of covetous men (Works, 1.172), recalled a thief at Newgate ‘that cut a purse at the barre’ on the eve of his hanging; Donaldson, OA, notes Fielding’s Jonathan Wild, who robs his hangman at Tyburn. Cf. 132–3n., which also involved the theme of intemperance.
140 (with . . . belly)] asterisked marginal note at 144 F2
Comes de Schortenhein
142 (m) ‘The Count of Schortenhein’. Unidentified.
142 Newgate Prison originally for felons and trespassers, but which as early as 1218 was used for holding prisoners of state (Hooper, 1935).
142–3 took . . . harborough The nobility set up their arms at inns when they travelled (cf. Staple, 2.5.135). ‘Harborough’ or ‘herborough’ is an old variant of ‘harbour’, meaning ‘place of refuge’ or ‘inn’. The ‘last harborough’ in this case is the gallows.
143 harborough] F2 (herborough)
143–6 said . . . etc. The rack (an instrument for distending the limbs) was one of the two forms of torture most frequently mentioned in warrants during the Stuart reigns. In England torture was not, as on the continent, part of the regular criminal prosecution of felony suspects, but between 1540 and 1640 a number of political prisoners, particularly Jesuits, were ordered to be tortured by the Privy Council. There is no mention of a ‘German lord’ among the victims of six torture warrants between 1603 and 1626, but Jonson’s ironic play on the idea of the rack as a form of courteous entertainment makes a historical referent unlikely. See Langbein (1977), 81–123.
Calumniae fructus
147 (m) The fruits of calumny.
147–9 Cf. Plutarch’s essay, popular in the sixteenth century, De capienda ex inimicis utilitate (‘On the profit of enemies’), which argues that enemies are useful, in that their hostile interpretations of one’s actions remind one to behave impeccably.
Impertinens
150 (m) Inapposite, beside the point.
150–5 Cf. Poet., 3.1, itself imitated from Horace, Satires, 1.9, in which Horace is accosted by a tedious, garrulous would-be hanger-on from whose impertinence he tries, with increasing desperation, to escape.
154 I . . . asparagus A Greek proverb, meaning to answer irrelevantly. See Erasmus, Adagia, 3.4.35: Ego tibi de alliis loquor, tu respondes de cepis, ‘I speak to you of garlic, you speak in reply of asparagus’, Opera omnia, 2.5.256.
154–5 marriage . . . destiny Separate proverbs exist to say that marriage and hanging respectively go by destiny (Dent, M682∗ and H130.12), as well as a proverb which links the two destinies (Dent, W232∗). Cf. Tub, 2.1.8, and Truewit’s showing Morose a halter as a preferable alternative to marriage, in Epicene, 2.2.21–3. The point here seems to lie in defining the impertinent man as one who lets proverbs do his thinking for him, and so would answer mechanically on hanging when consulted on wedding.
Bellum scribentium
156 (m) War of writers.
156 committed . . . ears at war. Cf. AWW, 1.2.1.
156 ceremonies punctilious observances of form. See OED, Ceremony n. 2b.
158 fires . . . altars Translating the classical commonplace pro aris et focis. To fight for one’s fires and altars is to defend one’s home and all that one holds sacred.
160 these quarries Possibly referring back to the previous paragraph and forward to the extracts from Joseph Justus Scaliger at 180–218, which emanate from controversy between salaried scholars in universities. The quotation from Martial at 162 might represent seeking patronage as an alternative for the writer who wanted to remain aloof from these turf wars.
160–1 Sed. . . usus ‘But I have made use of a disposition and spirit in every respect better than my fortune’; perhaps Jonson’s own composition.
162 Pingue] F3; Pinque F2
162 Martial, 1.107.8, replying to a friend who urges him to write an epic, says he needs a rich patron like Maecenas first, for ‘Oxen don’t like to bear the yoke into barren acres’, whereas Pingue solum lassat, sed iuvat ipse labor, ‘A fat soil tires, but the labour is delightful.’ The idea of ‘fat soil’ suggests both the intellectual weight of epic poetry, and that the undertaking of such difficult and fertile labour requires financial security to back it. Martial thus explains why, unlike Horace and Virgil, he undertakes to work on no grander scale than epigram. His epigrams, like Jonson’s, occupied an ambiguous and tense position between marketplace commodity and coterie literary gift; see Clark (2002), 199–207, and Loewenstein (2002), 122–32.
163 (m)] H&S; Differentia inter / at 160, Doctos et Sciolos / at 165 F2
Differentia inter doctos et sciolos
163–4 (m) The difference between learned men and smatterers.
167 welt edge, or fancy fur trim, possibly with glance at fur-trimmed university gowns.
Impostorum fucus
169 (m) ‘The pretence of imposture’ (fucus is a kind of rouge, hence metaphorically ‘deceit’).
Icuncularum motio
172 (m)] F2 state 3 (Icuncula-/rum motio); Icunculor / motio / state 1; Icunculo-/rum motio / state 2
172 (m) ‘Puppet-play’ (lit. ‘a motion of little figures’).
173 and the pantomime appears vile.
Principes et administri
174 (m) Princes and attendants.
177 ribbons] F2 (ribbands)
179 ‘The end of every man’s life should be awaited, since man is an animal most ready to change’, Vives, De tradendis disciplinis (‘On the teaching of disciplines’), in Opera, 1.525; see McGinnis (1957). The application here seems to be that history will show whether princes and their ministers have been furnished with ‘feathers, bells, and ribbons’ (i.e. flashy but useless ornaments) or with ‘true jewels of majesty’.
Scitum Hispanicum
180–218 Extracts from Joseph Justus Scaliger’s Confutatio stultissimae Burdonum fabulae (‘A confutation of those stupid Bordone fabrications’), in Opuscula varia ante hanc non edita (‘Short, previously unedited works’) (Frankfurt, 1612). A great humanist philologist and a Calvinist, Scaliger (1540–1609) was subsequently attacked by natural philosophers for venturing into scientific realms with his ambitious comparative computations of ancient calendars. One gratuitous attack, by the Catholic Gaspar Scioppius, falsely slandered him as a pornographer, and (on true grounds) disparaged the claims of his father, Julius Caesar Scaliger (1484–1558), to be descended from the Della Scala family of Verona, arguing that his name was really Benedette Bordone, and he was a native of Padua. Scaliger replied, defending his father’s assumed genealogy and vindicating himself from charges of immorality, with Confutatio; see Grafton (1993), 744–8. Jonson’s copy of Scaliger’s Opuscula is in the Dyce Collection of the Victoria and Albert Museum; the passages are marked and underlined (see Jonson’s Library, Electronic Edition). Scaliger’s greatest pupil was the poet and literary critic Daniel Heinsius (1580–1655), whom Jonson translates at length, 1783–1997 (and whose funeral oration on J. J. Scaliger, defending him against Scioppius’s slanders, Jonson is also likely to have read).
180 (m) A maxim of the Spanish.
180 quick vivacious, witty.
180 Artes. . . dividi ‘A man’s accomplishments are not divided among his heirs’; Jonson takes this proverb, and his assertion of its Spanish provenance, from Scaliger, Confutatio, sig. 2E5v.
181 a] F3; an F2
183 frontless shameless, brazen.
Non nova res livor
185 (m) ‘Envy is no new thing’; from the opening of Scaliger, Confutatio, sig. 2D2. Jonson, following Scaliger, seems to contradict himself, at 191–2 where he says that his detractors have found a ‘new but a foolish way’ (nova vel potius stultia . . . via) of venting their envy in slander.
187 quorum. . . placet ‘To whom hatred is pleasure, through the forsaking of virtue’, a minor misreading of Scaliger, who writes, homines praestantissimi qui quidem eam evitare non possunt, nisi se illis artibus abdicent propter quas improborum obtrectationem incurrerunt, atque, ut uno verbo dicam, eorum odium virtute relicta placent, ‘The most excellent men who indeed cannot avoid it [i.e. envy], unless they should abnegate themselves by those arts by which they attack the disparagement of the wicked, and, in a word, hatred of these men gives pleasure, seeing that they have forsaken their virtue’ (sig. 2D2). Scaliger is saying that it gives pleasure to men like himself to hate his wicked slanderers, not that the slanderers, who have forsaken their virtue, take pleasure in hating.
189 despairest] Wh; despaires F2
193–5 as . . . calumnies i.e. instead of devoting your intelligence, and disposition (to the discovery of new knowledge), you rather devote these to the invention of slander against other scholars, and produce the foulest calumnies as if they were the best discoveries you could make. It is noteworthy here and elsewhere that Jonson implicitly identifies his work as a poet with the work of scholarly innovators in the arts and sciences.
Nil gratius protervo libro
196 (m) libro] F2 (lib.)
196 (m) ‘Nothing is more welcome than a shameless book’, from Scaliger, who says that there is neque vendibilior merx vulgo, quam petulans et protervus liber, ‘neither more vendible merchandise among the people than a wanton and shameless book’, Confutatio, sig. 2D2v; no doubt referring to Scioppius’s accusations of sexual depravity (see Grafton, 1993, 747–8).
196 petulant immodest, wanton, lascivious (OED, 1). Cf. 205 and 238.
197 convenient accordant, congruous (OED, †2).
Iam litterae sordent
200 (m) ‘Now literature is vile’, from Scaliger, Confutatio, sig. 2D2v: Tunc homines propter literas in pretio erant: nunc literae propter homines sordent, ‘Then, because of literature, men were esteemed; now, because of men, literature is vile.’
201 in price in high estimation.
202–3 He . . . nickname Cf. Epigr. 10.1; Volp., Epistle, 26–7. See also Jonson’s citation for recusancy, 1606, in which he was presented for being ‘a poet and . . . by fame a seducer of youth to the popish religion’, Life Records 32, Electronic Edition, where the profession of poetry is linked to scandalous teaching.
203 the professors those who profess poetry.
204 tinkling rhymers Cf. Fort. Isles, 180, Und. 29.
Pastus hodierni ingenii
205 (m) hodierni ingeni] F2 (hodier. Ingen.)
205 (m) ‘The diet of the natures of men today’, from Scaliger, Confutatio, sig. 2D3.
208 clearest most illustrious (OED †5 fig.). As in Lat. clarus.
212 reading?] G; reading. F2
Sed seculi morbus
213 (m) ‘But it is the disease of the age’, from Scaliger, Confutatio, sig. 2D3v.
215–16 no . . . disease See 89–91 and note.
218 frenzy] F3 (subst.); phrency F2
Alastoris malitia
219 (m) ‘The malice of Alastor’; Alastor is the classical spirit of revenge.
222 Had . . . mouth Cf. the stage direction in Thomas Middleton and Thomas Dekker’s The Roaring Girl (1611), ed. Mulholland (1987), 2.1.408 and note, which glosses the practice as ‘apparently a not uncommon expression of affection and means of befriending a dog’, citing William Fennor, Compters Common-Wealth (1617), 73, and Tilley, M1259. Cf. also Bart. Fair, 3.6.12.
224 (m) chorēgi] F2 (choragi)
Mali chorēgi fuere
224 (m) ‘They were bad chorēgi.’ The chorēgia at Athens was a liturgy or public service performed by wealthy citizens; a chorēgos, or ‘leader of the chorus’, was responsible for training, maintenance, and costuming of the chorus members for competitive performances at festivals; at dramatic festivals, choruses were required for each genre of performance (OCD). A bad chorēgos thus fails his civic and artistic responsibility as do, in Jonson’s view, the purveyors of cheap calumny against serious poets and scholars.
227 meritorious] F2; meretricious Wh
227 meritorious Gifford, Castelain, and Schelling amend to ‘meretricious’; H&S note that meritorius (Lat.) means ‘hired’ or ‘earning money by prostitution’. Cf. Cicero, Phillipics, 2.41.105: ingenui pueri cum meritoriis, ‘boys of free birth with boys for hire’.
Hearsay news
229–34 H&S note that in 1623 an elephant was sent to King James by the King of Spain; CSPD 1623–1625, 47, 24 Aug. 1623, contains a note of the expenses of feeding the elephant and his four keepers, which stipulated ‘a gallon of wine daily from September to April, when his keepers say he must drink no water’. On the appetite for such news, see Volp., 2.1, and Staple, passim.
229–30 elephant . . . read The elephant is the Mogul’s ambassador; in spite of the apposition of the phrase ‘who could both write and read’ to the Mogul, it is the elephant who can do these. The idea that elephants were capable, not only of language, but of writing, is a classical commonplace derived especially from Pliny, Natural History, 8.1, who describes the elephant as nearest man in intelligence, and at 8.6 recalls one which learned Greek letters, and wrote out words. Jonson calls the elephant ‘the wisest beast’, Burse, 131; Lipsius wrote an epistle in praise of elephants, reprinted in D. G. C. Petri ab Hartenfels, Elephantographia Curiosa (1723), 12–20. See Cummings (2004).
229 1630,] this edn; 630. F2; in 1630, Wh
229 Great Mogul The ruler of Eastern India; Thomas Coryate’s Letter . . . from the Court of the Great Mogul (1615) mentions Jonson and is full of stories of elephant displays and elephants given as presents; Jonson’s association of them with the Great Mogul may derive from it.
230 cast quantity of anything thrown (‘cast’); hence, quantity of bread made at one time.
233 Archy Archibald Armstrong, the court fool. Cf. Staple, 3.2.131.
233–4 stealing . . . back Pliny, Natural History, 8.9, reports that male elephants were important in oriental warfare, being trained to carry castles or towers full of armed soldiers (turres armatorum) on their backs. The elephant with the castle on its back becomes a staple of medieval illustrations even when the context is not war; see Lach (1967), 142.
235 (m)] H&S; Lingua sapientis / at 235, Potius quam loquentis: / at 245, Optanda at 248 F2
Lingua sapientis, potius quam loquentis, optanda
235 (m) The wise man’s tongue is more to be desired than that of the talkative man.
235–79 This section and its classical commonplaces weave together material from an essay on the vice of empty loquacity by Aulus Gellius (b. c. ad 125), Noctes Atticae, 1.15, and the commentary of Claude Mignault (c. 1536–1606) on the eleventh emblem, Silentium, in the Emblems of the Italian jurist Andrea Alciato (Lyons, 1550), edited by Mignault in 1573. Further references are to Andrea Alciati emblemata cum Claudii Minios commentariis (Leiden, 1608), 107–10. Alciato (1492–1550) seems to have regarded his Emblemata, as a book of loci communes (commonplaces); see Alciato, Emblemata, trans. Knott (1996), ⅹⅴ. Gellius’s Noctes Atticae is a miscellany of observations on grammar, antiquities, philosophy, and textual criticism, excerpted in florilegia (‘collections of rhetorical flowers’, anthologies) and commonplace books through the middle ages and Renaissance; see 1–5n. above, for links with Jonson’s epigraph, ‘Silva’.
235 (m) loquentis] F3; loquents F2
237 that philosopher Plutarch, De garrulitate (‘On talkativeness’), 503C; Gellius, Noctes Atticae, 1.15.34, attributes the same metaphor of the teeth as a barrier to Homer, Iliad, 4.350.
238 petulancy wantonness; see 95n.
242 in . . . security falsely confident. The phrase translates Gellius’s description of men who speak without judgement yet cum securitate multa, ‘with false confidence, carelessly’ (Noctes Atticae, 1.15.2).
244 downright Cf. the character of that name in EMI (F).
245–6 Bedlam-like The hospital of St Mary of Bethlehem, which cared for the insane, became an epithet for insanity.
245 Bedlam-like] F2 Bet’lem like
246–7 sentence or science ‘Sentence’ (Lat. sententia, thought, opinion) here means the powerful judgement, thought, or insight conveyed by words, while ‘science’ (Lat. scientia, from sciens, ‘knowing’) is knowledge. Cf. 122n.
250 like a mountebank Gellius, Noctes Atticae, 1.15.9: tamquam pharmacopolam, ‘like a quack’.
252 Homer’s Thersites,] OA; Homers Thersites. F2
Thersites Homeri
252 Α’μ∊τρο∊πὴς . . . measure] H&S; as verse F2
252 Α’μ∊τρο∊πὴς] Schelling; Α’μ∊τρο∊πής F2
252 Α ᾽μετροεπὴς, Α ᾽κριτόμυθος Translated in the text; quoted from Homer, Iliad, 2.212, 246, by Gellius, Noctes Atticae, 1.15.11.
Αὐτοδίδακτος
252 Α’κριτὸμυθος] Wh; Α’κριτὸμοθος F2
252 judgement, or measure] F2 state 2; judgement, F2 state 1
254 ] F2; as prose H&S
Sallust
254 ‘Talkative rather than eloquent’, attributed to Sallust, Hist., 4.25, by Gellius, Noctes Atticae, 1.15.13. Sallust’s text is lost; the source of this fragment is Quintilian, Inst., 4.2.2.
255 ‘Abundant readiness to talk, but little wisdom’, Sallust, Catiline, 5.5.5, though Jonson probably quotes from Gellius, Noctes Atticae, 1.15.18.
256 ἀνθρώποιοσιν] F2 state 2; ἀνθρώποιον F2 state 1
Hesiodus
256–7 Γλώσσης . . . ἰούσης ‘The greatest treasure of man is a sparing tongue, and the greatest pleasure, one that moves in an orderly fashion’, quoted from Hesiod, Works and Days, 717–18, by Gellius, Noctes Atticae, 1.15.14.
257 Φ∊ιδωλῆς,] G; Φ∊ιδωλῆς F2
258–9 Approximate Latin translation of 256–7, ‘The best treasure for a man is of the tongue, and the most pleasing, of that [tongue] which measures things separately, by means of sparing words.’
Homeri Ulysses
260 Ulysses . . . speaks Homer, Iliad, 3.216–24, quoted from Mignault, Alciati, 108.
Pindari Epaminondas
261 (m)] F2 (Pindar: Epaminond.)
261 Epaminondas . . . Pindar H&S note that Epaminondas died in 362 bc, and could not have been praised by Pindar, who died in 433 bc; Pindar should be ‘Spintharus of Tarentum’; Schelling amends Jonson’s text, but Jonson copied the mistake from Mignault, Alciati, 108.
Demaratus Plutarchi
262 (m) Demaratus] Castelain; Demacatus F2
262 Demaratus] Castelain; Demacatus F2
262 Demaratus A king of Sparta; see Plutarch, Apophthegmata Laconica (‘Sayings of Spartans’), 220, quoted from Mignault, Alciati, 108.
264–5 For . . . fool Translating the last line of ‘Silentium’ from Mignault, Alciati, 16: Stultitiae est index linguaque voxque suae, ‘His tongue and voice are the index of his stupidity.’ Alciato’s whole emblem reads: ‘When he is silent, the fool differs no whit from the wise. It is tongue and voice that betray his stupidity. Let him therefore put his finger to his lips and so mark silence, and turn himself into an Egyptian Harpocrates’; see Alciato, Emblemata, trans. Knott (1996), 17. On versions of the emblem, see Orgel (2002),106–28.
264 indice sign, measure. Donaldson, OA, notes that this is the OED’s first example of the word, despite Und. 13.156. The use of ‘indice’ to mean ‘sign’ or ‘evidence’ comes from Roman forensic oratory. Quintilian, Inst., 5.9.9, glosses indicium as a semion, ‘sign’, while Sir Thomas Smith, De republica Anglorum [1583] (ed. Dewar, 1982), 114, speaks of ‘indices or tokens which we call in our language evidence’ (see 648n.).
266 (m)] this edn; Vid. Zeuxi / dis pict. / serm. ad Megabizum Plutarch. / ends 270 F2
Vide Zeuxidis pictoris sermonem ad Megabizum
266–7 ‘While the unskilled [man] is silent, he may be thought wise; for he covers the disease of his soul with silence’, quoted from a Latin translation of Epigram 10.98 from the Greek Anthology, in Mignault, Alciati, 107.
266–7 (m) From Aelian (c. ad 170–c.235), Varia historia (‘Historical miscellany’), 2.2, quoted by Mignault, Alciati, 108. The famous painter Zeuxis (c. 435–390 bc) told Megabyzus, who was talking ignorantly about art, to be quiet, because the colour-grinders in the artist’s studio were laughing at him. Plutarch, Moralia, 58D and 471F-472A, tells the same story of Apelles and Alexander. Megabyzus has not been identified.
Plutarchus
268 Zeno Zeno of Citium (335–263 bc), founder of the Stoic school of philosophy. The story, quoted from Mignault, Alciati, 109, derives from Plutarch, De garrulitate (cf. 237n.), 504A.
Argute dictum
275 (m) An acute saying.
277 beadle . . . ward A ward was an administrative unit of urban government, bigger than a parish. London had 26 wards, in which 27 beadles served, as inferior officers. See Rappaport (1989), 177–82.
277 Ε᾽χεμυθία. . . laudabilis ‘How praiseworthy is the silence enjoined by Pythagoras!’ H&S derive this phrase from Deipnosophistae (‘The Sophists at Dinner’) by Athenaeus of Naucratis (fl. ad 150). In Bk 7, during a learned discussion about fish, Ulpian, the chief speaker, explains that Pythagoreans refuse to eat fish because fish are silent, and ‘they regard silence as divine’ (7.308). Cf. Epicene, 2.2.2.
277 Pythagorae] H&S (subst.); Pythag. F2
Vide Apuleium
278 (m) ‘See Apuleius’; in Metamorphoses, 1.8, Aristomenes calls the woman who has bewitched his friend Socrates a whore, and Socrates responds digitum a pollice proximum ori suo admovens, ‘putting his finger to his lips’, telling Aristomenes to be quiet. Jonson evidently noted the similarity to the gesture described by Juvenal; see 279n.
278–9 γλώσσης. . . exemplum The Latin translates the Greek: ‘Control the tongue, above all else, according to the example of the gods’; a maxim of Pythagoras, recorded by the Platonist Iamblichus of Calchis (c. ad 250–330), whose De vitae Pythagorae (‘On the Pythagorean Life’) Jonson owned, in a Greek text with Latin translation by Joannis Arceris (Iamblichi Chalcidensis . . . de vita Pythagore, Heidelberg, 1598). The maxim, Ε’χεμυθία (‘Silence’), is discussed in Iamblichus, De vita Pythagore, ch. 20, sig. M4. However, this whole phrase is taken directly from Mignault, Alciati, 109.
279 Digito. . . labellum ‘Restrain your little lip with your finger’, Juvenal, Satires, 1.160; quoted from Mignault, Alciati, 110.
*Iuvenalis
Acutius cernuntur vitia quam virtutes
280 (m) Vices more sharply distinguished than virtues.
280–1 There . . . virtues Cicero, De oratore, 1.25.116.
283 treasure . . . tongue Cf. Volp., 1.2.73.
Plautus
283 comic poet Plautus, Poenulus, 625: est thesaurus stultis in lingua suis, ‘a fool’s resources are in his tongue’, i.e. his resources are always on the point of expenditure and loss.
Trinummus, 2.6
284 (m) Jonson seems to have misunderstood Plautus’s play, Trinummus (‘Three Coins’); in this scene the slave Stasimus is actually trying to prevent the sale of his master’s farm.
284 nation group. Cf. Volp., 1.2.66.
285 grange a country house, with farm buildings.
288 measles a disease of pigs (OED, 2, citing this passage as the earliest use of the term).
289 murrain any infectious disease in livestock (OED n. 3a).
Similiter Martial, 1. 85
290–1 Hospitium . . . calamitatis ‘it was calamity’s lodging’, from Plautus, Trinummus, 553.
290 (m) Martial’s epigram 1.85 involves an auctioneer whose wit betrays him when, in announcing that his client is not financially obliged to sell, he is forced into giving a worse reason for the sale.
Vulgi expectatio
292 (m) Expectation of the multitude.
292–6 Expectation . . . palates From the elder Seneca (c. 55 bcc. ad 40), Controversiae (‘Declamations’), a reconstruction from memory, made at the request of his sons, of famous oratorical exercises he had witnessed. These take the form of legal controversies arising out of truly sensational (and fictitious) situations: for example, a brother kills one brother, a tyrant, and another brother, an adulterer. He is captured by pirates who ask his father for a ransom. The father offers to double the ransom if the pirates cut off his son’s hands. Is the father justified? Jonson, however, ignores these exercises, translating only from Seneca’s prefaces to each book. In the preface to Bk 4. 1, Seneca says he is doing what the gladiator-producers do, maintaining the interest of the crowd by introducing something new each day at the games; so he keeps back new orators for each book.
294 new] F2 state 2; now F2 state 1
296–7 They . . . feast Gollancz emended to ‘at a feast’, understanding ‘They’ to refer to ‘the people’. However, cf. New Inn, Prol., 15–16. It is clear that ‘They’ refers to the entertainers, whether fencers, players, poets, or preachers; these are the public’s feast.
297 a] F2; at a Gollancz
298 (m)] Castelain; Claritas patria F2; Claritas Patriae G
Claritas patris
298 (m) Claritas patris ‘The father’s celebrity’. F2 has Claritas patria, which makes patria an adjective (‘paternal’) agreeing with claritas (‘celebrity’). Gifford, Gifford/C, and Schelling offer Claritas patriae, which means ‘greatness of the fatherland (patria)’. My preference (following Castelain) for patris is based on Seneca’s phrase magnitudo patris (‘the father’s greatness’), which seems to have been unnoticed by previous editors as a source for 298–301; see next note.
298–301 Elder Seneca, Controv., Bk 4, preface, 2–4: Seneca relates how Asinius Pollio, a distinguished orator, instructed his grandson, Marcellus Aeserninus, making him heir to his eloquence, while his son, Asinius Gallus, though a fine orator, was ‘as often happens, overwhelmed rather than helped by his father’s greatness’ (illum, quod semper evenit, magnitudo patris non produceret sed obrueret). Cf. a previous use of the idea of being obrui (‘buried’, ‘overwhelmed’) in Jonson’s lines from Velleius Paterculus, 28–30 and n.
Eloquentia
302–4 Eloquence . . . grace From the elder Seneca, Controv., Bk 3, preface, 11: Magna et varia res est eloquentia, necque adhuc ulli sic indulsit ut tota contingeret; satis felix est qui in aliquam eius partem receptus est, ‘Eloquence is a great and various thing, and has never yet been so indulgent as to belong wholly to one man; he is happy enough who is received into some part of it/her.’ Eloquentia is a feminine noun in Latin.
305–15 for . . . pond Writing a generation after Cicero and after the demise of the Roman republic, the elder Seneca records speeches of declaimers exercising their skills in imaginary legal pleadings in the ‘schools’ rather than in the public sphere of law court and republican senate. While the treatment in schools of rhetoric of themes based on particular law cases had a longer history, it was only during the empire that such scholastic declamation on imaginary themes became an end in itself, a development frequently lamented by contemporaries. Hence in Controv., Bk 3, preface, 13, the elder Seneca contrasts the comparatively sheltered art of scholastic declamation with the real public action of forensic and political oratory. Trimpi (1962a), 24, notes that scholastic declamation was held responsible for the ‘greater license of figurative language’ that marked ‘the literary mannerism of the Silver Age’, and that in Jonson’s text denunciations of the figurative licence of declamation serve as analogies for denunciations of flowery Elizabethan verse and Euphuistic prose from which Jonson was trying to wean the vernacular.
306 bar . . . pulpit Jonson adapts the elder Seneca’s senatus (senate) and forum to the English ‘bar’ and ‘pulpit’, thereby omitting Parliament, clearly the most significant political arena for public oratory, and the one most comparable to his memory of the Senate. It was in Parliament as well as at the bar that Francis Bacon, the contemporary orator most admired by Jonson, excelled; see 637–44n. Jonson has no comparable praise for a named orator of the pulpit. For a negative view of Parliament which relates to Jonson’s omission here, see 366–9.
637–44 mooting and pleading Students in the Inns of Court (London’s university for lawyers) trained by arguing imaginary cases, an exercise known as ‘mooting’; ‘pleading’, by contrast, involved real cases in the courts.
309 umbratical ‘in the shade’ (from Lat. umbra, ‘shade’). Seneca has adsueta clauso et delicatae umbrae corpora, ‘bodies used to confinement, and the delicacy of shade’, unable to stand sub divo, ‘in the open air’. Apparently this was literal as well as metaphorical; declamation took place indoors, while the law courts were open to the weather. See the elder Seneca, Controv., ed. Winterbottom (1974), 387n.
310 into . . . lists ‘List’ (OED, n. 3, 9) refers to a boundary, and so figuratively to the barriers enclosing jousting tournaments; Jonson is adapting Seneca’s metaphor of the forum as a gladiatorial arena.
310 sub dio ‘in the open air’ (see 309n.).
Amor et odium
316 (m) Love and hate.
316–21 From Seneca, De beneficiis (‘On Benefits’), 6.25.2–4. Seneca discusses those inflamed by love, who wish their mistress (amica) exiled, or poor or ill in bed; Jonson imagines the misguided passion between men, turning Seneca’s ‘her’ into a ‘him’.
320 causeway . . . courtesy F2 has ‘a Cawsway to their countrey’. Swinburne (1889) argued that ‘country’ was ‘a palpable and preposterous misprint’ for ‘courtesy’. Since ‘courtesy’ appears so frequently in the surrounding lines, this seems very likely. The sense is that people misguidedly wish illness or ill hap to their friends, so that they have a chance to display their love by relieving it; the ‘injury’ they wish upon their friends thus becomes the medium, or ‘causeway’ to the display of their love. Although the word ‘causeway’ (a raised way) comes from ‘causey’, a mound or embankment, it is possible that Jonson imagined it to be etymologically linked to ‘cause’, or was punning on the idea of the injury as both caused by love, and paving the way for its demonstration.
320 courtesy] Swinburne; countrey F2
Iniuriae
322 (m) Injuries.
322–5 Adapted from Seneca, De beneficiis, 6.1–6. Seneca contends that later injury can remove the feeling of gratitude or relieve the recipient of any obligation, but it cannot efface the obligation. Quomodo, si quis scriptis nostris alios superne imprimit versus, priores litteras non tollit, sed abscondit, ‘just as if someone imprints lines of writing on my manuscript, he conceals but does not remove, the first letters.’ Seneca’s idea seems to be that writing has an essential existence (independent of its accidental illegibility) which derives from the writer’s intention; this corresponds with his emphasis on the constitutive nature of beneficent intention in the definition of benefits as such; see 327–40. However, writing other verses ‘upon my verses’ might well be taken to refer to such parodies as Dekker’s of Jonson’s Und. 25 in Satiromastix, 1.2, which, Jonson would then be implying, cannot deface the original.
323 the courtesy] F2 (subst.); that courtesy Wh
Beneficia
326–40 (m) Benefits.
326 From Seneca, De beneficiis, 6.7–12.
337 wreck] F2 (wrack)
340 Smithfield Main London market for cattle and horses.
Valor rerum
341 (m) The price of things.
341–5 From Seneca, De beneficiis, 6.15.2.
345 served] Wh; serv’d F2; serve H&S
Memoria
346 (m) Memory.
346–65 Elder Seneca, Controv., Bk 1, preface, 2–5, apologizing in advance for his reconstruction from memory of the declamatory contests he has witnessed (see 293–6n.). But his memory was clearly prodigious, in that he was able to gather the declamations he had heard into a book; it is doubtful that Jonson was quite in the same class. Jonson’s first person is pointedly distinguished from that of Seneca (‘Seneca the father . . . I myself), yet the attractive elements here of what Swinburne (1889) called Jonson’s ‘mental autobiography’ are in fact taken from Seneca’s text.
347 Seneca . . . rhetorician The elder Seneca was not a professional, but a friend of rhetoricians, with extensive knowledge of schools of rhetoric in the Rome of the early empire.
350–2 I can . . . with Staying with William Drummond in 1618–19, Jonson (then in his forties) recited poems by Chapman, Donne, and Sir Henry Wotton, as well as his own verse; see Informations, 80–90.
351 friends] this edn; friends. F2; friends, F3
354–8 Whatsoever . . . borrowed According to this extended metaphor of memory as a storehouse or pawnshop, Jonson now finds that, whereas he used to be able to ‘redeem’ the words he had pledged or entrusted to his memory simply by calling on them, they are now retrieved with such difficulty that they seem ‘new and borrowed’, and not as remembered.
358 presently ‘at once, forthwith, immediately’ (OED, adv.3). Cf. 495.
362 as . . . mind Elder Seneca’s comment on Porcius Latro, the orator: ‘he used to say he wrote in his mind’ (in animo scribere), in Controv., Bk 1, preface, 18.
366 (m)] F2 (Comit. Suf-/fragia.)
366 (m) Popular votes.
366 Adapted from Pliny, Epistolae, 2.12.5, on the Roman Senate: Numerantur enim sententiae, non ponderantur, ‘judgements (or “votes”) are numbered, not weighed’. John Heminge and Henry Condell, addressing ‘the great variety of readers’ in the preface to Shakespeare’s First Folio (1623) announce in a phrase which bears the trace of Jonson’s influence: ‘There you are numbered. We had rather you were weighed.’ See Dubia 4, Electronic Edition.
Comitiorum suffragia
Stare a partibus
370 (m) To stand by one’s party.
Deus in creaturis
377 (m) God in his creatures.
377–8 philosopher . . . glory From Tertullian, De anima (‘Of the Soul’) 1, Philosophus, gloriae animal.
379 curious inquisitive, eager to know, but in a condemnatory sense (OED, a. 5a).
379–80 For . . . dangerous From the influential book of Justus Lipsius, Politicorum sive civilis doctrine libri sex (‘Six Books of Political and Civil Doctrine’), Bk 1, ch. 2. In Jonson’s eight-volume edition of Lipsius (1614) (now in Emmanuel College, Cambridge), Bks 1, 2, and 4 of the Politica, as it was known, are heavily annotated; see Evans (1992a), ⅺ–ⅺⅴ, and passim. The Politica is composed like a commonplace book; see Moss (1998b).
380 who . . . knowing Lipsius, Politica Bk 1, ch. 2, quotes this from St Augustine, Qui melius scitur, nesciendo, ‘Who is better known by not being known.’ The chapter as a whole defines faith as the first part of virtue and begins with the Augustinian axiom that faith arises from a high opinion of God, from which follows the paradox that God is better known (through faith) by not being ‘known’ in the sense of scrutinized in human terms.
Veritas proprium hominis
384 (m) ‘Truth is proper to man.’
384–7 Truth . . . wisdom From Lipsius, Politica, Bk 1, ch. 1., quoting Tacitus, Historiae, 4.17, and Seneca, Epist., 98. Lipsius divides the essential qualities for civil life into virtue and prudence, and treats first of virtue, without which prudence is ‘craft and malice’; see also Evans (1992a), 30 and appendix.
385 ethnic ‘One who is not a Christian or a Jew; a Gentile, heathen, pagan’ (OED, adj.1†).
387–9 Homer . . . breast Iliad, 9.312–13.
392 Euripides . . . old H&S note this is not Euripides, but Sophocles, Acrisius (Fragments, ed. Pearson, 1917, 1.40): ἀλλ᾽ οὐδὲν ἕρπει ψεῦδος εἰς γῆρας χρόνου, ‘No lie creeps into the old age of time.’ Cf. Und. 45.20.
Nullum vitium sine patrocinio
392 (m) ‘No vice without its patronage’, quoted from Seneca, Epist., 116.2.
393–411 Woven together from three letters by Seneca, Epist., 116.2, 122.2, and 112.3, 4.
398–9 live . . . city Sunt quidam in eadem urbe antipodes, ‘There are, in the same city, certain antipodes’, Seneca, Epist., 122.2.
398 antipodes Usually referring to those who dwell directly opposite to each other on the globe so that the soles of their feet are, as it were, planted each against the other (OED, n. pl. †1). Here, those who live perversely, in opposition to others in the same city.
403 not . . . customs It is not clear how ‘vicious customs’ are distinct from ‘vices’; perhaps Jonson means that people come to love their vices for themselves, and not just for the sake of being sensational, and creating a fashion. This corresponds to Seneca’s vision of the self’s gradual degeneration, from having wittily chosen perversity, into a state in which perversity becomes an inescapable second nature. Seneca’s Epist., 122.5–9 similarly builds up to a climax of denunciation by repeating the refrain, ‘Do they not live contrary to nature . . . ?’ (Non vivunt contra naturam . . . ?) and concluding, ‘When they have wanted to establish all customs contrary to nature, they become in time entirely unaccustomed to nature.’
404 hardened . . . ill Seneca, Epist., 112.3, emarcuit et induruit, ‘he withered and hardened’. Cf. 26–7, and note.
405 desired] OA; desir’d F2; desire Wh
De vere argutis
412 (m) Of the truly witty.
413–14 If . . .  or nose If an eye or a nose be an excellent part in the face, should the face, therefore, be all eye or nose?
414 therefore] F2; (should we) therefore conj. Castelain
416–23 But . . . curious From Quintilian, Inst., 2.5.11, one of the many passages in which he denounces the ‘effeminacy’ of contemporary oratorical practice as a result of the pleading of imaginary cases in the rhetorical schools having become an end in itself, without reference to legal or political reality. See 305–15n. On this topos in Quintilian, see Brink (1989), 472–503; on its Renaissance deployment, and on this passage, see P. Parker (1996), 202–22, esp. 207.
416 seems] G; seeme F2
418 baudekin] OA; Bodkin F2
418 baudekin richly embroidered cloth, originally made with warp of gold thread, but later including rich brocade, rich shot silk (OED).
419 powdered] Wh; pouldred F2
421 preposterous contrary to the order of nature (OED, adj.2), lit., ‘having or placing last that which should be first’; the suggestion is of sexual perversion (i.e. men lying in ‘like ladies’, 423), and of stylistic as well as sartorial effeminacy; see P. Parker (1996), 207.
422 sweet bags Bags filled with sweet herbs, such as lavender, to keep clothes fresh; cf. similar disparaging references to gallants’ use in Bart. Fair, 4.2.81 and Und. 15.112.
422 night-dressings Nightgowns were apparently worn as negligées, by day, for comfort, with a nightcap, often embroidered. See Cunnington (1970), 145.
423 curious fastidious.
Censura de poetis
424 (m) ‘Judgements on poets.
426–7 wrap . . . them Lighting tobacco, or wrapping for spices or medicines (among which tobacco was counted), was commonly invoked as the fate of poets’ papers in the hands of an unappreciative public; cf. Und. 43.52, Informations, 372–3, and Nashe, Works, 2.207. The joke here is that the poetasters’ writings would corrupt these medicinal herbs.
Martial, 4.10
432–3 ‘Let a Punic sponge accompany the book.’ Martial, 4.10, sends a copy of his book, while the ink is still wet, to his friend, with a sponge to ‘mend his jests’ by erasure. Clark (2002), 179, notes that Jonson ‘omits the first person possessive “my”: it is other writers’ poems, not his own, that cannot be improved by emendation’.
432 Punica] F2; pauca Wh
433 spongea] Donaldson, OA; Spongia F2
434 And a little further on.
435 Non possunt . . . multae . . . una] Donaldson, OA (subst.); Non possunt multae, una F2
435 ‘Many [liturae, “erasures”] cannot [emendare iocos, “emend my jokes”], one erasure can’; see 432–3n.
Cestius, Cicero
438–40 Cestius . . . mouths From the elder Seneca, Controv., Bk 3, preface, 15, who says that while men will not admit to preferring Cestius over Cicero, they memorize the former. L. Cestius Pius was a rhetor from Smyrna who wrote in reply to Cicero’s extant speeches; see Quintilian, Inst., 10.5.20. He figures as one of the rhetoricians in Controv.
442 puppets . . . players Cf. Bart. Fair, 5.2–6.
Heath, Taylor
442 Heath’s epigrams John Heath, fellow of New College, Oxford, published Two Centuries of Epigrammes (1610). Jonson thought many contemporary epigrams ‘ill’, because ‘they expressed in the end what should have been understood by what was said’ (Informations, 296–7). If Jonson thought the power to imply was definitive of a good epigram, then this is a quality which Heath’s epigrams conspicuously lack (see, e.g. Epigram 3, Homo, Arbor, ‘Man, Tree’, which develops a series of rather naive and predictable moral comparisons between the life of man and the growth of a tree).
442–7 the Sculler’s . . . works The ‘Sculler’ or ‘water-rhymer’ is John Taylor (1580–1653), known as ‘The Water-Poet’ (note that Jonson says ‘rhymer’, not ‘poet’). His collected works were published in 1630. Jonson maintained to Drummond that King James rated Taylor’s verse highly (Informations, 288–9).
445–6 non. . . iudicant Not that those speak worse, but these judge more corruptly.
Spenser
447 Spenser’s This testimony of Jonson’s high opinion may be set against criticisms expressed to Drummond in Informations, 14–15 and 1281–2 below. See Riddell and Stewart (1995) for evidence of Jonson’s high regard for Spenser.
448 suffrages Cf. Jonson’s view of political suffrage, 366–9; once again, as in the Heminge and Condell preface (366–9n.), the concepts of literary judgement and political suffrage are not distinguished.
450 latter] F2; omitted Gollancz
450 hath] F2; had Gollancz
451 addicted See 108n.
451 family Familia, or ‘household’. Cf. Volp., 1.3.35.
452 saluted . . . by greeted in passing.
453–4 law . . . gospel H&S suggest that Jonson alludes here, respectively to Sir John Davies and in relation to the gospel, to Bishop Joseph Hall and John Donne. Others who combined successful careers in poetry and divinity are Jasper Mayne (1604–72) and William Cartwright (1611–43), for whom in relation to Jonson, see Knapp (2002), 36–7, 162–8.
455 preposterous See 420n.
456 grandees] F3; Grandes F2
456 grandees persons of the highest rank.
459–65 Indeed . . . composed The same passage appears, almost word for word, in Alch., To the Reader, 12–15 and 25–6; its source is Quintilian, Inst., 2.12.1–3.
462 touch light blow, or stroke.
464–5 think . . . composed Translating Quintilian’s et rudia politis maiora et sparsa compositis numerosiora creduntur, ‘it is believed that rough objects are larger than polished ones, and scattered things are more numerous than things which are arranged well’. He is referring to divisio, the rhetorical division of a subject, which, when it is most effective, hides its own art by making the speech’s arrangement of the facts seem transparent and natural.
De Shakespeare nostrati
468 (m) ‘Concerning our Shakespeare’. Possibly recalling Augustus’s Haterius noster, ‘our Haterius’; see 475–8n.
475–8 whatsoever . . . line Heminge and Condell, in the preface to the First Folio (366–9n.), said, ‘His mind and hand went together: And what he thought, he uttered with that easiness, that we have scarce received from him a blot in his papers’ (sig. A3).
469 out] F2; out a F3
470 ‘Would . . . thousand’ Jonson elsewhere praised Shakespeare for his readiness to ‘strike the second heat / Upon the muses’ anvil’, and for his ‘well-turned, and true-filéd lines’ (‘Shakes. Beloved’ 5.638–42, lines 60–1, 68), phrases which in turn recall Jonson’s association of blotting out lines and hammering anew on the anvil in Horace, Art of Poetry, 523–8: ‘If to Quintilius you recited aught . . . He’d bid blot all, and to the anvil bring / Those ill-turned verses, to new hammering.’ This suggests that Jonson thought Shakespeare a laborious, as well as fluent, poet.
471–2 I . . . faulted Expanding on the argument at 436–49 and 459–67; here the great writer is rightly valued, but for the wrong qualities.
471 choose] F2; chose Wh
473 candour Jonson seems to be using this to mean ‘favourable disposition, kindliness’, predating OED, †4, which gives 1653 as the first instance. The sense of ‘openness, frankness’ (OED, †5) did not develop until the early eighteenth century.
473–4 on . . . idolatry Cf. EMI (F), 1.2.58–9.
474 honest See 61n. for the significance of this praise.
475 fantasy] F2 (Phantsie)
475 gentle Donaldson (1997a), 20–1, notes Jonson’s repeated use of this word as descriptive of Shakespeare’s expressive power, and argues persuasively that it means ‘fluent’.
475 wherein . . . too From the elder Seneca, Controv., Bk 4, preface, 7–11, where he describes the fluency of the senator and rhetorician, Quintus Haterius (d. ad 26), of whom Augustus said, Haterius noster sufflaminandus est, ‘Our Haterius needs to be checked by a brake.’ See also the following note.
Augustus in Haterium
477 (m)] F2 (Augustus in Hat.)
480–1 ‘Caesar did . . . just cause’ Caesar’s words, spoken in response to Metellus Cimber’s suit to Caesar to repeal the banishment of his brother, appear in the First Folio (1623) thus: ‘Know, Caesar doth not wrong, nor without cause / Will he be satisfied’ (JC, 3.1.47–8). Yet in the Induction to Staple, 30, Jonson refers to the lines as he gives them here. Jonson, critics concede, would hardly misquote Shakespeare, especially in 1626, just three years after the First Folio. John Dover Wilson (1949) argued that the line originally read as Jonson gives it, but was altered in the First Folio in response to his criticism. Other critics have argued that Jonson’s version is not necessarily a solecism; see Starr (1966) and Velz (1969). Donaldson (2000b) makes a compelling argument for widening the context of the debate, reading Jonson’s criticism as political rather than grammatical. Donaldson interprets Jonson’s Sejanus as written in critical dialogue with Shakespeare’s sympathetic portrayal of the tyrannous Caesar, whose solecisms are, for Jonson, politically revealing of his threat to the republic. However, what Jonson says of Shakespeare here is also shaped by what the elder Seneca says of Quintus Haterius (see preceding note). As Shakespeare’s fluency is said to have led him ‘into those things, could not escape laughter’, so Seneca narrates how Haterius did also, giving as an example the way in which the word officium (duty) turned into a joke word for sexual intercourse because Haterius had pronounced, in defence of a freedman accused of sexual relations with his patron, that unchastity in a slave was officium, a duty. Seneca concludes, as Jonson does, Redimebat tamen vitia virtutibus, et plus habebat quod laudares quam cui ignosceres, ‘He redeemed his faults by his virtues, and provided more to praise than to forgive.’ If Shakespeare’s ‘Caesar did never wrong, but with just cause’ became a standing joke just as Haterius’s unintentional obscenity did, then Jonson might still expect the line to raise a laugh in the mouth of ‘Expectation’ (that tyrant of the commercial playhouse) in 1626.
Ingeniorum discrimina
483 (m) ‘Discrimination between kinds of wit’, that is, kinds of mental capacity, or intellectual ability (OED, ∗5a).
483–8 From Quintilian, Inst., 2.8; Quintilian is discussing boys’ education.
483 notes characteristic features or distinguishing marks (OED, Note n.2 3a).
484 mastery] F2 (Maistry)
484 (m)] Donaldson, OA (subst.); Martial. lib. 11. epig. 91 F2
Nota 1
Nota 2
492–8 From Quintilian, Inst., 1.3.3–5.
495 presently See 358n.
∗A wit-stand.
497 ingeni-stitium∗ See marginal note; an intellectual stand-still. H&S note that the word is ‘formed on the analogy of iustitium (“a suspension of legal business”) from ius [“right”] and sisto [“to cause to stand”]’.
Nota 3
499–500 others . . . work Jonson’s target is the ostentatious use of rhetorical schemes and tropes characteristic of Elizabethan ‘Petrarchan’ lyric and ‘Euphuistic’ prose in the 1580s and 90s. This is the first example of his polarizing of two vicious extremes of style – those who are ‘busy about the colours and surface’ and those who contrarily affect only ‘what is rough and broken’ (502) – in such a way as to correspond to a contrast made by first-century Latin stylists between the fullness of Livy or Cicero and the brevity of Sallust. The implied stylistic ideal is a mean between the two: a transparent, conversational plainness and virility of idiom. This idea of this ‘plain style’ is returned to, and developed much more fully below, 1438–80; see Trimpi (1962a), passim.
Nota 4
502–9 Others . . . on From Seneca, Epist., 114.15–17, 21. This epistle is a locus classicus of the influential idea that ‘style is the man’; see P. Parker (1996), 204–5.
502-3 Quae. . . cadunt ‘That stumble among ruts and boulders’, Martial, 11.90.2. Jonson cites this line three times in Discoveries; see also 1385, 2001. Here it is used to criticize those writers who think no style ‘manly’ unless it is deliberately rough, archaic, obscure. Martial’s poem (Epigrams, trans. Bailey, 1993) runs: Carmina nulla probas molli quae limite currunt, / sed quae per salebras altaque saxa cadunt, / et tibi Maeonio quoque carmine maius habetur / ‘Lucili columella hic situ’ Metrophanes’; / attonitusque legis ‘terrai frugiferai’, / Accius et quidquid Pacuviusque vomunt. / vis imiter veteres, Chrestille, tuosque poetas? / dispeream ni scis mentula quid sapiat, ‘You do not approve of any poems that run on a smooth path, only of those that stumble among ruts and boulders; greater to you even than Maeonian song is “little pillar of Lucilius, here lieth Metrophanes”. In rapt amazement you read “of fruitful earth”, and whatever Accius and Pacuvius spew out. Do you wish me to imitate the old poets, your poets, Chrestillus? Damned if you don’t know the taste of a cock!’ The final line is glossed by A. E. Housman (1972), 2.732, as dispeream ni scis quantum saporem habeat virile dicendi genus, May I perish if you don’t know the flavour of a masculine style’, and dispeream ni fellator es, ‘May I perish if you’re not a fellator.’ Thus, the would-be admirer of stylistic virility is reduced, for his lack of discernment, to the status of the effeminate man or the pathic, who was denigrated in Roman culture; see Richlin (1992), 84, 135.
Martial, 11. 90
504–5 They . . . unevenness Seneca, Epist., 114.15–16: Nolunt sine salebra esse iuncturam; virilem putant et fortem, quae aurem inaequalitate percutiat, ‘They would have jolts in all their transitions; they think strong and manly whatever makes an uneven impression on the ear.’
504 rubs Unevenness in the surface of a bowling green, designed to hinder the bowl from its proper course.
505 struck] Wh; stroke F2
509–10 one . . . rest Swinburne (1889) thought Donne was referred to here; Seneca, Jonson’s model, refers to the fashion for imitating Sallust. Jonson makes Donne the English equivalent of Sallust below, 1275–6; see Trimpi (1962a), 3–40.
509 in authority] F2; authority G
Nota 5
513–14 Others . . . fall The contrast between the affectation of roughness and ‘unevenness’ described at 503–12, and the ‘Women’s poets’ here corresponds to the stylistic and sartorial extremes of masculinity and effeminacy delineated in Seneca, Epist., 114.
515–17 A passage reworked from, or used in, News NW, 132–3, where the verse is described as a ‘remnant’; it seems to have been invented by Jonson. H&S suggest that Jonson here aims at Samuel Daniel; Daniel’s sonnet sequence Delia (1592), which Jonson burlesqued in EMI (F), 5.5.20–1, opens by likening the verse to a ‘river’ charged with ‘streams’. The idea of the ‘smooth’, ‘soft’, and ‘flowing’ style is indebted to the Latin antithesis between nervosus (‘sinewy’, ‘phallic’) and mollis (‘soft, womanish’), which is central to Seneca’s Epistle 114 and to Quintilian, Inst.; see 416–23n. and P. Parker (1996).
518–19 Cf. Und. 40.29–30.
519 cream-bowl- ‘shallow’. A cream-bowl or creaming-pan is a pan shallow enough to allow a cream to form on the surface of milk (OED, Cream n.2 7a).
Nota 6
522–3 what . . . another Quintilian, Inst., 1.8.20, gives the example of the prolific author, Didymus, who objected to a story as absurd, and was confronted with his own book containing it.
522 work] F2 (subst.); week Wh
523 all the essayists Presumably including Bacon’s Essays, in spite of Jonson’s admiration for Bacon (see 637–44), and the Essays of Sir William Cornwallis (1610).
524 Montaigne Michel de Montaigne (1533–92), French essayist. Jonson’s care in reading him is evidenced by the corrections in his copy of Florio’s translation, now in the BL.
Michel de Montaigne
525–6 bring . . . undigested OED distinguishes ‘stake’ n.2 in the sense of ‘wager’ and n.1 in the sense of a stout post driven into the ground and used (for example) for bear-baiting. Yet there are discursive contexts in Jonson’s period in which both meanings seem to be simultaneously present; e.g. TN, 3.1.117, ‘Have you not set mine honour at the stake / And baited it with all th’unmuzzled thoughts / That tyrannous heart can think?’, where the sense of ‘stake’ is ‘wager’, yet the sense of a post (for bear-baiting) is also present. OED speculates warily on a custom ‘of placing on a “stake” or post the object . . . hazarded on the event of a game or contest’. Jonson’s essayists bringing their writings to the ‘stake’ (placing them on the post, as objects to be hazarded) may liken publication to a rough sport involving a stake, as well as to a game of hazard, and if raw meat seems an unlikely wager, this may be the point.
526 undigested Cf. Jonson’s use of the commonplace of imitatio as digestion (ultimately from Seneca, Epist., 84) at 1755–61.
527 vent emit, discharge, or utter (OED, n.2 1a).
Nota 7
528–31 From Quintilian, Inst., 1.8.21.
Nota 8
532 venditation OED gives ‘The action of putting forward or displaying in a favourable or ostentatious manner’, with Jonson’s use here as an instance; the Latin, venditatio, means ‘a putting up for sale’ and hence ‘boasting’.
533 naturals mental endowments.
533 sagacity Originally, ‘acute sense of smell’, referring to hounds; hence the metaphor of reading as fox-hunting.
534 scent] F3; sent F2
535 whole . . . author A side effect of the very ‘notebook culture’ of which Jonson’s Discoveries is a product. H&S give a list a representative list of contemporary plagiarisms; see also R. S. Peterson (1981), 17–18, and on the ‘mechanics’ of plagiarism, Loewenstein (2002), 104–32.
535 author; their] OA; Author. Their F2
Nota 9
539–49 From Quintilian, Inst., 2.11.1–3, a part of Quintilian’s attack on the corruption of rhetoric by the schools; cf. 416–23n.
540 presuming . . . naturals relying on their own talents.
547 excellent . . . judgement Cf. Alch., To the Reader, 11. Judgement would normally be a virtue, but popular judgement is, for Jonson, a contradiction in terms.
548 rend] F2 (rent)
Nota 10
550–5 It . . . shadow From Quintilian, Inst., 2.11.5–7. Cf. Alch., To the Reader, 15–20.
556 copy copiousness, eloquence; see Cave (1979), 1–34.
557 election . . . mean selection and moderation. Cf. Alch., To the Reader, 25.
557 mean. They] this edn.; meane, they F2
557–8 They . . . body F2’s punctuation makes ‘they look back’ seem to refer to the writers who speak all they can, but this edn makes it refer to ‘the learned’, as seems more appropriate.
559 run away . . . her Cf. Alch., To the Reader, 5.
562 Tamerlanes Christopher Marlowe’s Tamburlaine the Great, Parts 1 (c. 1587) and 2 (c. 1588), was immensely popular, though to a subsequent generation it became a byword for bombast.
562 Tamer-Chams A lost play; like Tamburlaine in two parts (1592, 1596). A ‘plot’ or prompter’s outline, printed by George Steevens in the Variorum Shakespeare (1803), 3.414 and by Greg (1931a), suggests it was spectacular and exotic; see Henslowe’s Diary, eds. Foakes and Rickert (1961), 332.
566 dividing A reference to rhetorical ‘division’, giving structure to a discourse.
566 contumelious reproachful, despiteful.
568 gratulates wishes, congratulates (used here ironically).
569 subtlety in arguing Quintilian, Inst., 5.8.1–12.23, makes argument the foundation of a manly and effective eloquence, with scorn for declaimers ‘who, avoiding arguments as rough and rugged (qui argumenta velut horrida et confragosa vitantes) prefer to idle in the pleasanter regions (amoenioribus locis) of ornament’ (5.8.1).
572 makes] F2; make Schelling
574 ornament] F2; ornaments F3
574 translated expressed metaphorically (Lat. translatio, a metaphor, trope).
576–7 faint . . . phrase The list derives from Quintilian, Inst., 2.5.10: inpropria, obscura, tumida, humilia, sordida, lasciva, effeminata.
Ignorantia animae
579 (m) Ignorance of the soul.
584–5 Think . . . contrary Seneca, Epist., 31.6: ‘What is good? Knowledge of things. What is evil? Ignorance.’
Scientia
586 (m) Knowledge.
589 erring ‘Wandering’ as well as ‘making mistakes’.
589 entangling . . . silkworm Cf. Montaigne, Essays, trans. Florio (1965 edn), 3.13.325, on how the mind is constantly ‘entangling herself in her own work; as do our silk-worms’.
590 indagations tracking down, investigations (Lat. indagatio).
591 put her by distract her from her path.
591 conduits sources, channels.
592 (m)] F2 state 2; Otium / at 592 (sig. N4v), Studiorum / at 602 (sig. O1) F2 state 1
Otium studiorum
592 (m) Scholarly leisure.
594–608 I . . . right From the elder Seneca’s portrait of Porcius Latro (see 362n.), Controv., Bk 1, preface, 13–15 and (less closely) 21–4, where he points out that Latro had a supellex, or ‘stock’ of figures, though he used them for aid (subsidum) not ornament (decor); see notes to title-page, and Epigraph (p. 497).
596 writing] F3; wri-/ing F2
596 (m) Et stili eminentia] F2; at 605 in F3
603 absolute consummate.
Et stili eminentia: Virgil, Tully, Sallust, Plato
603 (m) Et . . . eminentia And greatness of style.
609–19 From the elder Seneca, quoting Cassius Severus on why the eloquence which he possessed in the courts deserted him in scholastic exercises (Controv., Bk 3, preface, 8–9). (It is Severus who disparages ineffectual scholastic declamation in the passage translated by Jonson at 305–15. In modelling praise of Bacon on Severus at 637–44, Jonson implies the impact of Bacon’s eloquence in the real world.)
610–11 Sallust’s . . . story Sallust’s invented speeches for historical persons, such as Julius Caesar, are read for the sake of the narrative, not as accurately representing his speech.
612 is . . . defended is worthy of neither the defender, nor the defendant; F2’s reading, ‘or the patron . . . or’ is redundant, in view of ‘neither’, but the construction may translate Seneca’s ‘nec patrono nec reo digna est’. The speech is Plato’s Apology.
612 of the] F3 (subst.); or the F2
614 fit] F2; fill Castelain
614 fit Castelain emended this to ‘fill’; however, ‘fit’ meaning to ‘answer the purpose’ or ‘suit the occasion’ makes perfect sense here.
619 panniers baskets fitting over the back of a horse or mule.
De claris oratoribus
620 (m) Of famous orators.
620–31 I . . . prospered Adapted from the elder Seneca’s description of Severus (Controv., Bk 3, preface, 4–6).
622 answered . . . fame satisfied the expectation created by their reputation.
624 present spirits mental alertness; responsiveness.
631–4 For . . . chosen From the elder Seneca, Controv., Bk 1, preface, 6.
635–6 From the elder Seneca, Controv., Bk 1, preface, 6: Non est unus, quamvis praecipuus sit, imitandus, quia numquam par fit imitator auctori, ‘You should not imitate one man, however distinguished, for an imitator never comes up to the level of his model.’ See also Quintilian, Inst., 10.2, and Cave (1979), 35–77; but contrast Jonson at 1753–5.
636 (m) Verulamius] F3 at 638; Verulanus F2
637 Francis Bacon (1561–1626), barrister in 1582, MP from 1584, Attorney General in 1613, Privy Councillor 1616, Lord Keeper 1617, Lord Chancellor and Baron Verulam 1618, Viscount St Albans 1621. Cf. Und. 51. Author of works on the defects of humanistic and scholastic pedagogy for the advancement of natural philosophy, The Advancement of Learning (1605); Francisci di Verulamio . . . instauratio magna (‘The Great Instauration of Francis of Verulam’); and in 1623 an enlarged Latin translation of the Advancement,
637 De augmentis scientarium (‘Of the Growth of the Sciences’); as well as literary works, including Essays (1597, rev. 1612); De sapientia veterum (‘Of the Wisdom of the Ancients’); (1609); Apophthegms New and Old and legal and political treatises. See also 669n. Bacon’s Sylva sylvarum (‘A Forest of Forests’) (1627), resembles Jonson’s Timber, or Discoveries in its conceptualization as a woodland collection. Here Jonson praises Bacon as speaker in the King’s Bench, Chancery, Bacon and Parliament. In the 1592 Parliament Bacon spoke on subsidies; in 1601, after the execution of his patron, the Earl of Essex, he persuaded the House to consider the grievance of monopolies by petition; under James, he advised on the union with Scotland and in 1606 in his greatest speech, he championed freedom of commerce with Scotland and the naturalization of the Scots in the face of much hostility. In 1610 he defended the king’s claim in Bates’s case on impositions, and argued for the Great Contract, a proposal that the king was to abandon his feudal dues in exchange for an annual income. He pleaded in the most significant trials of the period, including Slade’s case (1597–1602), and the trial of Sir Walter Ralegh (1618). His justice in Chancery was said to be exemplary; however, he was charged with bribery in 1621, and removed from office. This praise of Bacon is closely modelled on elements of the elder Seneca’s description of the brilliance of Cassius Severus’s public oratory, as opposed to his failure in declamation (Controv., Bk 3, preface, 2, 4, 5–6). Quintilian, Inst., 10.1.116–17, also bears witness to Severus’s vigour in public oratory.
637 (m) Lord Verulam, i.e. Bacon.
Dominus Verulamius
638 where . . . jest Jonson’s source is the elder Seneca, Controv., Bk 3, preface, 4, quamdiu citra iocos se continebat, ‘as long as he steered clear of jokes’; Quintilian, Inst., 11.1.57, likewise criticizes Severus, while Tacitus, Annals, 1.72, reports that his lampoons so annoyed Augustus that he extended the Lex Maiestatis to take cognizance of libellous words, as well as of actions, that diminished the majesty of Rome. Severus’s excessive jokes are part of the history of the erosion of Roman liberty under the empire, as Tiberius applied Augustus’s law to censor those who criticized him (Cf. Sej., 3. 407–60). On Bacon’s jesting, H&S note Sir Henry Yelverton’s letter to Bacon of 8 September 1617: ‘it is too common in every man’s mouth in court, that . . . your tongue hath been as a razor to some’ (Life and Letters of Francis Bacon, ed. Spedding, vol. 6, 1872, 248).
639 neatly briefly, clearly, and to the point; pithily or epigrammatically (OED, adv. †3b).
639 pressly] G; presly F2; prestly F3
639 pressly concisely, precisely. F3 emends to ‘prestly’, as if what Jonson was praising was Bacon’s fluency or readiness in speaking, but Jonson’s construction, beginning ‘No man . . . ’, echoes Seneca’s nemo minus passus est aliquid in actione sua otiosi esse, ‘no one was less tolerant that something should be redundant in his pleading’.
640 idleness redundancy.
640–1 No . . . graces Recalling the elder Seneca, Controv., Bk 3, preface, 2, nulla pars erat quae non sua virtute staret, ‘There was no part which did not stand on its own virtue’; i.e. there was no clause of Bacon’s speech that was redundant, but each had meaning and eloquence of its own.
641 the own] F2 (subst.); his own F3
641 the own graces i.e. its own graces. The modern idiom would require ‘its own’, but ‘it’ in Jonson’s day rarely took a genitive. See OED, Own adj. 2a, b.: ‘the own was used, 14th to 17th c., in the sense of “its own” (instead of his own, its own)’.
642–3 He . . . devotion The sentence translates the elder Seneca: Cum dicebat, rerum potiebatur: adeo omnes imperata faciebant; cum ille voluerat, irascebantur, ‘When he spoke, he became a supreme master, so much did everyone do his bidding. When he desired it, they were angry.’ His sense is thus that Severus’s judges were angry and pleased as his eloquence bid them, that is, they showed ‘devotion’ (‘enthusiastic attachment or loyalty’) to him; Cf. OED †6.
Scriptorum Catalogus:
645–6 Cicero . . . imperio Cicero’s genius was said to be the only possession Rome had to match its imperial power; quoted from the elder Seneca, Controv., Bk 1, preface, 11. Jonson represented the eloquence of Cicero in Cat.
646 empire: ingenium] Donaldson, OA; Empire. Ingenium F2
646 (m) Scriptorum Catalogus ‘Catalogue of writers’. Jonson’s list of Englishmen famed for eloquence follows Cicero’s portraits of advocate politicians in Brutus, and the elder Seneca’s of declaimers in Controv. Jonson mixes poets and ‘orators’ – scholars, politicians, divines, and judges.
Sir Thomas More, Sir Thomas Wyatt, Henry, Earl of Surrey, Sir Thomas Chaloner, Sir Thomas Smith, Sir Thomas Elyot, Bishop Gardiner, Sir Nicholas Bacon, L.K., Sir Philip Sidney, Master Richard Hooker, Robert, Earl of Essex, Sir Walter Ralegh, Sir Henry Savile
647 the former seculum the last age.
647 Sir Thomas More Eminent humanist (1478–1535), and friend of Erasmus, who became Lord Chancellor. His most famous Latin work is Utopia (1515, trans. in 1557); his English works include The Life of John Picus, Earl of Mirandula (1510), Dialogue (against Tyndale, 1528), and The History of Richard Ⅲ (publd 1543, 1557).
647 the elder Wyatt Thomas Wyatt (?1503–42), poet and ambassador. His lyric poetry naturalized the Italian sonnet form in English; it circulated mainly in MS, though some poems were published in Tottel’s Miscellany (1557).
647–8 Henry, Earl of Surrey Henry Howard, Earl of Surrey (?1517–47). Like Wyatt, Surrey made the sonnet an English form, inventing the ‘English sonnet’ which was later used by Shakespeare (four quatrains and a couplet). Surrey also invented blank verse – unrhymed iambic pentameter – for his translation of Virgil’s Aeneid, Bk 4 (1554).
648 Chaloner Sir Thomas Chaloner (1521–65), diplomat; translated An Homily of St John Chrysostom and Erasmus’s Praise of Folly (1549); his Latin verses were published in 1579.
648 Smith Sir Thomas Smith (1513–77), variously reader in Greek, Regius Professor of Civil Law, and Vice-Chancellor of Cambridge University, ambassador to France, and Principal Secretary to Elizabeth I; author of A Discourse of the Commonweal of this Realm of England (MS, c. 1549), a treatise on the pronunciation of Greek (1568), poems and translations of the Psalms, a book of propaganda for colonial schemes in Ireland (1571), and De Republica Anglorum (1583).
648 Elyot] Wh; Cliot F2
648 Elyot Sir Thomas Elyot (?1490–1546), diplomat; author of The Boke named the Governour (1531), The Castel of Health (1539), The Doctrinal of Princes (from Isocrates) (1534), The Bankette of Sapience (from the Fathers) (1539), The Image of Governance (the acts of Alexander Severus) (1540), and The Education or Bringing up of Children (from Plutarch) (c. 1540).
648 Bishop] Donaldson, OA (subst.); B. F2
648 Bishop Gardiner Bishop Stephen Gardiner (?1483–1555), Bishop of Winchester under Henry Ⅷ, imprisoned under Edward Ⅵ, Lord Chancellor under Mary. Under pressure from Henry Ⅷ, Gardiner wrote in favour of royal supremacy, De vera obedientia oratio (‘An Oration on True Obedience’), in 1535; he later wrote against Protestantism.
649 Nicholas] Donaldson, OA (subst.); Nico: F2
649 Sir Nicholas Bacon (1509–79), Lord Keeper (hence L.K. in margin) of the great seal from 1558, an able statesman, praised for his oratory and his knowledge of the law; his sayings are preserved in Francis Bacon’s Apophthegms New and Old.
650–1 Sir Philip Sidney Poet, statesman, soldier (1554–86), author of the sonnet sequence, Astrophil and Stella (c. 1576, publd 1590), Apology for Poetry (1595), and the influential prose romance, Arcadia (circulated in MS, published in 1590 and 1593); cf. Forest 2.13–14, Informations, 12–13, 107–8, 152–3.
651 Master Hooker Richard Hooker (1533–1600), theologian and author of Of the Laws of Ecclesiastical Polity (1594–7 and 1617–18). Cf. Informations, 101–2.
653 Earl of Essex Robert Devereux, second earl (1566–1601), soldier, privy councillor, lord lieutenant of Ireland, and patron of scholars, found guilty of high treason and beheaded for attempting to raise the city of London against the Queen and her ministers. In the 1590s, Essex was remarkable for his patronage and employment of university men, including Francis Bacon, Robert Sidney, Henry Wotton, Henry Cuffe, William Temple, Thomas Smith, and Henry Savile. His circle was especially interested in the writings of Tacitus, and in a Tacitean approach to English history; it may have been Essex who wrote the prefatory epistle for Savile’s translation of Tacitus (see Informations, 285–6). In spite of Essex’s disgrace, Jonson included poems to survivors of the Essex circle when his Epigrams were collected; his Sejanus shows sympathy with their Tacitean political outlook. See Hammer (1999), 296–315; Tuck (1993), 104–15; Butler (1995a), 77–9.
653 Sir Walter Ralegh Poet, explorer, scholar, historian, and scientist (1552–1618); a favourite of Elizabeth I, until eclipsed by the Earl of Essex in 1587. He was committed to the Tower in 1592 for his affair with Bess Throckmorton, one of the Queen’s maids of honour. In 1595, he sailed up the Orinoco, a voyage he described in The Discovery of Guiana. He was imprisoned by James I in 1603 and condemned to death in a notorious trial; only on the scaffold was his sentence commuted to perpetual imprisonment. In prison, Ralegh conducted scientific experiments, and wrote The History of the World (1614), to which Jonson claimed to have contributed, Informations, 148–51. See Und. 24, and Patterson (1984), 126–44. In 1616, Ralegh was released to make another expedition to Orinoco in search of gold. The mission was a failure, and on his return in 1618 the death sentence was invoked again, and he was beheaded at Whitehall.
654 Sir Henry Savile Warden of Merton College, Oxford, Provost of Eton (1549–1622); translated Tacitus’s Histories (1591) with an original section, The End of Nero and the Beginning of Galba; edited Chrysostom in eight volumes (1610–13); and in 1619 founded the Savilian chairs of mathematics and astronomy at Oxford. For Jonson’s praise of Savile’s Tacitus, see Epigr. 95.
654–5 Sir Edwin Sandys (1561–1629) Friend of Hooker, whose Laws of Ecclesiastical Polity he advised on; as an MP he opposed the puritans, and dedicated ‘A Relation of the State of Religion’ (1605), finally published as Europae speculum (1629), to Archbishop Whitgift; he was later active in the Virginia Company.
Sir Edwin Sandys, Sir Thomas Egerton, L.C., Sir Francis Bacon, L.C.
655 Lord Egerton Thomas Egerton (?1540–1617), created Baron Ellesmere and Lord Chancellor in 1603; see Epigr. 74 and Und. 31, 32.
657 successor Francis Bacon, Lord Chancellor 1618–1621.
657 filled up all numbers H&S explain Jonson’s translation of Lat. omnes numeros explevit, ‘excelled in every respect’.
657–61 performed . . . backward From the elder Seneca, Controv., Bk 1, preface, 6, on how Cicero may be preferred to the achievements of the ‘insolent’ Greeks, but since then eloquence has declined. Jonson’s sense of a decline may be taken to be since Bacon’s fall in 1621 or his death in 1626; either way, the downward trend Jonson perceives is very recent.
662 ἀχμὴ acme; Jonson spells it as English in Staple, stage prol., 26.
De Augmentis scientiarum
663 (m) The title of Bacon’s Latin translation and completion of The Advancement of Learning; see 637–44n.
665 seminaries of state Cicero, De officiis (‘On Duties’), 1.54, calls the home seminarium reipublicae, ‘the seed-plot or seminary of the republic’, a formulation echoed in humanist domestic conduct-books. Jonson’s transference of the metaphor from home to school marks a perceived continuity between scholarship and politics; for evidence, see Jardine and Grafton (1990), 32–73 and Hammer (1999), 299–315.
Iulius Caesar
667–8 Julius Caesar . . . Analogy Suetonius, Deified Julius, 56.5, says Caesar left two volumes titled On Analogy, written while crossing the Alps; Cicero, Brutus, 72.253, maintains that it was De ratione Latine loquendi, and was written when Caesar was ‘greatly occupied’ (in maximis occupationibus) and dedicated to him. The idea that generals wrote or studied books of philosophy and eloquence while at war was popular with Renaissance humanists, and part of a larger set of commonplaces about the continuity between Roman territorial expansion, effective (republican) military organization, and rhetorical skills. Francesco Patrizi (1529–97), Paralleli militari (Rome, 1594), 1.5, collects examples of generals reading and practising eloquence: Scipio Africanus on the battlefield reading Xenophon, Brutus on the eve of Phalaris epitomizing Polybius, etc.
668 (m)] Donaldson, OA (subst.); F2 S.Albane
Lord St Albans
669 Novum Organum Published in Latin in 1620. Organum means ‘instrument’; for Jonson, Bacon has revived the Roman ideal of an effective relationship between scholarship and the care of state.
670 nominals ‘As opposed to “reals”, things existing in name only’ (H&S).
671 defects of learning For Jonson’s notes on Bacon’s treatment of this topic, see 1481–1505.
Horatius, De Arte Poetica
672 Qui. . . aevum From Horace, Ars Poetica, 345–6: hic et mare transit / Et longum noto scriptori prorogat aevum, ‘This [book] both crosses the seas, / And for eternity prolongs the writer’s fame.’ See also Horace, The Art of Poetry, 519. Here, Jonson changes the tense and verb to porriget, future indicative of porrigo, ‘I extend.’
672 porriget] F2; proroget Wh
673–9 This tribute is transcribed almost word for word from the translation of a letter, alluding to the fall of Bacon, written by Friar Fulgenzio Micanza, the Venetian patriot, to the first Earl of Devonshire, preserved in MS at Chatsworth (Letter 23, dated Venice, 14 May 1621). Thomas Hobbes made the translation, and may have shown the letter to Jonson, who seems to have liked it enough to copy it. See Shillinglaw, 1936, 336. H&S note that the passage ‘is not well placed’; they argue that it should have followed the personal tribute at 637–44 and not been separated by the Scriptorum catalogus. The intervening passage at 663–72, however, identifies Bacon’s claim to pre-eminence as his contribution to the interdependence of the advancement of knowledge and the welfare of the state, as distinct from praise of his command of an audience’s emotions.
673 conceit opinion.
De corruptela morum
680 (m) On the corruption of manners.
680–7 From Seneca, Epist., 114.3. On the importance of Seneca’s epistle, see 502–9n.
680 colour ‘complexion, character.’ Lat. color could be used of oratorical style in the sense of ‘character’ or ‘tone’, e.g. color urbanitatis, a tone of urbanity.
681 composed, the . . . so;] H&S (subst.); composed; the . . . so, F2
De rebus mundanis
688 (m) Of worldly affairs.
688–93 Seneca, Epist., 110.3.
689 more . . . to us The contrast between ‘belong’ and ‘happen to’ may follow Seneca’s et scies plura mala contingere nobis quam accidere, ‘and you will understand more evils concern us than happen to us’. Contingere means ‘touch’, ‘reach’ and so (by transference) ‘to affect’, ‘to concern’; accidere means ‘to fall’, ‘to happen’. Whether or not ‘belong’ is emended to ‘belong[ing] to’ (as it is by some editors), the distinction seems to involve the degree of passivity implied by allowing evils with which we are mixed up to define what happens to us. See McGinnis (1957), 163.
689 belong] F2; belong to F3
691 gratulation pleasure.
694 (m) The manners of the crowd.
Vulgi mores
696 Hercules . . . beast Hercules’ seventh or eighth labour was to capture the mad bull sent by Neptune to ravage Crete; however, Jonson’s ‘any other beast’ refers to his third task (see next note).
697 more heads . . . bridle By Jonson’s time it had become commonplace to liken the people, with their diversity of opinions, to the Lernian Hydra killed by Hercules, which grew two more heads for every one struck off. Cf. Cor., 2.3.16–17, 3.92–6. The image testifies to the difficulty of conceptualizing popular differences of opinion as compatible with, let alone contributory to, peaceful government. See Hill (1965), 296–324.
Morbus comitialis
699–700 Then . . . events Montaigne’s Essays, trans. Florio (1603), 1965 edn., 3.8, ‘Of the Art of Conferring’, which argues that disputatious conference improves men’s judgement, and particularly condemns governors who judge the counsel they receive merely according to the good or evil fortune of events.
699 (m) ‘The disease of parliament’. In classical Latin, the phrase meant ‘epilepsy’ (cf. Tacitus, Annals, 13.16); meetings to elect magistrates (comitia) were postponed if an attack of epilepsy occurred. Jonson’s anti-democratic feelings manifest themselves in this joke, which links the popular vice of judging counsels as events ‘fall out’ (700) with ‘falling-sickness’, or epilepsy, itself named in Latin as a disease of the popular assembly.
700 facts deeds, actions.
Princeps
704 (m) The Prince.
706 off] F3; of F2
706 put off man abandon humanity; though with the added emphasis of losing ‘manliness’ (‘virtue’), as part of that humanity. Cf. 831–2.
707–10 Do . . . propagation H&S depart from F in situating this passage at 694, after the marginal note ‘De rebus mundanis’ and before ‘Vulgi mores’. Clearly, it interrupts the section 704–15, on the prince; however, why would Jonson start a new paragraph at 711, with ‘De eodem’, if there had not been some slight departure from his original subject matter? The connecting idea seems to be the distinction between a private and a common good. The prince is superior to the private man insofar as the common good is the former’s concern. Nature’s testimony to the superiority of common over private welfare is invoked in the example of the precedence of the sexual drive over appetites which, individually considered, are more vital.
De eodem
711 (m) Of the same.
711–15 From Henry Farnese’s collection of historical examples illustrating the virtues of princes, Diphtera Iovis (‘The Parchment of Jove’) (1607), Bk 1, De virtutibus principis, 107–8. Diphtera is Gr. ἡ διφθέρα, prepared animal skin, hence ‘parchment’ or material for writing on; cf. ‘Katherine Ogle’ (6.315–16), lines 9–10.
711 (m) hymni] F2 (hymn.)
713 prayers . . . Jupiter Prayers are said to be ‘daughters of Zeus’ in Homer, Iliad, 9.502–12; Spenser, The Faerie Queene, 5.9.30–2, presents the daughters of Jove acting as intercessors at Jove’s throne of judgement, but also at ‘the thrones of mortall Princes’, as Jonson here suggests.
Orpheus hymni
714–15 petitions . . . themselves Jonson sees the mitigation of the law’s rigour as the task of the prince, who is thereby imagined both to be personally accessible by the ‘wretched’ and to be above the law.
716 (m) optimo] F2 (opt.)
De optimo Rege Iacobo
716 (m) ‘Of James, the best of kings’. Cf. Epigr. 4.1.
716–18 Swinburne (1889), 149, wrote that this ‘gives a better and kindlier impression of King James I than anything else – as far as I know – recorded of that singular sovereign’. Openly visiting prisoners, however, seems to have been the norm throughout the early modern period. Relatives were even able to stay for extended periods. Other visitors included clergymen who taught first-time offenders to read, so that they could plead benefit of clergy. Geffray Minshull’s Certain Characters and Essays of a Prison and Prisoners (1618) devotes two chapters to visitors.
716 accumulation] F3; acculation F2
De principium adiunctis
719–30 From Francesco Patrizi (1413–94), De regno et regis institutione (‘On the Institutions of Monarchy and Monarchs’) (1519), Bk 6, title 6, De virtute civili (‘Of Civil Virtues’), 260, and Farnese, Diphtera Iovis, Bk 2, De sapientia principis (‘Of the Wisdom of Princes’), 140.
719 (m) De. . . bonus ‘Of the attributes of princes – But truly a prince can hardly be thought of as wise, unless he is at the same time good’, from Erasmus, Institutio principis christiani (‘The Institution of a Christian Prince’), 1.
Sed vere prudens haud concipi possit princeps, nisi simul et bonus. Lycurgus, Sulla, Lysander
721 prince . . . himself Donaldson (1970), 74–5, suggests that Jonson here recalls King James’s Basilikon doron.
721 Lycurgus Legendary founder of Sparta’s eunomia (‘good order’); according to Herodotus, Histories, 1.65–6, responsible for all Sparta’s laws.
722 Sulla] F2 (Sylla)
722 Sulla Lucius Cornelius Sulla (Felix) (c. 138–78 bc), took Rome in 88, and became dictator, enacting a legislative programme in 81 which put power in the hands of the Senate. Plutarch contrasts Sulla’s private squandering of Rome’s resources with Lysander’s transferring to public use even presents made to him (Comparison of Lysander and Sulla, 3.2–4).
722 (m) Sulla] F2 (Sylla)
722 Lysander Spartan general and statesman (d. 395 bc); established Spartan juntas in the former Athenian empire after victory in the Peloponnesian War in 404 bc, and made his lover and protégé, Agesilaus, King of Sparta. Plutarch, Lysander, 30.2, notes that for all his power, he did not seek wealth for himself or his family.
727–8 Persians . . . bitch Lucian, On Sacrifices, 5, mocks this belief; Herodotus, 1.110, rationalizes it, giving as the name of the woman who nursed the King of Persians Cyrus, ‘Cyno’, which is like ‘dog’ (κύων) in Greek.
Cyrus
728 encounter ill F2 gives ’encounter it’; Castelain and H&S conjecture ‘ill’ (and ‘il’); this follows Jonson’s source, Farnese, Diphtera Iovis, 140: quia ut canis non habet audaciae plus, ad mala oppugnanda, quam sagacitas ad praedam investigandam, ‘because a dog has not more boldness to oppose evil, than sagacity to track out spoils’. It is likely that there is an omission in F2, and that Jonson’s MS read something like ‘a creature of no less audacity to encounter ill, as of sagacity to seeke out good’.
728 ill] Castelain; it F2; il H&S
De malignitate studentium
731 (m) Of the malignity of the learned.
731 (m) malignitate] F2 (malign:)
731–2 habent. . . deliciis They take poison for nourishment, indeed, for delicacies.
736–9 But . . . study Cf. Volp., Epistle, 91–2.
740 piety] G; Poetry F2
740–8 But . . . things From Quintilian, Inst., 1, Proem 9–14.
741 feign a commonwealth Not in Quintilian, whose topic is the orator, not the poet; from Sidney, Apology for Poetry, ed. Shepherd (2002), 91.
741 govern] Wh; gowne F2
741 govern Following Whalley, H&S, and Donaldson, OA in emending F2’s ‘gowne’ on the basis that ‘he which . . . can govern it with counsels’ translates Quintilian’s qui regere consilis urbes, ‘who governs the state with counsels’.
745 embattling Figurative; setting virtues and vices, as it were, in battle array (OED, Embattle v. 11).
746 challenge ‘lay claim’ (OED, v. 5).
Controversiales scriptores
749 (m) Controversial writers.
749–56 Some . . . defiled From Erasmus, De libero arbitrio (‘A Discussion of Free Will’), written in response to Luther (1522), in CWE, 76.7: ‘or, to give a better comparison, when people have come to blows they turn anything that happens to be at hand, be it a cup or a dish, into a weapon. I ask you – what unbiased attitude can there be among people with such an attitude? What results do such disputations produce, beyond each party going off covered with the other’s spit?’
749 (m) Controversiales] F2 (Controvers.)
More andabatarum, qui clausis oculis pugnant
750 (m) ‘After the fashion of the andabatae, who fight with closed eyes’. An andabata was a Roman gladiator whose helmet had no openings for the eyes; Erasmus cross-refers his adage ‘Andabatae’ with that of ‘Mulgere hircum’, ‘Milking a he-goat’; see CWE, 33.207, and next note.
751–2 The . . . sieve Lucian, Demonax, 28; said of two philosophers debating irrelevantly. See also Erasmus, CWE, 31.277 and 750n. Cf. Devil, 5.2.2.
Morbi
758 (m) Diseases.
758–61 From Erasmus, ‘A Discussion of Free Will’, CWE, 76.12: ‘There are some bodily diseases which it is more harmful to cure than to endure, such as if someone were to bathe in the warm blood of slaughtered children to get rid of leprosy. Just so, there are certain errors which it would be less harmful to overlook than to uproot.’
758–60 As . . . child Cf. the popular Middle English romance of Amis and Amiloun, in which Amiloun’s leprosy is to be cured by the blood of his friend’s child.
760 dissimuled From Erasmus’s Lat. dissimules, concealed, or left unnoticed.
Iactantia intempestiva
762 (m) Untimely boasting.
762–6 From Pliny, Epistolae, 1.8.15. Cf. Staple, 3.2.9–13.
Adulatio
767 (m) Fawning.
767–99 A series of extracts from John of Salisbury (d. 1180), Policraticus, Bk 3. See Clayton (1979), 397–408.
771–2 especially . . . themselves John of Salisbury, Policraticus, quoted by Clayton (1979) from (Paris, 1513), Bk 3, ch. 6, folio 54: Qui sunt . . . quibus nobilium molles reserantur auriculae / quos fortunae gratia alarum suarum remigio ad sublimia subvehit et extollit, ‘those [flatterers] . . . to whom the soft ears of the nobles are opened, whom the grace of fortune conveyed aloft by the rowing of her wings, and lifted up’. Clayton argues that Jonson read this edition for its table of contents, which glosses this passage as adulatores . . . a praeclaris domibus honestos expellunt, ‘flatterers drive honest men away from distinguished houses’, which may have suggested Jonson’s ‘honest men’ at, 767.
771 her] H&S conj.; their F2
771 her wings F2 has ‘their wings’, but John of Salisbury’s text makes it clear that the wings belong to Fortune, not to the fortunate who have been passively borne aloft, and are consequently susceptible to flattery.
773–4 men . . . there John of Salisbury, Policraticus, Bk 3, ch. 5, folio 53v: Esto quod adulator sit nequior: iste non minus contemptibilis est: nec caperetur linguae tendiculis alienae si non blandiretur ipse sibi, ‘Granted that the flatterer be worse: he [the victim] is not less contemptible: he would not have been caught by the snare of another’s tongue if he was not his own flatterer.’ Clayton notes that Jonson’s whole passage disposes John’s text to emphasize the collusion of the flattered in his own flattery, perhaps a Stoic emphasis.
773 springes snares (translating tendicula, a trap).
775–6 the bitterness . . . poison John of Salisbury, Policraticus, Bk 3, ch. 6, folio 54v.
776–7 But . . . them From Seneca, Quaestiones naturales, 4a, Preface, 9: Eo enim iam dementiae venimus est qui parce adulator pro maligno est, ‘We have now come to that madness that he who flatters sparingly is considered to have maligned.’ Clayton notes that a sixteenth-century edition classifies the contents of this preface as concerning the dangers of flattery, hence Jonson’s integration of Seneca and John of Salisbury under the commonplace of Adulatio, ‘flattery’.
778–80 If . . . praise John of Salisbury, Policraticus, Bk 3, ch. 6, folio 54v.
782 friends . . . spit Cf. Und. 37.9, 45.8; also Martial, 9.14.
De vita humana
784 (m) Of human life.
784–8 From John of Salisbury, Policraticus, Bk 3, ch. 8, folios 55v–56: comedia est vita hominis super terram: ubi quisque sui oblitus personam exprimit alienam . . . et quod deterius est eo usque comediae suae insistunt: ut in se cum opus fuerit redire non possint. Vidi pueros tam diu balbucientium vitia imitari: ut postmodum nec cum vellent recte loqui potuerunt . . . et consuetudo alteri naturae assistit, ‘The life of man on earth is a comedy: where each forgetting his own plays another persona . . . And what is worse, they are so absorbed in their own comedy, that they are unable, when necessary, to return to themselves. I have seen children so long imitate the vice of stammerers, that afterwards they cannot speak correctly when they want to . . . and habit leads one to remain in the nature of another.’ The topos of the world as a stage and of the life of man as a brief scene or puppet show was ancient: see Curtius (1948), 138–44. Plato, Laws, 1.644, Horace, Satires, 2.7.82, and Seneca, Epist. 80.7, all invoke the idea, and early Christian authors developed it from 1 Corinthians, 49.9 and Job. John of Salisbury gave the traditional, pessimistic view of the theatrum mundi a new currency in the Middle Ages, but in the Renaissance the same idea took on a more positive inflection in writings such as Juan Luis Vives’ Fable About Man (1518, trans. Lenkeith in Kristeller and Randall, 1956), which celebrates man’s histrionic and mimetic talents as the creative ingenuity that will enable him to rival the gods. Given the humanistic view of the centrality of imitatio to the achievement of an authentic personal style, Jonson’s choosing to translate John of Salisbury’s pessimistic stress on the dangers of loss of self adds a striking note of pathos.
De piis et probis
789 (m) Of the honest and the devout.
789–95 John of Salisbury, Policraticus, Bk 3, ch. 9, folio 58.
789 illustrate ‘make illustrious’, but also ‘illuminate’ (OED, †1 obs.).
790–2 Abel . . . rest John of Salisbury gives Abel as exemplary of innocence, Enoch of purity of conduct (munditiam actionis); Noah of patience in hope and work; Abraham of obedience faithfully fulfilled.
Mores aulici
796 (m) Courtly manners.
796–9 Clayton gives as Jonson’s source John of Salisbury’s Policraticus, Bk 3, ch. 12, folio 62v: liquet: quia quantacumque ex familiaritate potentioris gratia videatur/diligentem cautelam exigit subditorum, ‘it is clear that the favour of the powerful, of whatever degree of familiarity it should seem to be, requires careful caution on the part of subjects’. It seems that the angling metaphor is Jonson’s striking addition.
Impiorum querela
800 (m) Complaint of the wicked.
800–4 The . . . affairs From Suetonius, Caligula, 31.
Augustus, Varus, Tiberius
802 defeat . . . legions Suetonius reports (Deified Augustus, 23) how, in 9 bc, Augustus was defeated by Varus, and ‘three legions with their general, his lieutenants and all the auxiliaries were cut to pieces’ (tribus legionibus cum duce legatisque et auxiliis omnibus caesis).
802–3 Tiberius . . . Fidenae See Tacitus, Annals, 4.62–3. In ad 27, an amphitheatre built without solid foundations collapsed during a show, crushing 50,000 people. Suetonius, Tiberius, 40, reports ‘more than twenty thousand’.
803 Fidenae]Wh; lidenae F2
803 imminent] Castelain; eminent F2
803 imminent Castelain’s emendation of F2’s ‘eminent’; Suetonius, Tiberius, writes, suo oblivionem imminere prosperitate rerum, ‘his oblivion was imminent through the prosperity of his affairs’, but the two words were sometimes confused in Jonson’s time: see OED, Imminent adj. †5, and Eminent adj. 6.
804 headsman one who beheads; an executioner (OED, 2).
805–6 he wished . . . hands Suetonius, Caligula, 30, reports Caligula’s saying, but Dio Cassius, Roman History, 59.30, tells further how it was recalled by the populace when Caligula was slain, ‘and they showed him that it was he who had but one neck, whereas they had many hands’.
Nobilium ingenia
808 (m) Characteristics of the nobility.
808–15 From Machiavelli, Il principe, ch. 9, ‘De principatu civili’ (‘The Constitutional Principality’). Boughner (1968), 139, notes that Jonson’s language is closer to Machiavelli’s Italian than to the much reprinted Latin translation by Sylvester Telius (1560). Machiavelli makes these observations about the nobility in the context of debating whether the constitutional prince may rely more safely on nobility or populace.
813 design . . . say Cf. ‘Expostulation’ (6.378, lines 55–6), ‘which by a specious, fine / Term of the architect’s, is called “design”!’ See Gordon, ed. Orgel (1975), 94–6. Jonson subverts this fashionable term of art by hinting at the word’s sense of underhand contrivance, oddly thought by the OED to have developed only in the eighteenth century (OED, 1b, 5).
Principium variatio
816 (m) variatio] Donaldson, OA (subst.); varia. F2
816 (m) The variety of princes.
816–22 There . . . satisfy From Machiavelli, Il principe, 9.2. Jonson has consulted Telius’s Latin translation (Boughner, 1968, 140): Qui optimatum subsidio principatum subit, difficilius quam populi suffragiis eo euihitur, sustinebit, ‘Whoever comes to sovereignty by the support of the nobles will hold it with more difficulty than if he is carried into it by the votes of the people.’ Machiavelli distinguishes the fine (aims) of people and nobility in electing a prince: volendo questi opprimere e quello non essere opresso, ‘the latter wishing to oppress, the former to avoid oppression’, while in Jonson’s condensed rendering this distinction remains implicit.
Firmissima vero omnium basis ius haereditarium principis
819–20 (m) ‘Truly, the firmest foundation of all is the hereditary right of the prince’, from Telius’s translation, ch. 2, De ius [sic] qui haereditario iure obveniunt principatibus, ‘Of the right which by the law of inheritance falls to the lot of principalities’; Machiavelli’s version in Il principe is simply: De principatibus hereditariis, ‘Of hereditary principalities’; see Boughner (1968), 140.
823–8 Nor . . . faithful From Machiavelli, Il principe, ch. 9: E non sia alcuno che repugni a questa mia opinione con quello proverbo trito, che chi fonda in sul populo, fonda in sul fango: perché quello è vero, quando uno citadino privato vi fa su fondamento, e dassi ad intendere che il populo lo liberi, quando fussi oppresso da’ nimici o da’ magistrati . . . Ma, sendo uno principe che vi fondi su, che possa commandare e sia uomo di core, né si sbigottisca nelle avversità, e non manchi delle altre preparazioni . . . mai si troverrà ingannato da lui, ‘Let no one contradict this opinion of mine with that trite proverb, that he who builds on the people builds on mud. That may be so when a private citizen bases his power on the people and takes it for granted that the people will rescue him if he is in danger from enemies or from the magistrates . . . But if it is a prince who bases his power on the people, one who can command and is a man of courage, who does not despair in adversity, who does not fail to take precautions . . . he will never be deceived by the people.’
Clementia
829 (m) ‘Mercy’. Again, this gloss shows Jonson reading Telius; see Boughner (1968), 140.
829–31 A prince . . . Machiavel Referring to Machiavelli’s approval of the example of Cesare Borgia, who, having employed the cruel Remirro de Orca to bring about unity in Romagna, had his minister executed and displayed in the piazza, to show that the regime’s cruelty had come from de Orca, and not from himself (Il principe, ch. 7). Jonson’s use of irony to distance himself from the view of the author he quotes is unusual. In general, Jonson’s tendency to read Machiavelli pragmatically and topically works against such ironic distance. Boughner (1968), 142–4, argues that, by the time of Discoveries, Jonson is rejecting the Machiavelli he had once imitated. However, Kahn (1994), 93–131, offers a typology of English interpretations of Machiavelli which would tend to associate Jonson’s commonplace-book method itself with an appreciation of the rhetorical and ethical flexibility of Machiavelli’s writing.
Machiavel
831–8 But . . . number From Seneca, De Clementia, 1.24.1–3; 1.3.3; 1.8.6–7; 1.10.4. Jonson, following Seneca, mingles pragmatic reasons for clemency with ethical ones. Jonson’s presiding, forgiving authority figure in EMI is named ‘Doctor Clement’ (‘Justice Clement’ in F).
831–2 puts . . . beast Cf. 706 and note. Jonson’s assertion that the use of cruelty dehumanizes may critique Machiavelli’s argument in ch. 18 that a prince should ‘know how to use the beast and the man’ in himself, which itself mutates into a distinction not between beast and man, but between beast and beast: the prince must ‘learn from the fox and the lion’.
833 this clemency] F2; his Clemency] H&S
834 sometimes . . . cases This qualifying phrase is not in Seneca, De Clementia, 1.24.1, who simply says, Non minus principi turpia sunt multa supplicia quam medico multa funera, ‘numerous executions are not less shameful to the prince than many funerals to a doctor’; Jonson’s sense of occasio, of case-by-case unpredictability, is itself Machiavellian, as the marginal note at 836 suggests.
Haud infima ars in principe, ubi lenitas, ubi severitas, plus polleat in commune bonum callere
836 (m) It is not the least art in a prince, to be expert in knowing when lenity and when severity will be more powerful for the common good.
Clementia tutela optima
841 (m) Mercy the best protection.
841 These] F3; There F2
841 (m)] F2 state 1; Clementia tutelat opima F2 state 2
842 factors agents.
St Nicholas
843–6 He . . . thanks Machiavelli, Il principe, ch. 8: li iniurie si debbono fare tutte insieme, acciò che, assaporandosi meno, offendino meno: e’ benefizii si debbono fare poco a poco, acciò che si assaporino meglio, ‘Injuries must be inflicted once and for all; people will forget the taste, and be less resentful; benefits must be conferred little by little; that way they will taste better.’
843 cruel to halves cruel in part, ‘by halves’.
843 St Nicholas Niccolò Machiavelli, here ironically associated with St Nicholas of Bari, bishop of Myra (ad 300–99), whose feast day (6 December) is celebrated with gifts; the name ‘St Nicholas’ has become ‘Santa Claus’.
843 loseth] F3; looseth F2
845–6 loseth the thanks fails to gain the advantage of his subjects’ feeling graditude and loyalty for benefits conferred.
846 Still . . . cruelty ‘Still’ suggests that Jonson is reading on, from the discussion of Cesare Borgia in ch. 7 of Il principe to the discussion of Agathocles in ch. 8. See Kahn (1994), 18–37, for an account of the way in which the sequence of Borgia and Agathocles as ascending examples of cruelty urges the reader in the direction of the flexible constitutionalism advocated in ch. 9 (which Jonson endorses at 816–28). Jonson may thus be responding, in Machiavellian fashion, to Machiavelli’s own ‘immanent critique of tyranny’ in chs. 7 and 8 (Kahn, 1994, 136).
846–56 But . . . benefits From Seneca, De Clementia, 1.13.2–5. Seneca’s tyrant, who cannot alter the habit (non liceat illi mutare mores) of cruelty, brings out Machiavelli’s latent critique of the equation of cruelty with virtù in ch. 8, since the prince who is forced to use force is no longer master of political contingency.
847 obnoxious submissive.
855–6 He . . . benefits Seneca, De Clementia, 1.13.15, suo beneficio tutus, ‘protected by his own benefits’; tutus comes from tueo, ‘to watch over’. Jonson exploits Seneca’s distinction between the tyrant for whom no techniques of surveillance could guarantee his safety, and the good prince, the memory of whose deeds forms a kind of reverse surveillance, in the form of his subjects’ benevolent regard for him.
856 (m) Religion, Homer’s Palladium.
Religio, Palladium Homeri
857–8 The . . . sacking From Farnese, Diphtera Iovis, Bk 1, 105–6: Quod cardo imperii ipsa sit religio . . . Non ex[s]angue, et aridum est Homeri testimonium. Nam cur apud eum civitas in qua erat Palladium nulla vi hostium expugnari poterat? Nihil est Palladium, si superstitioni veterum credimus, nisi religio: quacum semper crescit, et decrescit Imperium, ‘That religion is the very hinge of empire . . . Not dry and bloodless is the testimony of Homer. For why in his poem could the polity in which the Palladium was be captured without enemy’s force? The Palladium is nothing but religion, if we are to believe in the superstition of the ancients, with which the empire ever grows and decreases.’ Boughner (1968), 150, says the sentiment is Machiavellian; Machiavelli, Discorsi sopra la prima deca di Tito Livio (written 1513–17; 1531), Bk 1, ch. 11, argues for the political utility of religion. Jonson also marked in his copy of Lipsius, Politica, Bk 4, ch. 2, arguments that justify the need for religious faith (and religious toleration) in politically pragmatic terms; see Evans (1992a), 73 and appendix.
857 Palladium A wooden image of Pallas Athene, which protected Troy until its theft by Odysseus and Diomedes enabled the sack of Troy. The story is told in Ovid, Fasti (‘Calendar’), 6.419–60 and Virgil, Aeneid, 2.162–79.
860 two] Wh; too F2
860–2 Justice . . . mercy H&S derive this from Seneca, De Clementia, 1.1.9; Seneca says to Nero that no one is so sure of his own innocence as not to rejoice that mercy ‘stands in sight’ (stare in conspectu clementiam).
863 capital punishable by execution. Lat. capitalis, ‘relating to the head’, legally, ‘that which imperils life’.
867–8 Euripides . . . body Cf. Und. 84.4.72. Not, apparently, from Euripides, but from Seneca, Epist., 31.11, at the climax of a letter on the seeking of one’s soul – defined as that which resists the control of time or chance – through work and the attainment of knowledge: Quid aliud voces hunc quam deum in corpore humano hospitantem?, ‘What else could you call this [animus, the soul] but a god dwelling as a guest in a human body?’
Euripides
Tyranni
871 Terminus In Roman religion, the god who protected boundaries; see Ovid, Fasti, 2.639–84. Ovid addresses the god as a stone or tree stump and describes how he is sprinkled with a lamb’s blood at an annual ritual of the marking of the boundaries. A prince who thinks his own sceptre describes the boundary between sacred and profane will likewise be steeped in blood.
871 a crowned lion See William Caxton, The historye of reynart the foxe (1481), sig. A4.
876–9 princes . . . family Jonson developed this idea in Sej.
Sejanus
877 (m) Sejanus] Wh; Scianus F2
877 Sejanus] Wh; Scianus F2
877–8 near . . . put them F2 reads ‘neere about him; who will at last affect to get above’ him, and put them’; Whalley gives ‘him’ for the first two pronouns, and ‘them’ for the last; Gifford, Castelain, and Schelling give ‘them’ for all three; H&S assume ‘him’ in the first two instances is a misreading for ‘’hem’.
877 about them] G; about him F2; about ’hem H&S
878 above them] G; above ’him F2; above ’hem H&S
879–80 For . . . such From Pliny, Panegyricus (‘Oration in Praise’), 44, to the Emperor Trajan: scis et expertus es, quanto opere detestentur malos principes, etiam qui malos faciunt, ‘you know and have experienced how evil rulers come to be hated, even by those who made them evil’. For a relevant discussion of Lipsius’s use of Panegyricus to comment on the duties of princes, see Morford (1991), 124–6.
883 (m) An illiterate prince.
Illiteratus princeps
884–5 In . . .  to be counselled Possibly recalling Plutarch, Ad principium ineruditum, 780C: ‘. . . he cannot rule who is under no rule. But most people foolishly believe the first advantage of ruling is freedom from being ruled.’
886 best . . . books From the close of the prefatory epistle of Lipsius’s Politica (see 379–80n.): Alphonsus olim, eximius ille regum, interrogatus, Qui essent optimi consiliarii? Mortui, respondit. Libros scilicet et haec talia monimenta intelligens, qui nihil blandientes, nihil celantes, puram meramque propinant veritatem, ‘Alphonsius, distinguished among kings, being once asked, Who were the best counsellors?, responded, “The dead”, meaning thereby, of course, books and other such monuments of intelligence, which, neither flattering, nor concealing, lay out pure and unadulterated truth.’ Jonson has underlined this anecdote in his copy and marked it; see Evans (1992a), 29 and appendix. Since Lipsius addresses his prefatory epistle to ‘Emperors, Kings, Princes’, his use of this anecdote has reflexive force. Cf. Bacon, Essays, ‘Of Counsel’: ‘It was truly said, optimi consiliarii mortui, books will speak plain when counsellors blanch.’
888–90 They . . . groom Plutarch, quoting Carneades, in Quomodo adulator ab amico internoscatur (‘How to tell a Flatterer from a Friend’), Moralia, 58F.
894 (m) The distinctive mark or style of a prince.
894 (m)] F2 state 2 (subst.); Character. Principis F2 state 1, located at 896
Character principis
894–908 If . . . enemy A series of adages collected from Lipsius’s Politica, Bk 4, ch. 11. Book 4 is concerned with prudent government; ch. 11 urges the prince to avoid causes of hate, whereby government is overthrown. Chastisements, tributes, and censure of manners are given as such causes and Lipsius advises moderation in them. Jonson’s annotations in his copy begin where Lipsius writes ‘Venio ad Tributa lenienda’, ‘I come to the need to mitigate taxes’, thereafter underlinings abound; see Evans (1992a), 75 and appendix. Jonson’s attention to Lipsius’s counsel of moderation in taxation may comment on James’s and Charles’s repeated difficulties in obtaining subsidies from the House of Commons, as well as on the unpopularity of royal monopolies evinced in the 1621 Parliament.
895 were, there] F3; were. There F2
897–8 He . . . fells Tiberius’s response to governors who recommended an increase in provincial taxation was boni pastoris esse tondere pecus, non deglubere, ‘it behoves a good shepherd to shear, not to skin the sheep’ (Suetonius, Tiberius, 32).
897 shear, not] F3; sheere, no F2
897 flay] G; flea F2
898 fells skins.
Alexander magnus
900–1 Alexander . . . roots Erasmus mentions this saying of Alexander the Great’s in explication of the adage (see 897–8n.) (Adagia, 3.7.10–12, Opera omnia, 2.6.430–2).
901–3 A . . . followeth Proverbs, 30.33.
903–4 He . . . again Lipsius takes this metaphor from Cicero’s complaint of the financial ‘clipping of his wings’ in Ad Atticum (‘Letters to Atticus’), 6.2.5.
903 subjects’] G; Subjects F2
904–5 that . . . subjects’ Lipsius, Politica, Bk 4, ch. 11, advises that taxation be moderate and quotes Pliny praising Trajan for not making his exchequer a depository for the blood-soaked spoils of citizens (Panegyricus, 36). Lipsius notes that that a thrifty governor encounters less opposition to his taxes, and enjoys more plentiful resources.
906–7 Not . . . slaughters In Roman history, successful generals (who enjoyed quasi-dictatorial powers) took surnames from their conquests: thus, Scipio the elder defeated Carthage at Zama in 202 bc and gained the cognomen ‘Africanus’; his adopted son, Scipio Aemilianius Africanus, ‘Numantius’ for starving Numantia into defeat in 135 bc.
906 Roman tyrants] Wh; Romans Tyrans F2
912 disquisition careful investigation; Lat. disquiro, ‘to inquire into’.
912–13 all suffrages a unanimous vote.
914 do, acknowledge it] H&S (subst.); doe acknowledge it F2; do not, acknowledge it, Schelling conj.
914 if . . . mend it From the sense ‘if the prince does sell or give honours hastily, he must acknowledge it, though such acknowledgement is belated by comparison with preventing the wrong’. Schelling, finding the passage ‘obscure’, conjectured supplying ‘not’ after ‘if he do’, to give the sense, ‘if he do not bestow honours with counsel and as a reward, acknowledge it and mend it’.
915 it] F2; omitted Wh
921–2 Delphic sword Aristotle, Politics, 1.1.5, refers disparagingly to the ‘Delphic knife’ as an instrument which serves more than one purpose. Erasmus, ‘Delphicus Gladicus’, stresses the adaptability of the ‘Delphic sword’, making it a metaphor for learning and literature, which have many uses; see CWE, 33.173.
923 (m) Of the favoured.
De gratiosis
923–6 Versified in Und. 75.113–20; translation of a letter of Gaius Sollius Apollinarus Sidonius (c. ad 430–79) to Gaudentius, 1.4.1: o terque quaterque beatum te, de cuius culmine datur amicis laetitia, lividis poena, posteris gloria, tum praeterea vegetis et alacribus exemplum, desidibus et pigris incitamentum, ’O three and four times happy thou [Aeneid, 1.94], by whose elevation joy is brought to your friends, punishment to your detractors, and honour to your posterity; an example, moreover, to the energetic and zealous and a spur to the lazy.’ See R. S. Peterson (1981), 103.
927 (m) The rich.
Divites
Haeredes ex asse
929 (m) ‘Sole heirs’; in Roman law the as was the unit of value, and so ‘whole’ or ‘undivided’.
932 (m) ‘Thieves of the public weal’. Aulus Gellius quotes Cato the Censor, Noctes Atticae, 11.18.18: Fures privatorum furtorum in nervo atque in compedibus aetatem agunt; fures publici in auro atque purpura, ‘For their thefts, private thieves spend time in bonds and fetters; public thieves in gold and purple.’
932 The . . . crown Schelling noted that some of ‘the greatest names of the age . . . justly fall under this head’, citing Bacon’s conviction for taking bribes, and the impeachment of Sir Lionel Cranfield for malversion in 1624; on financial corruption in the period, see Peck (1990).
Fures publici
932 lightly usually.
932–3 hang the less still are less often punished by hanging.
933–4 The . . . meat Terence, Phormio, 331–3, Partly quoted in Latin at 936: qui non rete accipitri tennitur neque milvo, / quia male faciunt nobis: illis qui nihil faciunt tennitur, / quia enim in illis fructus est, in illis opera luditur, ‘Because a net is not spread for a hawk or a kite, which do us harm; it is spread for innocent birds, because of course there is profit in catching these, with the others it is a waste of labour.’
Iuvenalis
935 Juvenal, Satires, 2.63: ‘Our censor absolves the raven, and passes judgement on the dove.’
936 Terence, Phormio, 331; see 933–4n.
Plautus
936 tennitur] Donaldson, OA (subst.); tenditur F2
936 milvo] F2; milvio G; miluo H&S
938 huff swagger.
939 place . . . nothing Cf. Bacon, Apophthegms, no. 128, ‘Chilon said that kings’ friends and favourites were like casting counters that sometimes stood for one, sometimes for ten, sometimes for a hundred.’ A ‘casting counter’ is an accounting token, which can stand for varying sums of money, depending on where it is placed.
Louis Ⅸ
940–3 Louis . . . did The clerk is unidentified; H&S note that the story is retold, probably from Jonson, in T. Forde, Virtus rediviva (1661), 21.
944 (m) Concerning good and evil.
De bonis et malis
944–9 From Apuleius’s speech of defence against accusations that he used magic to wed a rich widow (Apologia, sive de Magia Liber, ‘Apology, or the Book of Magic’, 7–9): pudor enim veluti vestis quanto obsoletior est, tanto incuriosius habetur, ‘For it is with shame as with a garment, the more it is worn, the less it is cared for.’ Jonson marked this passage in his copy of Apuleius, see Evans (1995a), 94.
950 (m) Of the innocent.
De innocentia
950 ] this edn; no new paragraph in F2
950 An . . . it Also from Apuleius, Apologia, 5.10, who quotes the comic poet Statius Caecilius (d. 168 bc) saying that innocence is eloquence, and that on those grounds he will yield to no one in eloquence. For Jonson’s underlining of this passage, see Evans (1995a), 95.
951 whither] F3; whether F2
952–3 I . . . ones Jonson was imprisoned for co-authorship of Dogs (1597); cited before the Lord Chief Justice for Poet. (1601); summoned before the Privy Council by the Earl of Northampton for Sej. (1603); imprisoned for his share in East. Ho! (1605); ‘accused’, according to Drummond, Informations, 319, for Devil (1616); examined by the Attorney General in relation to verses approving of the assassination of the Duke of Buckingham (26 Oct. 1628); and held liable by the Court of High Commission for references to Arminianism in Mag. Lady (1632); see Butler (1991–2). Patterson (1984), 139, argues that F1 responded to these conditions of censorship by being obliquely critical of Jacobean court politics, but see Burt (1993) for an alternative analysis of the complicity of Jonson’s relationship with the discourses of censorship in Stuart England.
955 far] F2 (subst.); fair Wh
955 starting-holes places of refuge from hunters. The image suggests the accusers are like crafty foxes. Cf. Sej., 4.114.
957 engineers] Wh; Ingineers F2
957 engineers Cf. Sej., 1.4; Epigr. 115.31. The word is always used disparagingly by Jonson, for a plotter or layer of snares.
959 against my profession See 202–3 and n.
959–60 hired . . . impudence Jonson’s loathing of hired informers is dramatized in Poet., where Lupus and Tucca, having accused Horace and Maecenas of seditious libel, plan to ‘beg their land betimes’ (5.3.48).
963 They . . . me They accused me of making verses.
965 but by pieces Nashe, accused with Jonson for Dogs, also comments on lawyers taking writings out of context in order to prove seditious intent: ‘so he that shall have his lines bandied by our usual plodders in Fitzherbert, let him not care whether they be right or wrong: for they will writhe and turn them as they list, and make the author believe he meant what he never did mean’ (Works, 3.215).
969–79 At . . . riches From Apuleius’s Apologia, 18. In response to his accusers’ allegations of his poverty, Apuleius argues that poverty proves him a philosopher, and that riches nourish crimes; the greatest achievements have come from those who from the cradle have been nursed in poverty. Jonson’s version follows Apuleius closely.
970 domestic Apuleius has vernacula, ‘slave born in the household’ (whence ‘vernacular’, native language).
972 nurse-children of offspring nourished by.
974 mighty hunters Echoing Genesis, 10.9, of the tyrant Nimrod: ‘the mighty hunter before the Lord’.
980–1008 Woven together from Seneca, Epist., 119.9–11; 110.6; 119.13–4, 6; 110.14–9; aptly following Jonson’s adaptation of Apuleius’s argument that poverty is proof of virtue, not crime.
980 (m) Love of money.
Amor nummi
981–5 Oh . . . precious Jonson versified these lines in Staple, 3.2.238–48; H&S query the fact that sentiments ‘here presented as Jonson’s own reflection’ should be ‘put on the lips of the contemptible miser, Penniboy Senior’. But the ‘commonplaces’ of Discoveries are arguments which may be used on either side of a question.
984–8 not . . . hid Cf. Forest 12.24–6. Horace, Odes, 3.3.49–52, calls gold ‘better placed, while earth hides it’, melius situm / cum terra celat; cf. Milton, Paradise Lost, 1.688, on ‘treasures better hid’ in earth.
990 could] F2; would Wh
991–93 What . . . ambitious Cf. Lear, 2.4.267ff.
994 praemunire Originally a writ to prevent the prosecution in a foreign (papal) court of a suit that could be tried by the common law, the word came to signify the offence of obeying a foreign dignitary (the pope). Catholics who refused to take the Oath of Allegiance after the Gunpowder Plot in 1605 were subject to praemunire, which might result in heavy fines or even execution. Hence the paralleling of praemunire with beggary, proscription, and poison.
994 begged Possibly meaning ‘having his estate begged by the informer who has testified against him for gain’, or possibly simply ‘beggared’.
994 proscribed condemned to death and to the confiscation of property.
994–1005 Oh . . . lives Again, versified in Staple, 3.4.45–68.
995 gullet . . . groin Cf. Epigr. 117, 118.
997 stews Ponds in which fish were kept for the table.
997 tissues Rich cloth, often interwoven with gold or silver.
1001–4 Have . . . day At the visit of Christian IV of Denmark to James’s court in July 1606, for which Jonson wrote the entertainment, Two Kings. A striking criticism of the waste involved in the ‘short bravery’ (Forest 3.10) of the court masque in which Jonson himself had been so heavily invested.
1002 hither also] Schelling; hither. Also F2; hither? Also Wh; hither? all conj.; Swinburne, hither, all Gollancz
1002 hither also Schelling’s emendation for F2, which reads, ‘and what a forraigne King could bring hither. Also to make himselfe gaz’d, and wonder’d at.’
1005 lives, when . . . spectator?] OA; lives? when . . . Spectator. F2
1006 not possessed;] Wh; not possess’d F2
1008 famine ends famine This paradox sums up Jonson’s account of the paradox of the conspicuous consumption of courtly masque: to the extent that its purpose is to make wealth conspicuous, the masque precludes its own ‘possession’ or ‘consumption’, whether as meaning, or as the sensuous enjoyment of wealth.
De mollibus et effeminatis
1009 (m) Of the soft and effeminate.
1009 (m) effeminatis] OA; effamanitis F2; effoeminatis Wh
1009–45 From Seneca, Epist., 115.2, 6–18. Seneca’s letter opens on a question of style: Lucilius should beware of paying more attention to style than to matter, which is as ludicrous as men who attend to their appearances rather than their souls. Although inward virtue in men is radiant to the discerning, what most people admire is superficial, the decor, not the architecture; we are all brought up to respect and pay attention to wealth. Jonson follows Seneca closely.
1009 kempt] Wh; kempt’d F2
1009 kempt combed, tidied.
1010 curious fastidious.
1011 morphew leprous or scurfy eruption (OED, n.†).
1012–13 gumming . . . beards Shaping and controlling their beards, as if with a bridle, by applying waxes and gums.
1013–14 waist . . . waste Cf. Und. 9.16. The different senses of ‘waste’ and ‘waist’ were not distinguished by different spellings in Jonson’s time.
1014 Nor] Castelain; Not F2
1014 Nor F2 has ‘Not’, but the structure of the paragraph demands ‘Nor’ As the source text for 1009–14 is Seneca, while 1014–19 comes from Plutarch, it is striking that the sense seems to demand a conjunction here.
1014–19 Nor . . . themselves From Plutarch, Quomodo quis suos in virtute sentiat profectus (‘How one may become aware of his progress in moral virtue’), Moralia, 82B (see 1055–8n.): ‘as a man . . . by criticizing himself for being short or hump-backed, imagines that he is showing a spirit of youthful bravado, while at the same time the inward ugliness of his soul, the despicable acts of his life . . . he covers up and conceals as though they were wounds . . . because of his fear of being reprehended’. Jonson complicates Seneca’s warning about the triviality of those obsessed with appearances with Plutarch’s subtler recognition that an assumed disregard for one’s own appearance is no guarantor of moral integrity, but may mask a more serious disregard for one’s inner well-being.
1055–8 outward ornaments Presumably honours and titles, as at 1023.
1022 false light Cf. Und. 47.65, 52.21, where the phrase seems to signify, variously, the torchlight of masques, and the illusory lights and shades of paintings, as opposed to the true light of reason, and of Jonson’s unflattering poetry.
1024 birdlime Glutinous substance spread on to twigs to catch birds.
1025 (m) Of foolishness.
De stultitia
1026 fairing present bought at a fair.
1028 cockleshells . . . hobby-horses Seneca, Epist., 115.8, simply has omne ludicrum, ‘every toy’; Jonson’s specificity recalls Cokes at Leatherhead’s stall in Bart. Fair, 3.4.
1029 gilded roofs Cf. Forest 2.3.
1029 lath . . . loam ‘Laths’ are strips of wood beneath the (gilded) tiles of a roof, or (painted and decorated) plaster of a wall; ‘lime’ is mortar or cement; and ‘loam’ is clay moistened with water, used for plaster, bricks, etc.
1031–2 all . . . is Condensing Seneca, Epist., 115.10, which says that the famous men of the day hide evil ‘under a thin coating of titles’ (sub . . . tenui membrana dignitatis), which are purchased by money.
1032 all] F2; as Castelain
1037 (m) Of those who torment themselves.
De sibi molestis
1038 even . . . loss Seneca, Epist., 115.16.
1040–1 A . . . shake him Cf. Und. 47.59–60.
1041 secure regardless.
1046 (m) Dangerous melancholy.
1046–53 From Seneca, Epist., 114.23–5; see 502–9 and n. for Jonson’s version of another section of this letter. Here Seneca describes how the soul, having yielded to indulgence, gradually degenerates into the spectator and witness of passions it can no longer feel, and finally grieves at the body’s own limitations of its vice. Cf. Und. 15.131–40, and see Donaldson (1987b), 31–4.
Periculosa melancholia
1051 dicing] F2; dining G
1051 drabbing visiting prostitutes.
1054 (m) Avoiding the appearance of falsehood.
Falsae species fugiendae
1055 Till . . . place Plutarch has Diogenes relate a similar anecdote, ‘How one may become aware of his progress in moral virtue’, Moralia, 82D, deriving the moral that the more one conceals a vice, the less one is able to escape from it.
1056 Black Lucy’s] G; Blacke-Lucis F2
1056 Black Lucy’s Lucy Morgan, one of Queen Elizabeth’s gentlewomen who became a well-known London brothel-keeper; see Hotson (1964), 244–55. ‘Black Luce her house’ is mentioned in the Star Chamber trial of another London bawd in 1595 (Hotson, 252–4). References to her abound in plays of the period: ‘Lucy Negro’, the abbess of Clerkenwell, Gesta Grayorum (1594) (ed. D. S. Bland, 1968, 17 and n.); ‘Lucia Negra’ in 3.5 of Barnabe Barnes’s The Devil’s Charter (1607) (ed. N. De Somogyi, 1999, 55); Hotson gives others.
1059 – yea great ones –] Donaldson, OA; yea, great ones F2
1060 (m) We are deceived by appearance.
Decipimur specie
1066 endenizen make a denizen, naturalize. In Jonson’s Grammar English words derived from Greek are ‘endenizened’ (1.4.191).
1069 (m) The dejection of courtiers.
1069 (m)] F2 (Dejectio Aulic.)
Deiectio aulicorum
1070 courtiers, commonly. Look] OA; Courtiers commonly looke F2
1071 pride] F2 (subst.); their pride conj. Swinburne
1074 (m) Poetry and painting.
1074 This whole passage is loosely derived from Antonio Possevino’s Bibliotheca selecta, qua agitur de ratione studiorum (‘Select bibliography, concerning the method of studies’) (Rome, 1593); here quoted from the 1603 edn, Bk 17. Possevino (1534–1612) was a Jesuit and papal diplomat, who wrote on many subjects. His Bibliotheca is a compendium of all kinds of learning, adapted to Jesuit needs.
Poesis et pictura
Plutarchus
1075 Plutarch A saying of Simonides quoted by Plutarch in his oration Bellone an pace clariores fuerint Athenienses (‘Whether military or intellectual exploits have brought Athens more fame’), Moralia, 346F. Simonides’ analogy between poetry and painting has had ‘serious consequences in the history of criticism’ (Russell, 1981, 25). Jonson’s art criticism in Discoveries assumes the analogy throughout; cf. also Und. 52, 84.4.
1076–7 accommodate . . . nature The arts of poetry and painting can depart from nature in that they invent and devise things that never were, but this is not escapist or merely fantastical; it enables a more profound understanding of reality.
1083 (m) Of painting.
1083 Whosoever . . . poetry The elder Philostratus, Εἰκόνες (‘Images’), 294K, 1.
De pictura
1084–7 Picture . . . oratory Quintilian, discussing the importance of gesture, notes the effectiveness of painting in penetrating our emotions (Inst., 11.3.67); see Houck (1968), 367–8.
1084 akin] G; a kinne F2
1087–93 There . . . beauty Adapted from Quintilian, Inst., 12.10.6–9, where he specifies the different qualities for which various named painters and sculptors from the reign of Philip of Macedon onwards were renowned.
1093–5 Zeuxis . . . lines Quintilian, Inst., 12.10.4–5.
1093 Zeuxis Greek painter, born in Heraclea, Italy, active in the fifth century bc; his paintings of grapes were said to have deceived birds. He is also credited with having added the use of highlights to shading, hence Jonson’s saying he ‘found out the reason of lights’. Pliny dates him 397 bc, but Quintilian has him active during the Peloponnesian War (431–404 bc).
1093 Parrhasius Greek painter, born in Ephesus, became an Athenian, dated by Pliny to 397 bc. He was famed for subtlety of outline, and for details of facial expression such as he discusses with Socrates in Xenophon’s Memorabilia, 3.10.1–6.
De stilo
1096 (m) Of style.
1096–7 In . . . humbleness Pliny, Epistolae, 3.13, recommends the use of the plain as well as elevated style in oratory by analogy with painting, in which light is given value by shadow. Note how immediately graphic techniques are appropriated to illustrate qualities of style in discourse. Cf. Jonson’s commendation in ‘Wright’ (2.501, lines 1–6) of Wright’s The Passions of the Mind in General: ‘In picture, they which truly understand / Require (besides the likeness of the thing) / Light, posture, heightening, shadow, colouring, / All which are parts commend the cunning hand; / And all your book (when it is throughly scanned) / Will well confess.’
1097–8 But . . . by a child Pliny, Epistolae, 4.7, mocking the ineptitude of Regulus’s memoir of his son: credas non de puero scriptum, sed a puero, ‘you would think it not written about a boy, but by a boy’. Regulus was an orator and, according to Pliny, an informer during the reigns of Nero and Domitian; he tried to trap Pliny into making a seditious speech when both were pleading in court (Epistolae, 1.5). Jonson would relish the idea that a man of such morals was an artistic failure.
Pliny
1099–1100 ‘occupy’, ‘nature’ These words had obscene senses. ‘Nature’ could mean semen, menses, or the female pudendum (OED, †n.7). On the sense of ‘occupy’ as sexual penetration, see OED Occupy v. †8 and ‘Etymology’, where it is noted that the verb fell into disuse in the seventeenth and eighteenth centuries, due to the obscene sense. Cf. also Epigr. 117.2. In the context of Jonson’s analogy between painting and poetry, the point here seems to be that euphemism deprives the writer’s style of the lexical contrast of height and humbleness, light and shadow, by making ‘all alike good’.
De progressione picturae
1102 (m) Of the progress of painting.
1102–15 Picture . . . breaking From Possevino, Bibliotheca selecta, Bk 17, ch. 33, which) inaccurately summaries Pliny, Bk 35.67–8, 75–7, 126–7.
1102 feigning from poetry The idea that ‘feigning’ (‘imitation’, ‘mimesis’) is constitutive of poetry derives from Aristotle; see 1667 and note.
1102 (m) This marginal note occurs at 1115 in F2, linked by an asterisk to ‘See where∗ he complains’. However, the entire passage comes from Pliny, Bk 35, whereas the complaint about painting chimeras belongs to Vitruvius; see 1115n.
Pliny, 35.2, 5–7
1103 (m) Pliny, 35.2, 5–7] this edn; Plin., lib.35, c.2, 5, 6, & 7 / at 1116 in F2
1103–6 Parrhasius . . . lines Closely following Possevino, Bibliotheca, Bk 17, ch. 33, 539: Parrhasius primus Symmetriam picturae dederit, primus argutias vultus, elegantiam capilli, venustatem oris, confessione artificum (ut inquit Plinius) in lineis extremis palmam adeptus, ‘was the first to give symmetry to painting, animation to the expression, elegance to the hair, loveliness to the face, and by the confession of all artificers, as Pliny says, obtained the palm of victory for outlines’. ‘Outer lines’ means ‘outlines’.
Parrhasius
1105 loveliness] Castelain; love-lines F2
Eupompus
1106–7 Eupompus . . . elegancies Greek painter, of Sicyon in the Peloponneseus (fl. fourth century bc), founder of the Sicyonic school of painting, and teacher of Apelles. Pliny and Possevino assert that Eupompus brought knowledge of numbers – the calculation of measurement and volume – to painting: primus in pictura omnibus litteris eruditus, praecipue arithmetica et geometria, sine quibus negebat artem perfici posse, ‘was the first in the art of painting who was highly educated in all learning, especially arithmetic and geometry, without which he denied that painting could attain perfection’ (Pliny, Natural History, 35.76).
1110 recessor] F2; recession Schelling
1110 recessor Translating Possevino’s recessus, ‘receding’, ‘going back’; painting learned from optics how to depict objects as if receding from the eye. Vives, De ratione dicendi libri tres, in Opera omnia (1555), Bk 2, 106–8, which Jonson read carefully (see 1333–1480) has a chapter on color or ‘colour’ in oratory, quoting Cicero, De oratore, 3.26: sed habeat tamen illa in dicendo admiratio ac summa laus umbram aliquam et recessum, ‘but this applause in the middle of a speech, and this unlimited praise had better have some shadow and some background’; see 1096–7n.
1111 perturbations Again, translating Possevino, who uses perturbatio for ‘passion’, ‘emotion’.
1111 manners ‘Morals’, ‘customs’, or ‘character’.
1114 (m) Vitruvius, 7–8] this edn; Vitruv. li. 8 & 7 / at 1118 in F2 (with the asterisk attached to Pliny citation, now relocated to 1103)
1114–15 all swellings . . . breaking The meaning of this obscure phrase from Possevino is clarified by Pliny, who describes the innovative use of encaustic – painting with heated wax – by the artist Pausias in the fourth century bc. Unlike other artists using brushwork who ‘make the parts they wish to appear obvious brightly coloured, and darken those they wish to keep less obvious’ (quae volunt eminentia videri, candicanti faciant colore, quae condunt, nigro), says Pliny, Pausias painted a sacrificial ox in encaustic, making the whole body a dark colour, yet producing the effect of substance and relief, creating ‘a uniform solidity on a broken ground’, in confracto solida omnia (Natural History, 35.127). Pausias became famed for such work in encaustic (see Robertson, 1975, 1.485–6). However, Possevino, Bibliotheca, Bk 17, ch. 34, 540, distorts Pliny’s sense by omitting mention of Pausias and his departure from current practice. Possevino reads Pliny as tracing a history of the discovery first of shading, then of colour, then of lines, and finally of the highlighting that produces the contrasts of light and shade: Pliny addidit, omnes qui volunt eminentias videri, candicantia faciunt, coloreque condiunt nigro, magna prorsus in aequo extantia ostendentes, et in confracto solida omnia, ‘says also that all the parts that they wish to appear obvious, they make brightly coloured, and all the parts they wish to keep less obvious, they make dark, with great skill showing the shapes standing out on a level surface and a uniform solidity on a broken ground’.
1115 See . . . complains Jonson is still following Possevino, Bibliotheca, Bk 17, ch. 35, 543: Vitruvius, ingemuisse, homines, qui vere naturam imitari debuissent, fabulosa commentos fuisse, quae natura ipsa nequeat efficere, ‘is said to have complained that men, who ought to have imitated nature, have feigned fabulous creatures which nature herself was unable to effect’. But ‘See where he complains’ suggests a cross-reference to the De architectura of Vitruvius Pollio (first century bc), which Jonson owned in editions of 1567 (with a commentary by Danielo Barbaro, 1513–70, Vitrivius’s Italian translator) and 1586. De architectura, 7.5.2–4, describes subjects for stucco wall-painting, commending those taken from nature, such as landscapes or the wanderings of Ulysses, and lamenting the modern fashion for decorating walls with monsters (monstra). Cf. Jonson complaining of monstrous poetic and theatrical fictions which ‘make nature afraid’ in EMI (F), Prol., and Bart. Fair, Ind., 96–8.
Vitruvius, 7–8
1115–16 chimeras . . . grotesque See Giovanni Battista Armenini, De’ vere precetti della pittura (Ravenna, 1586), On the True Precepts of the Art of Painting, trans. E. Olszewski (1977), 261–3, from whom Possevino takes his discussion. Armenini believed (after Leonardo da Vinci) that classical grotesques or chimeras – fanciful creatures painted on walls – originated when the artist gazed at spots or stains on a wall and perceived their representational possibilities. Armenini says grottesche, or grotesques, were called by the ancients chimere, chimeras. Giorgio Vasari’s life of Giovanni da Udine is the authority for the term grottesche. Giovanni da Udine discovered such fanciful images as Vitruvius describes in subterranean chambers in Rome; these, wrote Vasari, ‘were called grottesche because they had first been found in these grottoes’, Lives (1852), 5.19, but the excavated grotto was later discovered to be the Golden House of Nero. Hence Armenini prefers the term ‘chimera’, and Jonson notes that such paintings are ‘unaptly called grotesque’.
a Horatius in Arte Poetica
1118 Horace. . . at Possevino, Bibliotheca, Bk 17, ch. 35, quotes the opening description of a monster in lines 9–13 of Horace’s Ars Poetica; see Horace 1, 1–13. Once again the painterly analogy underwrites a particular poetic aesthetic, stressing decorum and verisimilitude.
1119 statuary, sculpture,] Wh; Statuary sculpture, F2; Statuary: Sculpture, H&S
1120–1 Socrates. . . imagery As Quintilian mentions (Inst., 12.10.4), Xenophon’s Memorabilia, 3.10, features a conversation in which Socrates elicits from Parrhasius and Cleiton the acknowledgement that their exact imitation of the visible surface of the human body enables them to imitate the invisible qualities of the human subject, such as ‘the character of the soul’, which Jonson translates as ‘manners’ (see 1111). Parrhasius was actually a painter, not a ‘statuary’, or sculptor, as Jonson would seem to know; see 1103 and 1122.
b Socrates, Parrhasius, Clito
1122–3 Polygnotus and Aglaophon Mentioned as the first distinguished painters by Quintilian, Inst., 12.10.3. Pliny, Natural History, 35, calls Polygnotus a sculptor and dates him before 420 bc. He was the son and pupil of Aglaophon of Thasos, and is known, among other work, for his painting of the ‘Lesche’ (meeting-house) of citizens of Cnidus, noted by Pausanias, Description of Greece, 10.25–31.
c Polygnotus, Aglaophon
1122 Zeuxis. . . after Parrhasius From Quintilian, Inst., 12.10.5, who compares Zeuxis to Homer, and then says that Parrhasius (‘ille vero’ – ‘that one, indeed’, referring back to 12.10.4, in which he has mentioned Parrhasius as the ‘second’ in a pair with Zeuxis) has been called legum latorem, the ‘law-giver of art’, in that other artists follow his representations of gods and heroes. Jonson seems to have assumed that the ille referred to Zeuxis.
d Zeuxis
e Parrhasius
1123–4 about Philip’s time As H&S note, Jonson here attributes to Zeuxis and Parrhasius a date that Quintilian applies to the subsequent progress of painting, after the demise of these earlier artists. Quintilian writes (Inst., 12.10.6): Floruit autem circa Philippum et usque ad successores Alexandri pictura praecipue, sed diversis virtutibus, ‘Painting, however, flourished especially from about the time of Philip to the successors of Alexander, but according to diverse talents.’ H&S suggest that Jonson read ‘pictura’ (painting) as ablative, not nominative, and so construed it with diversis virtutibus, and makes Zeuxis, named at 12.10.5, the subject.
1124–7 There . . . Sartorio Taken from Possevino, Bibliotheca, Bk 17, ch. 34, 542. He himself takes the list from Armenini, De’ veri precetti della pittura, Bk 1, ch. 1. Cf. Und. 77.6–7. Raphael Sanzio (1483–1520); Michaelangelo di Lodovico Buonarotti (1475–1564); Tiziano Vecelli (c. 1488–1576); Antonio Allegri da Corregio (c. 1494–1534); Sebastiano del Piombo, also known as Luciani, born in Venice, hence ‘de Venetia’ (1485–1547); Giulio Romano, properly Giulio Pippi de’ Giannuzzi (c. 1492–1546); Andrea del Sarto, properly D’Agnolo (1486–1531).
f Raphael de Urbino, Michelangelo Buonarota, Titian, Antonio de Correggio, Sebastian de Venetia, Giulio Romano, Andrea Sartorio
1127 (m) Michelangelo Buonarota,] F2 (Mich: Angel. Buonarota.)
1127 (m) Antonio de Correggio,] F2 (Antonie de Correg.)
1127 (m) Sebastian de Venetia,] F2 (Sebast: de Venet.)
1127 (m) Giulio Romano,] F2 (Iulio Romano.)
1128 (m) Andrea Sartorio] F2 (subst.); [del] Sarto Schelling
Parasiti ad mensam
1128 ∗These] this edn; ∗There H&S
1128 (m) Parasites at the table.
1128 oraculous oracular.
1134 compound compose differences, settle claims.
1135 delate] F2; dilate Schelling
1135 delate report.
1136–8 while . . . palate While the cook and bottleman (wine-waiter) are in favour with their master, the parasite will seem altruistically to further their interests, but as soon as signs of the master’s dissatisfaction with either servant appear, he opportunely maligns them. ‘Palate’ and ‘distaste’ liken the lord’s assessments of his servants to gastronomic judgements.
1144 by] F2; by the Wh
1147 simulties quarrels.
1148–51 creatures . . . heard Cf. the profession of parasite as described by Mosca, in Volp., 3.1.1–33.
1149 pies magpies.
Immo serviles
1152 (m) ‘Indeed, slaves’; following on from 1128 (m).
1153–4 For . . . themselves Cf. Jonson’s ideal ruler who ‘needs no . . . spies, intelligencers’ (852–3).
1155–7 whom . . . whom Here the intimate friend may be male or female; cf. Devil, 2.8.11–13. On the public reading of such signs of intimacy as signs of political influence, see Bray (1994), 40–61.
1158–9 How . . . thriftily So Shakespeare imagines the encounter between Goneril’s steward, Oswald, and Kent, disguised as an honest rustic, in Lear, 1.4.84–90, 2.2.1–41. ‘Thriftily’ means ‘thoroughly’.
1161–2 There . . . detracting Cf. ‘Shakes. Beloved’ (5.368–42), lines 1–14.
1163 Your Lordship H&S and Schelling believe the addressee to be William Cavendish, Earl (later Duke) of Newcastle, whom Jonson called ‘my best Patron’ after the Earl had commissioned him to write Welbeck in 1633; see Riggs (1989), 301–3, 325–7, 334; see also Letters, 15–19. Newcastle’s own educational interests, however, focused on horse riding, fencing, mathematical sciences, government, and literature; see Jonson’s epigrams on the first two, Und. 53, 59. If Jonson did draft these lines as a letter on education sent to or intended for Newcastle, it is striking that his emphasis is entirely on the acquisition of eloquentia, and that he strongly recommends not a traditional aristocratic education in the noble household, but attendance at ‘the best school, and a public’ (1182–3). On Cavendish, Jonson, and traditional aristocratic education, see Rowe (1994), 204–5.
1168–73 I . . . syllables From Quintilian, Inst., 1.1.21. Quintilian was generally indispensible to humanist treatises on education, e.g. Elyot’s Book named the Governour, but Jonson was particularly fond of him; see Informations, 8–9, 97–8. Jonson’s own copy of Quintilian is at Emmanuel College, Cambridge; cf. Jonson’s Library, Electronic Edition.
1171 compositions bodily constitutions. See Quintilian, Inst., 1.1.21.
1172 apting . . . mouths getting used to pronouncing.
1173–4 In . . . natures Quintilian, Inst., 1.3.1.
1177 Thence . . . game Ludus (Lat.) means both a game, or play, and a place of exercise or practice, a school for elementary learning; cf. Quintilian, Inst., 1.4.27.
1180–2 A . . . not Quintilian, Inst., 1.1.20, advises that studies be like a game (lusus), and warns the teacher to beware of the student coming to dread the bitterness (amaritudinem) of his studies before he has come to love them. Quintilian’s advocacy of encouragement became central to the educational project of the northern humanists in the sixteenth century. See, for example, Roger Ascham, Schoolmaster (1570), ed. Ryan (1967), 7 and passim.
1185–7 They . . . immodest Quintilian, Inst., 1.2.1–5, opens the topic of whether the boy should be educated privately at home or in a school, and rehearses the view that schools corrupt morals, before voicing his own judgement that a household tutor (domesticus) may be just as corrupt as any schoolmaster. If the addressee is Newcastle, Jonson adapts Quintilian to persuade the aristocrat of the value of a public, school-based education.
1187–8 Would . . . indulgence Jonson adapted this passage from Quintilian, Inst., 1.2.6–9, for the speech of Old Knowell in EMI (F), 2.5.12–56. It is part of the comedy of EMI that Old Knowell misapplies Quintilian’s dispraise of private breeding as an argument against his son’s keeping company with Wellbred. Here the argument against private breeding leads to an argument for the preparation in school for public life, which includes, as in the play, conversation with the ‘well-bred’.
1188–99 To . . . virtue From Quintilian, Inst., 1.2.18–23.
1188–90 To . . . sun The equation of public life with sunshine, and privacy with the shade is Quintilian’s: Ante omnia futurus orator, cui in maxima celebritate et in media rei publicae luce vivendum est, adsuescat iam a tenero non reformidare homines neque illa solitaria et velut umbratili vita pallescere, ‘Before all else it is necessary that the future orator, who will have to live in the utmost publicity and in the broad daylight of public life, should now from a tender age accustom himself to not fearing men, nor growing pale in that kind of solitary, or as it were, shady, life.’ See Jonson’s previous adaptation of the analogy from the elder Seneca, 303–15 and note.
1189 where] F2; whereas Schelling
1192 till] F2 (subst.); omitted Wh
1193 themselves, much] Schelling; themselves. Much F2
1195 converse with singulars ‘speak only with other individuals’, as opposed to addressing a public.
1199–1203 Give . . . relaxations Quintilian, Inst., 1.3.6–10.
1203–4 And . . . servile Quintilian, Inst., 1.3.13; see 1180–2n. In the sixteenth century, beating was associated with the elementary Latin instruction of the scholastic tradition, in which boys were taught to construct sentences rather than to read literature fluently. The humanists (for whom Quintilian was a model) opposed the scholastic education system both on account of its physical brutality and its ineffective neglect of the emotional power of literature within the teaching of language. See Stewart (1997), 84–116.
1203 ferule rod or cane for beating. From Lat. ferula, giant fennel.
De stilo, et optimo scribendi genere
1205 (m) Of style, and of the best kind of writing.
1205–31 For . . .  mettle Closely following Quintilian, Inst., 10.3.4–10.
1212 forward conceits Like Sidney’s ‘Idea or fore-conceit’ (Apology for Poetry, ed. Shepherd, 2002, 85), the first workings of the imagination in composing a poem, play, or discourse.
1213 Repeat say over, recite.
1214–15 helps . . . better Quintilian says that revision makes what follows better connected to what precedes (Inst., 10.3.6).
1214 consequence sequence of argument.
1218 loose throw.
1219 steering] F2; veering conj. H&S
1219 steering . . . sail Improvising extempore. The ‘fair gale of wind’ is the sudden inspiration which may come to the orator in the moment of speaking, or to the writer in composition, but Jonson makes clear that trusting to this should be the exception rather than the rule.
1227 well-ordered family Translating Quintilian’s familia bene instituta; familia means ‘household’ rather than ‘family’ in the modern sense.
1228 the sum . . . ready writing By ‘ready’ writing Jonson means fluent writing. The contrast is between the dangers of mere fluency (empty garrulousness) and the rewards of a rich and sententious fluency (which Erasmus, following Quintilian, called copia). The latter can only be achieved by strenuous daily habits of correction and revision; thus good writing leads to fluent copia, but fluency itself cannot lead to copia. On the way in which Quintilian’s concept of copia involves the idea of ‘readiness’ in advance of the speech-act or act of writing, see Cave (1979), 7.
1231–4 Again . . . eminent Not in Quintilian.
1232 reach, thither] Swinburne; reach thither, F2
1233 dilate lengthen.
1234–41 Besides . . . own Having extracted most of this essay on style from Bk 10 of Quintilian’s Inst., which is concerned with the mature orator’s achievement of extempore facility through habits of reading and imitation, Jonson here returns to his concern with the young student, who is advised to acquire, through reading and imitation, a store of the best vocabulary, compositional forms, and rhetorical figures (copia verborum optimorum et compositione et figuris) (Inst., 2.7.3–4). See Cave (1979), 6–7.
1239–41 find . . . own Jonson’s pronouns indicate how imitation blurs the boundaries of propriety in self-expression; ‘such as accustom themselves’ to reading the best authors find ‘somewhat of them’ (the best authors) in ‘themselves’, and utter ‘something like theirs’. His stress is on the paradoxical achievement of authenticity (which is also an achievement of ‘authority’ in the sense of ‘authorship’, cf. OED, 6) through apt quotation. On the problems of identity and difference in classical and Renaissance imitation theory, see Cave (1979), 35–77, and Greene (1982), 274–5.
1243–5 though . . . parts Condensing Quintilian, Inst., 2.8.13–15, which concludes: Nam sicut cithara ita oratio perfecta non est, nisi ab imo ad summum omnibus intenta nervis consentiat, ‘For like a harp, so is speech imperfect unless it is in tune from the lowest to the highest note, stretched in all of its strings.’
1245 and concent] H&S; and consent F2; in consent Gollancz
1245 concent harmony (of sounds); accord or concord of several voices or parts. Cf. OED, n. 1 and 2.
1246 (m) Praecipiendi] F3; Precepiendi F2
Praecipiendi modi
1246 (m) Methods of teaching.
1252 election choice of one over another.
1254–6 But . . . soil Quintilian, Inst., 1, pref., 26, says that without talent, precepts are useless, and that the talentless student will get no more benefit from his treatise than would barren soil from a treatise on agriculture.
1256 barren] F2 (subst.); omitted Wh
1257–61 As . . . contrary Quintilian, Inst., 2.4.3–6, concluding: Facile remedium est ubertati; sterilia nullo labore vincuntur, ‘It is easy to remedy fruitfulness; no labour can overcome sterility.’
1261–3 I . . . same Quintilian, Inst., 2.4.14.
1263–7 There . . . nothing Quintilian, Inst., 2.4.10–11, says that even farmers know not to apply the pruning hook to young leaves which are not able to suffer a scar; so the teacher should be gentle, and not castigate a young writer for faults before he is able to bear it.
1268–70 Therefore . . . receives Quintilian, Inst., 1.1.5: ut sapor, quo nova inbuas durat, nec lanarum colores, quibus simplex ille candor mutatus est, elui possunt, ‘just as the flavour lingers which you impart to a new vessel, so the colour of wool cannot be washed away, once changed from its simple white’.
1270 scent] F3; sent F2
1271–4 Therefore . . . full Close translation of Quintilian, Inst., 1.2.27–8; the idea is that a young mind, like the narrow neck of a bottle, cannot receive too much at once, so that unless a teacher moderates the flow of new ideas, these are likely to be wasted.
1274–81 And . . . carefully Quintilian, Inst., 2.5.19–23, begins by defining the ‘best’ authors for beginning students as ‘the clearest and most intelligible’, putting Livy before Sallust as being the clearer, rather than the better, historian. He warns against the teacher’s having too great an admiration for antiquity, lest reading Cato and the Gracchi (Jonson substitutes Chaucer and Gower) incline the boys’ style to become ‘rough’ (horrid) and ‘meagre’ (jejuni – literally, ‘hungry’). See Trimpi (1962a), 3–40, for parallels between Sidney and Livy, Donne and Sallust.
Livy, Sallust, Sidney, Donne, Gower, Chaucer
1275 Livy Titus Livius (59 bcad 17), author of a history of Rome from its foundations to 9 bc in 142 books. Livy reacted against the harsh word order of Sallust, and ‘introduced fully developed periodic structure’ into Latin historiography (OCD). Quintilian writes of Livy’s lactea ubertas (‘milky richness’) (Inst., 10.1.31).
1276 Sallust Gaius Sallustius Crispus, Roman historian (86–35 bc) wrote monographs on Catiline and Jugurtha, as well as a history of Rome from 78 to 67 bc. Characteristics of his style noted by ancient writers include archaisms, ‘truncated epigrams, words coming before expected, obscure brevity’ (OCD).
1276 Donne Jonson remarked on Donne’s unintelligibility to Drummond (Informations, 147).
1280 new flowers Translating Quintilian’s lascivi flosculi, ‘wanton little flowers’ (Inst., 2.5.22).
1281 squalor aridity, roughness. This is the OED’s only example used in this sense; see †2.
Spenser
1281–2 Spenser . . . language Spenser, following neither the usage of his own day, nor that of Chaucer’s, writes a ‘no language’ of his own invention, unsuitable for learners seeking to get a sense of customary diction. See Riddell and Stewart (1995), 33–45, who distinguish between Jonson’s caveat against a pedagogue’s offering of Spenser to young writers and his complimentary allusion to Spenser in Gold. Age. Cf. Sidney’s remarks on Spenser’s style, Apology for Poetry, ed. Shepherd (1965), 133, and William Webbe, ‘A Discourse of English Poetry’ (1586), in Elizabethan Critical Essays, ed. Gregory Smith (1904), 1.245–7.
1282–3 yet . . . Ennius Contrast Jonson’s derogatory comment on Spenser’s ‘matter’ in Informations, 14. Quintus Ennius (239–169 bc) wrote Annales, an epic on the history of the Roman people from the loss of Troy, carefully studied by Virgil for his Aeneid on the same theme.
Virgil, Ennius
1283–6 The . . . things Renaissance humanists followed Quintilian’s programme of reading for moral growth, as well as eloquence; he advises (Inst., 1.8.5) beginning a boy’s education with Homer and Virgil, which ‘lifts the spirit’ to heroic things.
Homer, Virgil, Quintilian
1286 tincted . . . things infused with the essential spirit of all that is best. See 32n.
1286–8 Tragic . . . safety In classical and humanist pedagogic discussions of drama and lyric poetry, anxieties about sexual morality contend with rhetorical concerns; Quintilian forbids Greek lyric poets and erotic elegists to young boys, and allows comedy ‘when their morals are in safety’ (Inst., 1.8.6–8).
Plautus
1288–9 economy . . . poems Jonson uses ‘poems’ indifferently for comedies and tragedies, see 1908. The ‘economy and disposition’ which parallels ‘their fable’ at 1290, seems to refer to ‘plot’.
Terence
1289 Terence] Schelling; Terence, F2; Terence; Wh
1289 and the later Whalley emended this to ‘the latter’ (presumably referring to Plautus, which does not make sense, because Plautus is linked to ‘the Greek poets’); Schelling conjectured ‘and the later [qu. Greek poets]’; Castelain, ‘and the Latin (or the later Latin)’, which, if it is correct, may include Seneca who, as tragedian, was famously sententious but whose plots exhibit a certain discontinuity of action.
1289 later] Schelling; later; F2; latter Wh; Latin (or the later Latin) conj. Castelain
1290 sentences sententiae or moral sentiments. Pedagogic collections were made of Terence’s ‘sentences’, such as Nicholas Udall’s Floures for Latine Spekyng . . . out of Terence (1538). This disparagement of Terence by comparison with Plautus is notable; contrast 1847–62 and note.
1292 (m) Falsa querela fugienda] Donaldson, OA (subst.); Ials. querela fugiend. F2
Falsa querela fugienda
1847–62 (m) ‘False arguments to be avoided’, from Quintilian, Inst., 1.1.1.
1292–6 We . . . children Quintilian, Inst., 1.12.16: Difficultatis patrocinia praeteximus segnitiae, ‘We conceal our sloth with the patronage of difficulty’, that is, ‘we use the difficulty of a task as an excuse, when it is only that we are lazy’. Also Quintilian, Inst., 1.1.1–2: Falsa enim est querela, paucissimis hominibus vim percipiendi, quae tradantur . . . Quippe id est homini naturale, ac sicut aves ad volatum, equi ad cursum . . . Hebetes vero et indociles non magis secundum naturam hominis eduntur quam prodigiosa corpora et monstris insignia, ‘It is a false argument, that very few men have the strength to grasp what is taught to them . . . Indeed it [reasoning] is as natural to man as flight to birds or running to horses . . . The dull and unteachable are as rare by nature as prodigious births and monstrosities.’
1293 understanding] Donaldson, OA; understanding; F2
1296 become] F2; [they] become H&S
1296–1300 I . . . itself Quintilian, Inst., 1.12.11.
Platonis peregrinatio in Italiam
1300 (m) Plato’s journey into Italy.
1300–3 Plato . . . we Quintilian, Inst., 1.12.15.
1301 Pythagoras’s] F3 (subst.); Pythagora’s F2
1302 went into Egypt Although the Platonic writings show knowledge of Egyptian customs and religion, sources claiming that Plato travelled to Egypt are no older than the first century bc. Riginos (1976), 64–9, suggests the myth of Plato’s Egyptian voyage was modelled on Pythagoras’s travels to show Plato as Pythagoras’s equal in mastering the wisdom of the East.
1303–16 Many . . . long Closely following Quintilian, Inst., 1.12.2–7.
1305 a preacher Quintilian’s example is of being required to ‘plead’ (agere) extempore, not to preach; see Inst., 1.12.4.
1315 cattle livestock.
Praecepta elementaria
1317 (m) Elementary precepts.
1320 elementarii senes ‘Old men learning rudimentary things’. Seneca, Epist., 36.4: Turpis et ridicula res est elementarius senex, ‘An old man learning his ABCs is a disgraceful and ridiculous object.’
1320 bank Primarily still an exchange, or a money-dealer’s shop, though coming to mean ‘stock of capital’.
1321–2 talking and eloquence Quintilian, Inst., 8.prooemium, 13, quotes Marcus Antonius saying he has seen many good speakers, but none really eloquent.
1324 nonsense Jonson’s use of the word here and in Bart. Fair, 4.4.25 precede the OED’s first instance. On the significance of ‘nonsense’ and ‘sense’ (see 1335–7) in Jonson’s writing, see Donaldson (1997a), 172–6.
1335–7 Their . . . sunshine Cf. 1188–99.
1325 Pure . . . customary Pure, ‘Faultless, correct’ (OED, adj. III.4); neat, ‘apt’. Cf. Quintilian, Inst., 8.prooemium, 25, who recalls Cicero, De oratore, 1.3.12, defining oratory as concerned with common practice and custom, so that the worst fault an orator can commit is to depart from the ordinary language used by the community.
1327–8 a poet . . . knowledges In this context of instruction in eloquence, one would expect this to be said of the orator, not the poet (Quintilian, Inst., 2.21.14, quoting Cicero, De oratore, 1.6.20). However, the poet was anciently thought to be a repository of universal knowledge; reluctance to renounce this idea led to allegory as a dominant mode of interpretation. See Russell (1981), 84–9, and Curtius (1953), 203–7.
De orationis dignitate
1333 (m) On the dignity of speech.
1333–57 Speech . . . bowline From Bk 1 of Vives, De ratione dicendi libri tres (‘Three books on the method of speaking’), Opera omnia, 1.85–154.
1333–4 Speech . . . society Vives, De ratione, 1.85.
1334–5 Therefore . . . interpres Vives, De ratione, 1.86: Idcirco Mercurius, qui apud fabulas praesse orationi est creditus, interpres fingitur deorum atque hominum, ‘And for that reason, Mercury, who is believed in fables to have command of oratory, is feigned to be the interpreter of gods and men.’
1335 In . . . dead Vives, De ratione, 1.86: In sermone omni sunt verba et sensa tanquam corpus et animus. Sensa enim mens sunt, et quasi vita verborum . . . Inanis ac mortua res sunt verba sensu amoto, ‘In all discourse words and sense are as if body and soul. The sense is indeed the intellect, and as it were the life of words . . . words with sense removed are an empty and dead thing.’
1337–9 Sense . . . ᾽ Εγκύκλοπαιδείαν Vives, De ratione, 1.86: Quippe sensa ex singulis artium petuntur, aut ex prudentia et vita, nempe illa, quam Graeci ∊γκυκλοπαιδ∊ιαν appellant, ‘Indeed sense is derived from individual arts, or from experience and life, and of course that which the Greeks call “general education”.’
1339 (m)] Castelain; Ε’νκυκλοπαιδ∊ία F2
1339 Ε’γκυκλοπαιδ∊ίαν] Castelain; Ε’νκυκλοπαιδ∊ίαν F2
Ε᾿γκυκλοπαιδ∊ία
1339 ᾽Εγκύκλοπαιδείαν The Greek term is actually ἐγκύκλιος παιδ∊ία, ‘general education’, from ἐγκύκλιος, ‘circular’ and παιδ∊ία, ‘the bringing up of children’. See Quintilian, Inst., 1.10.1.
1339 Words . . . people’s Vives, De ratione, 1.86: Verba sunt populi publica, ‘Words are of the people’.
Iulius Caesar
1340 verborum. . . eloquentiae ‘The choice of words is the beginning of eloquence’, attributed by Vives, De ratione, 1.86, to Julius Caesar and quoted by Cicero, Brutus, 253, from Caesar’s lost work, On Analogy (see 667–8 and n.).
Of words, see Horatius, De Arte Poetica, Quintilian, 8, Ludovicus Vives, paginae 6 & 7
1340 (m) Horatius . . . 7] F2; (Hor. de / Art. Poetic. / Quintil. l. 8. / Ludov. Vi-/ves, pag. 6. / & 7.
1340–3 They . . . etc. Vives, De ratione, 1.87: Sunt [vocabula] castrorum, sunt tabernarum, sunt spurcorum et impurorum hominum . . . sunt rudium, sunt eruditorum, ‘There is a vocabulary of the camp, of the tavern, of filthy and impure men . . . there is a vocabulary of the uncultivated, and of the erudite.’
1343–5 And . . . metaphor Vives, De ratione, 1.87. Vives’ definition of eloquence as the choice of words leads to a discussion of the appropriate choice, which in turn leads to a definition of metaphor as a change of lexical location: Sunt alia quae a loco naturali in alium transierunt, ‘There are other [words] which from their natural location are changed into another’, a shift called in Latin translatio, in Greek, metaphora. Vives’ discussion of metaphor is indebted to Cicero, De oratore, 3.155–68, and Quintilian, Inst., 8.6.4–18.
Metaphora
1345–6 But . . . necessity Vives, De ratione, 1.88: In translationibus, vel necessitati servitum est, vel commoditati . . . Commoditas genus est necessitatis quoddam, ‘In metaphor, necessity as well as commodity are to be served . . . Commodity is a kind of necessity.’ Cf. OED, Commodity †1a: ‘conveniency, suitability, fitting utility’.
1346 Nam. . . prudenti ‘For the wise man never uses a metaphor by chance’, Vives, De ratione, 1.88.
1349 obsceneness Vives, De ratione, 1.89, says that metaphor either avoids loss or offers gain; his example of avoiding loss is the avoidance of obscenity: ‘vitatur damnum, ubi effugitur turpitudo, ut pudenda, pro testiculis, ‘we avoid loss when we flee from foulness, as when we say pudenda [“the shameful parts”] for testicles’.
1349 property propriety.
1350–1 Metaphors . . . grace Vives, De ratione, 1.89.
1350 far-fet far-fetched; strained.
1351–7 Or . . . bowline Vives, De ratione, 1.89, gives the examples of a senator taking his metaphors from gaming or the scurrility of brothels, a rustic his similitudes from philosophy, inland men from ships and seagoing, or if, describing a sacred assembly, one should take metaphors from brothels and obscene and ludicrous things.
1355 Northamptonshire . . . Midland Inland regions of England.
1356–7 main . . . bowline Examples of technical nautical terms; each is a kind of rope for securing sails in high wind.
1357 bowline] Schelling; Boulin F2
1357–64 Metaphors . . . chiefs Jonson appears to have his copy of Quintilian (Vives’ own source) open alongside his copy of Vives, supplementing the latter’s illustrations of fitness in metaphor with Quintilian’s examples of ‘deformed metaphor’ (Inst., 8.6.15–17). On the humanist habit of cross-referring between two or more books at a single reading, see Jardine and Grafton (1990).
1358 castratam. . . rempublicam ‘The state was gelded by the death of Africanus’, a textbook example of grossness in metaphor, first given by Cicero, De oratore, 3.164, and repeated in Quintilian, Inst., 8.6.15.
1358 Africani] Wh; Aphricani F2
1358 stercus. . . Glauciam ‘Glaucia, the excrement of the senate-house’, another such example from Cicero, De oratore, 3.164 and Quintilian, Inst., 8.6.15.
1358–9 cana. . . Alpes[He] spewed the Alps with white snow’; again quoted by Quintilian, Inst., 8.6.17. The line comes from the epic poet, Antias Aulus Furius (fl. 100 bc), and is mocked by Horace, Satires, 2.5.40–1.
1359–64 All . . . chiefs Vives, De ratione, 1.89, following Quintilian, Inst., 1.5.71–2. Jonson’s metaphor of use ‘softening’ or making ‘tender’ the impact of new coinages and metaphors is present in both sources.
Consuetudo
1365 (m) Custom, usage.
1365–6 Custom . . . money Quintilian, Inst., 1.6.3.
1366–77 But . . . good Quintilian, Inst., 1.6.39–41, 44–5.
1367 (m) Clarity.
Perspicuitas
Venustas
1368 (m) Antiquity.
Authoritas
1371 grace like] H&S; grace-like F2
1372 newest] Castelain; newnesse F2
1374–7 not . . . good Quintilian, Inst., 1.6.44–5, says that custom (consuetudo) should not be understood simply as quod plures faciunt, that which is done by the majority, for then such vicious but current habits as depilation or drunkenness at the baths would have the authority of custom. The stylistic and moral authority of custom is based on an elite consensus: consensum eruditum and consensum bonorum, ‘consent of the learned’ and ‘consent of the good’.
Virgil
1377–8 Virgil . . . pictai Quintilian, Inst., 1.7.18, discussing orthography and custom in Latin, notes that the dipthong ‘ae’, written in his time as ‘e’, was once written as ‘ai’. Virgil, amantissimus vetustatis, ‘most loving of antiquity’, thus writes pictai vestis (of painted clothes) and acquai (of water) (Aeneid, 9.26 and 7.464). This archaicism is also ridiculed in Martial, 11.90. See 502 and n., and 1385.
Lucretius
1378–80 Lucretius . . . banished Referring to T. Lucretius Carus (c. 94–55 or 51 bc?), De rerum natura (‘On the Nature of Things’) a non-mythological, atomistic account of creation, written in an archaic style.
1378 scabrous ‘rough and knobbly in texture’ so (of style) harsh, unmusical.
Chaucerism
1379 Chaucerisms archaisms; see 1276–7.
1381 gather . . . houses Cf. EMO, 2.4, where the citizen Deliro strews flowers in the house to please his wife. The likening of rhetorical ornament to flowers is a classical and Renaissance commonplace, central to the pedagogy of imitation and the idea of the commonplace book itself, in which rhetorical and moral flowers are ‘gathered’; see Moss (1996), 24–52.
1381 strew] Donaldson, OA; straw F2
1382–3 mere . . . greenness grass and greenness alone.
1383 delights] F2; delight G
Paronomasia
1384 (m)] Wh (subst.); Paranomasia F2
1384 paronomasies] Wh (subst.); Paranomasies F2
1384 paronomasies puns, wordplay. Note Jonson’s readiness to caution against pleasure in verbal surface.
1385 quae. . . cadunt ‘that stumble among ruts and boulders’, Martial, 11.90.2. See 502n. See also Trimpi (1962a), 49–50, for Jonson’s and Scaliger’s use of this phrase from Martial to criticize an intentional roughness of style, perhaps the extreme Senecanism made popular by Lipsius.
1387–1438 Our . . . language From Vives, De ratione, 1.93–101.
1387–9 Our . . . us Vives, De ratione, 1.93: accuratior debet esse compositio initio et fine, quam medio, in quo rapitur intentio audientis tanquam a flumine. Sed maior adhuc finis cura, quam principii; nam in fine subsistit intentio, et sese colligit, ‘the composition must be more accurate in the beginning and end than in the middle, in which the attention is hurried along by the hearing as if by a river, but even more care of the end than the opening, for in the end the attention comes to a stand, and collects itself’. Cf. Cicero, De oratore, 3.192.
1390–4 We . . . place Vives, De ratione, 1.95. Vives recommends Erasmus’s De copia for instruction in the amplification of speech, and continues: Ac quemadmodum artificii est orationem extendere, quum res postulat, et tanquam vela pandere secundo vento; ita eandem contrahere, quando admonet tempus, et orationem astringere, quod multum habet venustatis, sicut prius illud copiae ornat, et locupletat orationem, utrumque autem suas habet vires, et efficaciam in sua occasione, ‘And it is artful to amplify discourse thus, when the subject demands it, and as it were to spread out full sail with the wind; and to draw the same together in this fashion, when the weather admonishes, abbreviating the discourse, either of which has great beauty: just as abundance at first enhanced and enriched the discourse, the other has its own virility and efficacy according to the occasion.’
1392 veer Nautical term, meaning to allow a sheet or any other sail-line to run out, so that the wind will fill the mainsail (OED, 1 trans.).
1395 (m) ‘Of style’. Jonson makes a transition between Vives’ image (1390–4) of the orator as able to dilate and constrict his discourse according to the occasion, and Vives’ subsequent enumeration of degrees of brevity (1397–1402) by way of the notion that ‘good’ authors are exemplary in their ‘style’. Style, then, in Vives and in Jonson, is defined as a flexible adaptability to the subject, not as a strait-jacket. Cicero, De oratore, 3.199, identifies three styles, of which the flexible middle style is fuller or terser according to occasion. The seventeenth-century vernacular ‘plain style’ here being developed by Jonson from Vives’ neo-Latin prose tends towards brevity and point rather than rhetorical fullness, and is associated with the
1395 Senecan essay rather than the Ciceronian oration; nevertheless, it eschews the extremes of abruptness and obscurity evident in some seventeenth-century imitators of Seneca and Tacitus. It aspires towards the wit and candor of urbane conversation, the familiar letter, and the essay. See G. Williamson (1936), 321–51; Trimpi (1962a), 41–75; W. R. Parker (1996). On conversation, see Bryson (1998), 151–92.
De stylo
1396–1400 A . . . fall. From Vives, De ratione, 1.95: Huius generis quam multae sunt formae. Est astricta, et succincta oratio, quum nihil omnino est, quod possis demere sine iactura; qualem fuisse Lysiae Attici structuram memoriae proditum est . . . Est alia oratio brevis, quae dedita opera magnas sententias in pauca verba confert, et tanquam infarcit, ac constipat, qualia sunt quae a Graecis nominantur Apophthegmata, responsa philosophorum, et prudentium virorum, et dicta illa Laconica. Est alia concisa, quae minus exprimit quam intelligentia requirat, sed usus ita loquendi adiuvat sensum et supplet quod deest . . . Est diminuta, cui vitiose aliquid deest necessarium, ‘How many are the types of this kind! A speech is tight, and succinct, when there is nothing at all which you could subtract without loss; it is handed down that the speech of the Attic Lysias was of such a type . . . Another type of oration is the brief one, which with devoted labour collects together great thoughts in few words and as it were stuffs and crowds them together; of such a type are those speeches which the Greeks call “Apophthegmata”, responses of philosophers and wise men, and those called “Laconic”. Another type is the concise, which expresses less than the understanding of it would require, but the practice of speaking in this way aids the sense and supplies what is missing . . . That [style] is impoverished, which faultily lacks something necessary.’
Tacitus
1396–9 (m) Jonson’s examples for Vives’ categories of style. The ‘strict and succinct style’, with which Vives identifies Lysias, Jonson exemplifies in Tacitus (this fits with seventeenth-century opinion: cf. A. B.’s praise of Henry Savile’s translation of Tacitus, ‘he hath written the most matter with the best conceit in fewest words’, The End of Nero and Beginning of Galba, 5th edn, 1622, sig. ¶ 3, and also Epigr. 95). Jonson then follows Vives in identifying the ‘brief style’ with the ‘laconic’, or the sayings of Spartans. Vives gives no example of the ‘concise style’ for which Jonson selects Suetonius (fl. ad 20), antiquarian and biographer of the Caesars, whom Lipsius praises for terseness (Opera omnia, 1.325). Jonson’s final example, Seneca et Fabianus, should almost certainly read Seneca de Fabiano (‘Seneca on Fabianus’), referring to the elder Seneca’s description of the oratory of Papirius Fabianius (Controv., Bk 2, pref. 2). Vives, De ratione, 1.96, quotes the elder Seneca’s criticism of Fabianus when too epigrammatic: ‘some [periods] close so suddenly, that they are not brief, but abrupt’. This corresponds to Jonson’s vivid phrase: ‘doth not seem to end, but fall’.
The laconic
Suetonius
Seneca et Fabianus
1400–2 The . . . mortar Vives, De ratione, 1.97, discussing the ‘period’ (see 1403–4n.) says that its division into four results in short phrases which have the power of the period itself, so that the whole sticks together as four different stones, well-squared, hold without lime or plaster. We may imagine Jonson’s apprenticeship as a bricklayer helped him appreciate Vives’ metaphor.
Periodi
1403 ] H&S; no new paragraph in F2
1403–4 (m) ‘Periods’. See Parkes (1993), 306: ‘In prose, an utterance or complete rhetorical structure which expresses a single idea, or sententia [thought] . . . In verse it is characterized by prosodic continuity, and determined by different forms and measures.’
1403 Periods . . . javelin Vives, De ratione, 1.97, defines the varying lengths of periods–monocola, dicola, tricola, tetracola (with one, two, three, and four cola, that is, members or major divisions of sense punctuated by a colon)–warning that if there are too many, or they are excessively long, the power of the period is weakened, as when a very long spear is thrown.
1408 illustrate shed light upon, illuminate.
1409–10 Rectitudo. . . offuscat ‘Straightforwardness illuminates: indirection and circumlocution obscure’ (Vives, De ratione, 1.98).
1411–12 so . . . in Brevity is to be prized, so long as expression is not too elliptical. If too much is omitted so that the sense is not fully expressed, the phrase can be hard to remember. Redundancy also makes retention in the memory difficult (from Vives, De ratione, 1.98).
Obscuritas offundit tenebras
1413 (m) Obscurity spreads darkness.
1414 the pearl . . . fable In Aesop’s fable, a cock finds a pearl in a dunghill, but can make nothing of it; see Aesop’s Fables, trans. William Caxton (1497), sig. A1.
1414–15 Our . . . silk Cf. Mag. Lady, Ind., 105–9, New Inn, 4.4.9; from Vives, De ratione, 1.99: pergimus tamquam ducentes filum, ‘we continue speaking as if drawing out a thread’.
1415 found] F2; wound] conj. H&S
Superlatio
1417 Superlation Lat. superlatio, exaggeration, hyperbole; Vives, De ratione, 1.100: Superlatio, seu nimietas, ut Macrobius vocat, ad amplificationem pertinet, ‘Hyperbole, or overmuchness, as Macrobius calls it, belongs to amplification.’
1418 above faith . . . mean Even hyperbole, which is permitted to stretch credibility, must be stylistically appropriate within its context.
1418–24 It . . . spoken Jonson supplements Vives with examples of hyperbole from the elder Seneca, Suasoriae (‘Persuasive Discourses’), 1.11–12. Cestius (see 438–40n.) is ridiculed for having said, ‘The Ocean roars, as though angry that you are leaving the land behind.’ Virgil is, contrarily, praised for, ‘You might believe there floated the Cyclades uptorn’ (Aeneid, 8.691–2). Virgil’s credas, ‘you might believe’, makes his hyperbole less outrageous, magna et tamen sana, ‘great, without being insane’.
Cestius
1419 fremit . . . relinquas] H&S; as verse F2
Virgil
1421 credas . . . Cycladas] H&S; as prose F2
1421 innare] Wh; innate F2
1421 revolsas] Donaldson, OA; reuulsas F2
1425 (m) ‘Caesar, towards the end of his commentaries’ (see next note).
1425–6 eos. . . perrumpere ‘Those armies of the Roman people, which might break through the heavens’; Vives, De ratione, 1.100, gives this slight misquotation from Caesar, De Bello Hispaniensi (‘Of the Spanish War’), 42, as an example of hyperbole, commenting, Nunc quis hoc dicat, nisi insanus?, ‘Who would say this now, but a madman?’ Vives’ point is that the hyperbole is blasphemous: a pagan may speak of a human army as divine, not a Christian.
Caesar, commentarii circa finem
1425 Populi Romani] Donaldson, OA (subst.); P. R. F2
1427–32 Quintilian . . . childish Vives, De ratione, 1.101: Admonet nos Quintilianus, ne in alio translationis genere finiamus inversionem quam quo coepimus; ne si a tempestatibus et marinis fluctibus es exorsus, in cineribus et incendio desinas. Neque est nimis producenda inversio, ac ne translatio quidem, et similitudo, unde fit tota oratio inversa et obscura; transitque in puerilem quandam affectationem, ‘Quintilian warns us that we should not finish our allegory with another kind of metaphor from that with which we began; if the beginning is in tempests and ocean waves, the end should not be in ashes and flames; neither is our allegory, metaphor, nor simile to be too long drawn out, lest the whole discourse become allegorical and obscure, and pass over into childish affectation.’ Jonson appears to read Quintilian alongside Vives; he quotes Quintilian on mixed metaphor (Inst., 8.6.50): quae est inconsequentia rerum foedissima, ‘which is a most foul non sequitur’.
Quintilian
1432–8 But . . . language Vives, De ratione, 1.101, says that there are different reasons for departing from the ‘right and natural’ way of speaking. The first is necessity, to avoid offending auditors by speaking too openly. After necessity, there are utility and commodity (=convenience), and thereafter delight and allurement, sicut de regia via per semitas deflectimus commoditate illarum, vel amoenitate allecti, ‘as when from the highway we turn aside down footpaths for the commodity and pleasantness of them’. He concludes that these things which make speech ornate are called by the Greeks ‘figured language’.
1438 ἐσχηματισμένη ‘Figured language’, from σχηματίζω, ‘to form, fashion, shape’ (as in English ‘scheme’, meaning ‘figure of speech’).
Oratio imago animi
1439 (m) Speech is the image of the mind.
1439 Language . . . thee Erasmus, Apophthegmata, 3.70, in Opera omnia (1540), 4.148; a rich man sends his son for Socrates to see him, but Socrates asks the boy to speak that he might see him, signifying that the wit of man is reflected not in his face, but in his speech.
1439–80 It . . . nervos From Vives, De ratione, 2.103–5. This long extract is Jonson’s most graphic delineation of the ideal of a ‘plain style’ which is also ‘manly’, ‘a style linked to the metaphorics of the male body in its prime’ (P. Parker, 1996, 203). Jonson translates from De ratione, Bk 2, introd., and also draws on ch. 5, 110, entitled ‘Nervi, Lacerti, Latera, Musculi’ (‘Sinews, Biceps, Flanks, Muscles’). See Parker (1996) on the key term, nervus, often Englished in this period as ‘sinews’, connoting a phallic, exclusively male strength. Vives himself derives and intensifies the corporeal metaphors of the ‘plain style’ from Cicero’s description of the difference between a manly ‘Attic’ style of oratory, and an effeminate ‘Asiatic’ style; see Cicero, Orator (‘The Orator’), 75–90.
1439–43 It springs . . . it Vives, De ratione, 2.103: Quippe oratio ex intimis nostri pectoris recessibus oritur, ubi verus ille ac purus homo habitat. Et imago est animi parentis sui, atque adeo hominis universi. Ut non sit ullum speculum, quod hominis simulacrum certius reddat, quam oratio. Nec iniuria Graeco proverbio iactatur, talem esse quenque, qualis sit eius oratio. Ergo easdem appellationes indiderunt, quas in homine solemus usurpare ex animo, et corpore . . . Nec aliter quam in homine nuncupationes non inde nascuntur, quod omnia sint talia, sic in oratione . . . Quin etiam sicut homines per translationem easdem nominationes recipiunt ex animo et corpore, ut asper, durus, candidus, ita oratio ex verbis et sensis, ‘Indeed, speech springs from the innermost recesses of our breast, where man’s truth and purity inhabits, and is the image of the soul, of its parent, and to that extent of the whole man; so that there is no mirror which renders a man’s image more clearly than speech, nor is it wrong to throw in the Greek proverb, the style is the man; therefore they give the same names to both the style and the man, which with reference to men are derived from the soul and the body . . . and indeed not otherwise is the case of style than that of men, where there are names for all types . . . but indeed, just as men are described metaphorically from characteristics of the soul and body, such as “harsh”, “hard”, “honest”, in the same way, a style is described from the words and the sense.’ Thus, style, like man, is divided into body (words) and soul (sense).
Structura et statura: sublimis, humilis, pumila
1443 (m) statura: sublimis] Donaldson, OA; statura. Sublimis F2
1443–5 (m) Structure and stature: sublime, low, dwarfish.
1443–57 Some . . . argument Vives, De ratione, 2.103–4: Progrediamur igitur per humana omnia a corporeis ordientes, quae maxime sunt exposita sensibus. Primum omnium de statura, quae spectatur potissimum in magnitudine et sono verborum ac structurae. Ex illa appellationes has sumit oratio magna, grandis, sublimis, celsa: in qua verba sunt urbana et culta, sonus eorum amplus,magnificus, compositio plena, absolutiones fusae, modo ne licentiosae evagentur . . . In altero extremo est humilis, pumila, depressa, quae minutis verbis exilis soni constat, membris, et periodis exiguis, et arctis, nec numero astrictis, aut contortis . . . Est alia mediocris, ut Seneca dicit, plana, et placida . . . Vitiosae sunt supra excelsam, vasta et tumens, et enormis, sub humili, abiecta et humi repens; illa est, quae vocabula usurpat grandia supra communem modum, quasi electa et exquisita, sono immodico, membris atque absolutionibus praelongis, concentu numeroso, et inflato, ‘Therefore let us proceed through all mankind, by the order of bodies, which are most obvious to the senses, and first of all by stature, which may be seen in the grandeur and sound of the words and structure; from these speech takes its names: great, grand, sublime, lofty, in which the words are urbane and cultivated, their sound full, overflowing with conclusions, not straying licentiously . . . in the other extreme, [that style] is humble, dwarfish, sunken, which depends on meagre words of petty sound, and scanty and short members and periods, and not numerous, tightly bound and twisted . . . Alternately there is, as Seneca says, the just mean; intelligible and unobtrusive, of which style were the words of Fabianus . . . The faulty kind goes beyond being lofty, it is huge, swollen, oversized; suddenly, it crawls and becomes abject and lowly; it uses grandiloquence that goes beyond an everyday style, as if its vocabulary were carefully chosen and worked out, but in fact it is characterized by immoderate sound, and members and conclusions that are overlong, with excessive mixing of sounds.’
1445 absolution plenteous Translating Vives’ absolutiones fusae, ‘copious’ or ‘overflowing with conclusions’.
Mediocris: plana et placida
1448 (m) Mediocris: plana] Donaldson, OA; Mediocris Plana F
1448 (m) The middle [style]: clear and unobtrusive.
1449 pleasing Mistranslating Vives’ placida, ‘unobtrusive, gentle, conversational’; see 1443–57n.
1450–1 (m) Faulty speech: harsh, swelling, irregular, affected, mean.
Vitiosa oratio: vasta, tumens, enormis, affectata, abiecta
1450 (m) vasta . . . abiecta] Donaldson, OA (subst.); vasta. Tumens. Enormis. Affectata. Abjecta F2
1455 tumorous ‘bulging’, ‘swollen’, and so inflated or bombastic; not in OED.
1455 tumorous, speaking] G; tumorous: Speaking F2
1457 flat cap Caps were, by the seventeenth century, unfashionable items worn only by citizens, journeymen, and apprentices; see Cunnington (1970), 69; cf. EMI (F), 2.1.101.
1458 trunk-hose Breeches baggy from waist to below mid-thigh, joined to narrow hose; fashionable 1550–1610, but hardly the wear of the elite in the 1620s–30s.
1458 hobby-horse cloak Long cloak, such as concealed the hobby-horse’s lack of legs.
1458 gloves . . . girdle Gloves tucked into the girdle were worn by citizens, such as haberdashers. Cf. the reference in the anonymous comedy, The Wit of a Woman (1604), sig. E4 to ‘a neat, fine, comely, straight old man that hath his head and his beard well combed, his ruffs well set, his doublet well buttoned, his points well trussed, his gloves and his napkin under his girdle, his hose well gartered, and his shoes blacked till they shine again’. A statesman would be more likely to carry his gloves, and a gallant to wear them in his hat.
1458–9 yond . . . sables A haberdasher, or citizen, would not wear a gown trimmed with sables; such fur-trimming indicated men of the learned professions, or statesmen.
1460–3 The . . . weighed Vives, De ratione, 2.104: Figura sequitur, cuius duae annotantur rationes. Rotunda, et teres, quae constat membris ac periodis brevibus, succinctis, contortis, et comprehensis certo quodam numero, tum paribus, sed comparatis, et potissimum quum sunt adversis vel diversis conclusae tanquam iaculum amento libratum et emissum, ‘The form [of speech] follows, of which two observations should be made: [first,] the round and polished, which depend on short and succinct members and periods that are vigorous and composed of some certain number; then [those which are] not only even and arranged, but also chiefly concluded with opposed and diverse parts, like a spear balanced and thrown with the help of a strap.’ Jonson perhaps recalled Vives’ previous analogies of javelin and squared stones (see 1400–2 and n., 1403–4 and n.), and so adds ‘square and firm’ as a contrast to Vives’ ‘round and polished’ (rotunda, et teres).
1460 (m) Form.
Figura
Cutis sive cortex
1463 parts] F3; patts F2
1463 (m) Skin or rind.
1463–7 The . . . chapped Vives, De ratione, 2.104, defines the skin (cutis) of speech as the joining of words, and the appropriateness and modesty (verecundia) of metaphors.
Compositio
1464 (m) Composition.
1465 when as] F2; whenas Schelling
1465–6 like . . . joint Classical poets derived the image of the critical ‘test of the nail’ from the practice of sculptors. See Horace, Ars Poetica, 289–94; Persius, Satires, 1.63–5. Jonson here mixes the metaphor strangely with Vives’ sustained allegory of style as the male body (the critical nail runs along human skin, testing for wrinkles). Cf. Mag. Lady, Third Chorus, 24–7, and see R. S. Peterson (1981), 47n., 161n.
1467–73 After . . . est Vives, De ratione, 2.104–5: Post haec caro, sanguis, ossa expenduntur. De quibus frequens mentio apud Rhetores priscos. Multum est carnis, ubi multum verborum, et periphrases, et circuitus plusquam oportet longi, ea corpulenta dicitur. Quod si haec augeantur, fit oratio adipata, et obesa. Unde aruina orationis, quae gignitur etiam crassis verbis, et sententiis nimium plebeiis ac rusticanis, et quasi pingui oratonis Minerva. Sanguis et succus orationis verba sunt sive naturalia, sive translata, propria, et apta, sonos plenior, et dulcior, dictio comptior, verborum quantum satis est intelligentiae. Unde oratio et uncta nominatur, et bene pasta, quae vitii non sunt. Redundat sanguine, quae multo plus dicit, quam necesse est, ‘After these, flesh, blood, and bones are to be evaluated, of which there is frequent mention among the ancient rhetoricians. The flesh is great, where there are many words, and periphrases, and a circuit of words longer than would be fitting; this is said to be corpulent. When these are increased, it becomes a fatty and swollen speech. Whence [we use this term] the lard of speech, which is indeed begot by coarse words, and vulgar and rustic sentiments, and as it were of a Minerva of a dense, uninspired style. The words of a speech are full of blood and juice when they are, whether natural or metaphorical, proper and apt, sounding more fully, and more sweetly, the utterance rather well-framed, the quantity of words enough to be understood. Whence a style is called rich and well-fed, in which there are no vices. It overflows with blood, when more is said than is necessary.’
Carnosa
1468 (m) Fleshy.
1468 periphrasis] G; Periphrases F2
1469 circuit of words Lat. circuitus verborum, periphrasis.
Adipata
1469 (m) Fat.
1470 arvina orationis ‘the lard of speech’. Vives’ phrase, see 1467–73n.
1471–2 oratio . . . pasta ‘A rich and well-fed style’. Also Vives, see 1467–73n.
Redundans
1472 (m) Redundancy.
1473 redundat. . . est ‘It overflows with blood, when more is said, than is necessary’; see 1467–73n.
1473 quae] H&S, after Vives; quâ F2; qua Schelling; quiâ Wh
1473–4 Juice . . . blood From Vives, De ratione, 2.105. Cicero is given as the example of too ‘juicy’ a style.
1475 (m) starved, thin, dry.
1475–6 where . . . sack Vives, De ratione, 2.105: Nam ubi verborum est parsimonia, et ea sunt fere naturalia, sono tenui, compositione inculta, oratio ieiuna est, macilenta, strigosa, vix habens ossibus, ut ossa videantur in pellem congesta, quasi lapides in culeum, sine carne et sanguine, ‘For where there is sparing of words, and they are for the most part natural, thinly sounding, of an unadorned composition, the speech is starved, meagre, lank, hardly having bones, so that the bones seem collected together in the skin like stones in a sack, without flesh or blood.’
Ieiuna, macilenta, strigosa
1478–80 There . . . nervos Vives, De ratione, 2.105: Est alia oratio qui non minus habet sanguinis, sed minus est corpulenta . . . Est alia astricta et pressa, minus habens carnis et sanguinis, ‘There is another kind of speech which has not less blood, but less fat . . . There is another kind, condensed and compressed, which has less flesh and blood.’ See also 2.110, where Cicero is given as an example of the fleshy, corpulent, and emasculated style.
Ossea et nervosa
1479 (m) Ossea] Wh; Ossia F2
1479–80 Ossea. . . nervos (m) Translated in the text, ‘they have bones and sinews’. On nervos, see 1439–80n.
Notae Domini Sancti Albani de doctrinae intemperantia
1481 (m) Notes of the Lord St Albans on the distempers of learning.
1481 Summarizing Bacon’s Advancement of Learning, ed. Kiernan (2000), 23–6. His first distemper is exemplified by sixteenth-century Ciceronian humanism’s excessive affection for ‘copie’ or copia, variety of expression. The second are the ‘cobwebs’ of learning spun by medieval scholasticism, under ‘Aristotle their dictator’ (1.4.5). The third is both the tendency of knowledge to be arranged so as to persuade, and the facility of men to be credulous (‘imposture and credulity’, 26). Following his recommendations for acquiring an urbane, manly, conversational style, Jonson’s summary of Bacon’s advocacy of informed, experimental scepticism strikingly adumbrates what Shapin (1994) has identified as ‘the importance of civil conversation in scientific communication’ in the later seventeenth century. The scientific enterprises of the sixteenth and seventeenth centuries, suspicious of the logical and demonstrative methods of an older scholastic approach, made use of new models for creating a trustworthy ethos through gentlemanly conversation ‘as practically effective solutions to the problems of scientific evidence, testimony, assent’ (Shapin, 1994, 121).
1481 Albans] Schelling; Alban F2
1485 (m) Aristotle a dictator.
Dictator Aristoteles
1486–8 a . . . captivity Bacon, Advancement, 28.
1488–9 Let . . . dues Bacon, Advancement, 28: ‘so let great authors have their due, as time which is the author of authors be not deprived of his due, which is further and further to discover truth’.
1489–90 if . . . envied ‘Envied’ seems here to mean ‘subjected to malicious criticism’; see OED, Envy v. †2, ‘to feel a grudge against . . . to regard with dislike or disapproval’. For a similar view on the relation of moderns to ancients, see 95–8.
1490–1 Let . . . augment Addition of discourse which does not improve understanding is diminution.
1493 affectation of striving for.
1495 fierce undertakers Bacon, Advancement, 1.4.5, on scholastics as ‘great undertakers indeed, and fierce with dark keeping’, that is, men who take on a great task of learning, but whose imprisonment in the obscurity of so few books sharpens their emotional investment rather than their ability to seek the truth.
1496–7 gently . . . question Cf. Bacon, Advancement, 27, on alchemy, referring to the husbandman in Aesop’s thirty-third fable, who told his sons he had left them buried gold in his vineyard; they found no gold, but by ‘reason of their stirring and digging the mould about the roots of their vines’, they had a great vintage. Jonson’s adaptation suggests rather a process of sceptical inquiry which prepares the soil for the fruit of truth.
1497 digladiations Lat. digladiatio, sword-flourishing; metaphorically, verbal dispute. Bacon, Advancement, 25 characterizes scholastic disputation as ‘digladiation about subtilties’.
1497–8 facility of credit credulousness.
1498 concatenation connection. Cf. Bacon, Advancement, 27: ‘Astrologie pretendeth to discover that correspondence or concatenation, which is betweene the superiour Globe and the inferiour.’
1499 convenience agreement.
1500 animadversion From Lat. animadvertere, to ‘turn the attention towards’, so ‘to take note of, censure’. Cf. Bacon, Advancement, 1.4.1: ‘I have no meaning at this time to make exact animadversion of the errors and impediments in matters of learning’; see R. S. Peterson (1981), 13.
1500–3 where style . . . judgement Jonson equates sound philosophy with integrity of style, reading Bacon’s first and second distempers of learning (the humanistic study of words and not matter, the scholastic vanity of matter) as examples of stylistic as well as intellectual degeneracy.
1504 monte potiri Translated in text. Alluding to Ovid, Met, 5.254, of Athena alighting on Mount Helicon (see 1721n.) to find Hippocrene, the spring of poetic inspiration created by Pegasus’s hoof.
1504–5 For . . . level Bacon, Advancement, 1.5.5: ‘For no perfect discovery can be made upon a flat or level; neither is it possible to discover the remote and deeper parts of any science, if you stand but on the level of the same science.’ Bacon’s metaphor is of the hill as vantage point for a territorial ‘discovery’ in which the eye masters what it observes. Jonson’s Ovidian allusion transforms the metaphor; ascent and discovery now involve creative imitatio and the possibility of inspiration.
De optimo scriptore
1506 (m) Of the best writer.
1506 knowing] F2; knowing of Schelling
1508–1623 The . . . you This long section is taken from John Hoskyns’s Directions for Speech and Style, c. 1598–1603, BL Harleian MS 4604, fols. 2–4, BL Harleian MS 850, folios 2–4 and Bod. MS Ashmole Mus. d. I, as edited by Osborn, The Life, Letters, and Writings of John Hoskins (1937), 116–21. John Hoskyns (1566–1638) was MP, sergeant-at-law, and judge of the Welsh Marches, and an authority on style (he helped Sir Walter Ralegh ‘polish [his] style’), a manuscript poet, libeller, and epigrammatist, and politically oppositional figure. See Norbrook (1994), 140–64, and Colclough (2000), 369–400. John Aubrey (Aubrey MS. 6, folio 108) reported that when Benedict, Hoskyns’s son, asked Jonson to adopt him as his son, Jonson replied that he should be his brother, for John Hoskyns was his ‘father’ and had ‘polished’ him (Clark, ed., Brief Lives, 1.418). H&S thought Hoskyns was the ‘friend’ who sent Jonson to Westminster School (see Informations, 181), though corroborative evidence is lacking. Castelain noted that Hoskyns’s section on letter-writing is indebted to Justus Lipsius Epistolica institutio, as Jonson probably realized; see Lipsius, Principles of Letter-Writing (1996), 2–62.
1508–31 The . . . writing From Hoskyns’s dedicatory epistle to ‘a gent of the Temple’ (presumably a protégé), see Writings, ed. Osborn (1937), 116–17; indebted to Pierre de la Primaudaye, L’Academie Françoise (trans. 1586); Writings, ed. Osborn, 262.
Cicero
1512–13 dicere. . . intelligit ‘No one can speak correctly unless he is a sound thinker.’ Jonson follows Hoskyns in substituting recte, ‘correctly’, for Cicero’s bene, ‘well’; see Cicero, Brutus, 6.23.
1517 the lips . . . forth Hoskyns, Writings, ed. Osborn, 116: ‘to the lipps which giue it forth, or the thoughts which put it forth’.
1517 give] F2; gave Gollancz
1517 disproportion and incoherence Hoskyns, Writings, ed. Osborn, 116, more logically says that disordered speech is an injury to the ‘right proportion and coherence of things in themselves’; that is, things are naturally coherent, and words misrepresent things if words are disordered.
1520 preposterous disordered, back-to-front.
1526 force and uniformity Hoskyns, Writings, ed. Osborn, 116, adds ‘truth’.
1530 leisure . . . eyes Leisure to revise and correct, which enables writing to be more lively and sharp than extempore speech.
De stilo epistolari
1532 (m) ‘Of the style of letter-writing’. Trimpi (1962a), 60–75, remarks on the significance of Jonson’s inserting Hoskyns’s instructions for writing letters within an essay on the cultivation of an unaffected, conversational style. The familiar letter was traditionally defined as conversation (sermo) between absent friends; see Lipsius, Principles, 9. On the significance of the familiar letter in humanist print culture as the public advertisement of intimacy between learned men, see Jardine (1993). For Jonson’s brilliant dramatization of stylistic and moral investments in the familiar letter, see EMI (Q), 1.1 and (F), 1.2.
1532 In writing Hoskyns, Writings, ed. Osborn, 118, has ‘In writing of letters’.
1532 fashion action or process of making.
Inventio
1533 (m) ‘Invention’, the discovery of material for discourse, whether in dialectic or rhetoric.
1533 business] H&S (subst.); baseness F2
1536 business F2’s ‘baseness’ is corrected in the light of Hoskyns’s ‘busines’ (Writings, ed. Osborn, 118). Business, defined as the pragmatic source of inventio, wittily mutates here into ‘fuss’.
1547–51 the other . . . to Jonson’s text slightly condenses Hoskyns, Writings, ed. Osborn, 118: ‘the other is the coherence of the sentences for men’s capacity and delight; you are to weigh what will be apprehended first with great delight and attention, what next regarded and longed for especially, And what (last) will leave most satisfaction and, as it were, the sweetest memorial and brief of all that is past in his understanding whom you write to.’
1547 sentence. For] F2 (subst.); sentence for Schelling
1547 sentence expression of thought.
1547–8 For . . . with Hoskyns inserts ‘first’ after ‘apprehended’ (‘to weigh what will be apprehended first’).
1550 brief] H&S (subst.); beliefe F2
1550 brief F2’s ‘beliefe’ corrected to Hoskyns’s ‘briefe’, i.e. epitome (Writings, ed. Osborn, 118).
1552 cue] Donaldson, OA; Q F2
1552 bespoken Hoskyns has ‘be (as it were) spoken before it come’ (Writings, ed. Osborn, 118); F2’s ‘bespoken’ adds the nice sense of being anticipated by the reader.
1554 ] H&S; no new paragraph in F2
Modus:
1554 (m) Fashion.
1555 (m) Brevitas ‘Brevity’. Brevitatem, Perspicuitatem, Simplicitatem, Venustatem, Decentiam, ‘brevity, clarity, simplicity, elegance, decency’, are stipulated by Lipsius as characteristics of the conversational style suited to letters; see Principles, 24–5.
1. Brevitas
1560 open Hoskyns, Writings, ed. Osborn, 119: ‘penn’.
1563 estate and senses F2 has ‘estate and cense as senses’; H&S interpret ‘cense’ as ‘rank’, glossing ‘whose estate and rank you know as well as you know his intelligence’; Donaldson, OA, interprets ‘cense’ as ‘endowments’, from Lat. census. ‘Cense’, however, seems here redundant in meaning and a clumsy assonance, therefore likely, as H&S also suspect, to be a printer’s error; Hoskyns, Writings, ed. Osborn, 119, simply gives ‘estate and senses’, which includes both rank and intelligence.
1563 senses] this edn; cense as senses F2
1565 your] F2; with Schelling
1568 submiss ‘Submissive’ or polite, in contrast to ‘familiar’, just as ‘interest’ (what one wants from someone) is contrasted with ‘favour’ (what one has, or can count on having).
1572 nor] H&S; not F2
1572 nor F2’s ‘not’ corrected to Hoskyns’s ‘nor’ (Writings, ed. Osborn, 119).
1572 breviates summaries.
1574 compliments] Wh; Complements F2
1578 baits stops for refreshment.
Quintilian
1579 Quintilian saith Inst., 4.2.41.
1582 spake] F3; speake F2
1584–5 Seneca . . . not Jonson copies Hoskyns here (Writings, ed. Osborn, 119–20). See Trimpi (1962a), 47–53, on criticism of extremes of Senecan brevity.
1586 ] H&S; no new paragraph in F2
1586 (m) Perspicuitas Perspicuity.
1586–8 The . . . for F2 has ‘The next property of Epistolarie style is Perspicuity, and is often [catchword] time / times by affectation of some wit ill angled for’ (sigs. Q4–4v); however, Hoskyns, Writings, ed. Osborn, 120, says that perspicuity ‘is oftentimes endangered by the former quality (Brevity), oftentimes by affectation of some wit ill angled for’. Lipsius, likewise, deliberately treats ‘perspicuitas’ after ‘brevitas’ because the former endangers the latter: Virtus altera, Perspicuitas; de industria a me Brevitati subtexta, quia periculum magnum huic ab illa, ‘The second virtue is clarity; I have purposely placed it after brevity because it is greatly threatened by the latter’ (Principles, 28–9). It seems likely, therefore, that F2’s omission of any mention of ‘brevity’ is a printer’s error, probably an eyeslip due to the repetition of ‘often times’. The ‘times’ of ‘often times’ happened to be the catchword between sigs. Q4 and Q4v, and in state 1 of F2 it is mistakenly given as ‘time’ on Q4. For an analysis and possible explanation of these errors, see the list of variants and discussion in the Textual Essay, Electronic Edition.
2. Perspicuitas
1586 oftentimes] this edn; often-times F2 state 3 (subst.); often tints F2 state 1; often timts F2 state 2
1587 endangered . . . brevity),] H&S (subst.); omitted F2
1589 too much . . . eyes Cf. Volp., 5.2.23; Donne, Satires, 3.68–9.
1593 conceiving] H&S; concerning F2
1593 conceiving F2 has ‘concerning’; Hoskyns has ‘conceiving of your selfe’ (Writings, ed. Osborn, 120). The punctuation of F2, with a comma after ‘well’ and ‘your selfe’ supports ‘distinctly conceiving yourself’ as a separate participial phrase governed by the preposition ‘by’, so that ‘concerning’ seems to be a compositor’s error.
1593–6 uttering . . . fumblingly The idea that style is improved by exposing utterance to the ‘light’ of others’ judgement and censure is the staple of Renaissance manuals of civil conversation, such as Stefano Guazzo’s Civil Conversation (1586), trans. G. Pettie (1925), 1.33,115, which likewise mocks scholars for their failures in this regard; Hoskyns’s Directions explicitly says that its teaching ‘may benefit conversation’ (Writings, ed. Osborn, 115). Cf. also Jonson’s frequent advocacy of the ‘sunshine’ of public transactions of eloquence, as opposed to the ‘shade’ of scholarship in solitude: 309–11, 1182–94.
1596–8 like . . . shop Variant on a humanist commonplace, illustrating the view that riches of eloquence are not riches unless they are in ‘ready cash’; that is, unless the man richly stocked with knowledge knows how to speak aptly on a particular occasion. Cf. Erasmus, who recommends in De copia a method for having the riches of one’s reading ‘in ready cash’ (velut . . . in numerato) (CWE, 23.258–79).
1597 note and difference change.
1602–8 Under . . . reader Trimpi (1962a), 61–2, notes that the analogy between an epistolary ‘plain style’ and a chaste and modest simplicity in the attire of women was commonplace; see Cicero, Orator, 23; Lipsius, Quod feminas ornare dicitur, non ornari: hoc epistolam, ‘Just as women are said to adorn in order not to seem adorned: this [also applies to] a letter’ (Principles, 30–1).
1603 interrogatories] F(3) (subst.); Intergatories F2
1604–5 But . . . freedom Donaldson (2002) suggests this is borrowed from Montaigne, Essays, 1.25 (trans. Florio (1603), 1965 edn, 1.183).
1604 method and word] this edn; method F2; method (and wordes) H&S
1604 method and word F2 has ‘method’; Hoskyns, Writings, 120: ‘method and word’.
1612 cast a ring Possibly referring to the kind of game in which hoops or rings are cast over targeted prizes.
1613 ‘accommodation’ . . . ‘spirit’ Hoskyns’s ‘perfumed terms’ are ‘apprehensiveness’, ‘compliments’, ‘spirit’, ‘accommodate’ (Writings, ed. Osborn, 121). Bobadil uses ‘accommodate’ pretentiously EMI (F), 1.5.102; ‘compliment’ is satirized as an affected term in George Chapman, An Humorous Day’s Mirth (1599), 1.2.31. H&S suggest that ‘spirit’ was considered affected when used in the senses of ‘mettle, vigour of mind’, or ‘a brisk quality in things’; they instance 1H4, 4.1.97–101.
1615 ] H&S; no new paragraph in F2
3. Vigor
1615 (m) Vigor Liveliness, activity.
1615 life and quickness Hoskyns simply gives ‘life’ (Writings, ed. Osborn, 121). It is unlikely that the additional word was not intended by Jonson, yet, since ‘quickness’ meant ‘life, vitality’, the pairing is tautologous.
1616 pithy] H&S; pretty F2
1616 pithy F2 gives ‘pretty’, Hoskyns, Writings, ed. Osborn, ‘pithy’; it seems unlikely that Jonson would have equated the ‘strength and sinews’ of writing with ‘prettiness’, rather than pith.
1616 allusions to] H&S (subst.); Allusions, F2
1617–18 The Courtier. . . De oratore Il cortegiano, by Baldassare Castiglione (1528), trans. Thomas Hoby) (1561), derives its discussion of jesting (2.45–99) from Cicero, De oratore, 2.61–71.
1619 (m) Discretio Discernment.
1619–21 The . . . all Cf. Lipsius, who defines ‘decency’ (decentia) and ‘decorum’ (τὸ πρέπον) with respect to persona and res, the person to whom one writes, and the thing of which one writes (Principles, 32–3).
1619 ] H&S; no new paragraph in F2
4. Discretio
1624 oratory From what precedes it is clear that discourse generally is meant; oratory is thus inclusive of conversing and writing letters, as well as of declaiming and composing philosophical prose.
1625 (m) Of poetry.
De Poetica
1625 primogeniture Poetry is regarded as the ‘first born’ of the literary kinds (Donaldson, OA).
1625 peccant humours Morbid or unhealthy imbalances in the body. Bacon distinguishes between the three main ‘diseases’ or ‘distempers’ in learning, identified in Advancement, 23–7 (see 1481–1505n.), and the various merely ‘peccant humours’ which he goes on to discuss.
1627 charact stamp, impress. Cf. EMI (F), 3.3.22.
1627–31 Now . . . aspersions Jonson begins as if to say that poetry has been discredited through the practitioners’ abuses, but in fact concludes the opposite: the men who ‘study depravation or calumny’ are not poets but the enemies of poetry and of liberty. Jonson’s opening of a discussion of poetry with a defence of poetic liberty contrasts strikingly with his preceding section on epistolary style, in which, to achieve oratorical effectiveness, the writer was to calculate precise degrees of favour with the addressee. Poetry, the ‘most prevailing eloquence’, makes no such calculation.
1631 her fame In Lat. aetas, ‘the age’, is a feminine noun; Jonson may also be thinking of femininity as exemplary of this kind of sensitivity to aspersion; see 1646––7.
1631 That] this edn; new paragraph in F2
1632 Placentia Lat. (post-classical) ‘courteousness’. ‘Placentia College’ is the royal court, where the art of ingratiating oneself is studied above all else. Jonson thus precisely distinguishes poetry from courtliness, though his own poetry has been seen as the epitome of the courtly (e.g. by Goldberg, 1983). See Butler (1995a) for Jonson’s complex critique of Jacobean courtly politics, and increasing scholarly isolation from the Caroline court.
1634–63 From Erasmus’s letter to Maarten van Dorp, defending his Moriae encomium, or Praise of Folly (1511), against Dorp’s letter explaining the objections of the outraged theology faculty at Louvain. From 1516 Dorp’s censure and Erasmus’s reply (Epistola apologetica) were printed with the Moriae encomium; see Jardine (1993), 111–27, 180–7. Erasmus eloquently defends his right to use satire, irony, and verbal play to reveal the corruptions and vested interests of powerful institutions. See CWE, 3.117–21. Cf. Epigr., Ded., ‘everyone thinks another’s ill deeds objected to him’ (7–8), and the treatment of this theme throughout Epigr. Cf. also Martial, 10.33.10, Juvenal, Satires, 1.147ff., and Partridge (1973), 153–98.
Divus Hieronimus
1635 (m) ‘Divine Jerome’; St Jerome, properly known as Eusebius Sophronius Hieronymus (c. 342–420), learned and eloquent translator of the Hebrew Bible into the Latin Vulgate.
1635 St Jerome] Donaldson, OA; S. Hierome F2
1635–6 ubi. . . iniuriam From Erasmus, ‘To Maarten van Dorp’, CWE, 3.117: ‘Why do they not remember what Jerome so often maintains, that the discussion of faults in general carries no criticism of any individual in particular?’ See St Jerome: Letters and Selected Works, trans. W. H. Fremantle (1893), Letter 125:5, to the monk Rusticus. Jerome anticipates criticism of his taxation of vices in contemporary Roman society, but argues that, since he will not copy the licence of the old comedy and mention names, those who feel themselves targeted by his criticism should ‘try to hide, or rather to correct whatever they perceive to be amiss in them’, instead of exposing their faults by cursing him.
1636 Is it] G; It is F2
1637 by . . . exception by taking offence at a poet’s general taxation of vices.
1638 particularly?] G; particularly. F2
1640 rodere] F2; radere Schelling
1640 (m)] F2 (Pers. Sat.1)
Persius, Satire 1
1640 ‘Let rough truths bite tender ears?’ Quoted by Erasmus, ‘To Marrten van Dorp’, CWE, 3.118, from Persius, Satires, 1.107–8, which has the satiric poet’s friend ask, Sed quid opus teneras mordaci radere vero / auriculas?, ‘But why rasp people’s tender ears with biting truths?’ For radere, ‘to grate’, or metaphorically ‘to offend’, Jonson substitutes rodere, ‘gnaw’, intensifying the sense of ‘biting’ satire. H&S suspect an error, but Jonson may equally be playing on Persius’s satiric images of contemporary poetry as a wanton, gratifying tickling in the loins and ears (Satires, 1.13–24).
Livius
1641 ‘Our vows for a remedy were always more true than our hopes.’ Not in Livy, in spite of the marginal note; nor quoted from Erasmus’s Epistola a pologetica, the translation of which it interrupts.
1644–5 Some . . . spoken Erasmus, ‘To Maarten van Dorp’, CWE, 3.118, makes an analogy with tragedy, in which events too atrocious to make spectacles of are simply narrated.
1645–50 But . . . all Erasmus, ‘To Maarten van Dorp’, CWE, 3.119; cf. J. Selden, The Table Talk of John Selden (1689), ed. Pollock (1927), 142. The purported tendency of women to identify with general praise and censure is an inescapable consequence of this kind of commonplace, which precludes differentiation between women.
1646 (m)] F2 (Sexus foe-/min:)
1646 blazon Originally, to depict according to heraldic conventions; metaphorically, to proclaim or make known.
Sexus foeminarum
1646 (m) The feminine sex.
1650–1 If . . . avoid it Erasmus, ‘To Maarten van Dorp’, CWE, 3.119: ‘If I have sense, I shall conceal my feelings.’ The discourse of slander and censorship intersects with that of civility. The idea that one should take silent note of censure of one’s manners, ‘dissembling’ the application to oneself and correcting oneself without revealing the correction, is advocated by Erasmus, and by subsequent Renaissance handbooks on civility, as Jonson is aware; see Hutson (2002). Cf. Epigr. 30.
1652–3 on the . . . hand ready to amend his fault.
1653 ingeniously] F2; ingenuously Wh
1653 ingeniously ingenuously; so emended by Whalley.
1658 several privately owned.
Poeta
1665 (m) ‘The poet’ (‘the maker’).
1665 κατ᾽ . . . Ποιητὴς Gr; ‘Par excellence, the Maker’. Cf. Staple, 4.4.109.
1666 imitation Jonson would have encountered the Lat. term for mimesis, imitatione, in his edition of Aristotle’s Poetics, which was a Latin translation by Daniel Heinsius (see 1783–9n.), Aristotelis de poetica liber (Leiden, 1611), 1.
1783–9 according to Aristotle See Poetics, 1.2–4, and cf. Sidney, Apology for Poetry, ed. Shepherd, 86: ‘Poetry therefore is an art of imitation, for so Aristotle termeth it in the word mimesis, that is to say, a representing, counterfeiting, or figuring forth.’ On classical ‘mimesis’, see Russell (1981), 99–113; on the intense debates of Renaissance commentators on Aristotle over the question of whether he was right to define poetry primarily as a mimetic or imitative art, see Hathaway (1962), 3–125, and Weinberg (1961).
1668–9 Hence . . only Cf. Sidney, Apology for Poetry, ed. Shepherd, 87: ‘verse being but an ornament and no cause to Poetry, since there have been many most excellent poets that never versified, and now swarm many versifiers that need never answer to the name of poets’. Not all Renaissance commentators were satisfied with the Aristotelian privileging of mimesis over verse as definitive of poetry; see Weinberg (1961) on literary theory in Italy, 1.562–75: ‘Poetry comes to be distinguished from imitation as a species from its genus . . . but poetry . . . remains inextricably linked with verse.’ See also Hathaway (1962), 9–22.
1669–70 like the truth Cf. Epicene, second prol., 9–10.
1670–1 For . . . poem Aristotle, Poetics, 1450a.
Poema
1673 (m) ‘The poem’ (‘the thing made’).
Virgilius, Aeneid, 3
1676 ‘These arms Aeneas from the victorious Greeks’, the verse (carmen) engraved by Aeneas on the bronze shield once carried by Abas (Aeneid, 3.288).
1677 poem, or carmen The Lat. carmen (pl. carmina) includes in its significations: a song, tune (etymologically linked to cano, ‘I sing’); a poem, poetry of any kind, especially lyric poetry; a poetic inscription; a prediction or oracular declaration; an incantation or spell; an ancient religious or legal formula.
Martial, 7.98
1678 (m)] F2 (Martial)
1678 ‘You buy up everything, Castor: so it will come to pass that you will sell everything’ (Martial, 7.98). Jonson’s example of a monostich constituting an epigram; note the conclusion of both halves of the line with contrasting verbs.
1680 (m)] F2 (lib. 8. epigr.19)
1680 ] F2 at foot of sig. R1 and repeated at top of R1v
1680 ‘Cinna wishes to appear a poor man. And he is a poor man’, another one-line epigram from Martial (8.19); here both halves of the verse begin and end with the same word.
Martial, 8.19
Horatius
1681 designs designates.
Lucretius
Epicum, dramaticum, lyricum, elegiacum, epigrammaticum
1683 ‘Which is also made clear in my first book (carmen)’, from Lucretius, De rerum natura, 6.937. See 1378–80n.
1683–6 (m) ‘Epic, dramatic, lyric, elegaic, epigrammatic’. Epigram, one of Jonson’s favoured genres, was not deemed worthy of inclusion in literary treatises of the ancient world, entering critical discourse only at the end of the seventeenth century; see Clark, (2002), 181.
Poesis
1688 (m) ‘Poesy’ (‘the art of making’).
1688 A . . . poet. Clark (1918) showed that Jonson derived this passage from Jacobus Pontanus, Poeticarum institutionum libri tres (‘Three Books of the Institution of Poetry’) (Ingolstadt, 1594) ch. 7, 20: poema esse opus ipsum poetae . . . finem et fructum opera atque studii, quod impendit poeta: poesin autem fictionem ipsam, rationemue ac formam poematis, sive industriam atque operam facientis: ut poema, poesis, poeta haec tria differant, quomodo tres personae verbi, a quibus oriuntur, π∊ποίημαι, π∊ποίησαι, π∊ποίηται. A prima existit poema, ab altera poesis, a tertia poeta: quasi dicas factum, factio, factor: aut fictum, fictio, fictor, ‘A poem is the very work of the poet . . . the end and fruit of labour, and also of study, which the poet employs. Poetry is the very fashioning, by means of reason, and the form of the poem or the industry and labour of the doer: and the poem, poetry, the poet, these three things differ in the way that the three persons do from whom the following verbs arise: “I have made”, “you have made”, “he/she has made”. From the first comes the poem, from the second, poetry, from the third, the poet: as it were, the thing done, the act of doing, the doer; or the thing fashioned, the act of fashioning, the creator.’ Spingarn (1908), 1.227, describes the distinctions between poema, poeta, poesis, and poetice as commonplace in Alexandrian and Latin criticism, but the nature of the distinctions were open to debate. See Julius Caesar Scaliger, Poetices libri septem (1607), Bk 1, ch. 2, 388, for a different division. Sidney distinguishes ‘poesy’ (the art of making) from ‘poetry’ (‘the thing made’). See ‘poesy’, Apology for Poetry, ed. Shepherd, 84, line 25; 86, line 17 (and n.); 101, line 33; 90, line 42; 92, line 2 and examples of ‘poetry’, 88, line 2; 95, line 30 etc.
1690–2 as . . . poet Jonson equates the ‘making’ of the poetic activity with ‘feigning’ or mimesis.
Artium Regina
1692 (m) The queen of arts.
1692 habit . . . art See Cave’s gloss of the oratorical sense of Lat. habitus: ‘Arising from a root meaning “to have”, it indicates a capacity which . . . is fully possessed; thus the common renderings “disposition” or “habit” somewhat limit its semantic field, which is enriched and made more active by a sense of “mastery”’ (Cave 1979, 126).
1695 if . . . Aristotle Aristotle nowhere says this, but Poetics, 1451b, argues that concern with probable rather than actual occurrence makes poetry more serious and philosophical than history. See Eden (1986), 48–9: ‘Moving freely . . . between the particularities of history . . . and the universality characteristic of philosophical inquiry, fiction reveals not only what happened, but why the events occurred as they did.’
1695 If . . . Tully From Cicero’s speech in defence of Aulas Licinius Archias, the poet (Pro Archia poeta, 16), which declares: ‘this [poetry] gives stimulus to our youth, and diversion to our old age, ornaments our success, offers a refuge of consolation to our failure, delights us at home, does not hamper us abroad. It is our companion through our nightwatches, on our journeys, during our country recreations.’
Aristotle
Marcus Tullius Cicero
1700 earnest serious affairs.
1702–5 they . . . sweetness From Strabo (64 bcad 21), Geographica, 1.2.3; his larger argument is that poetry antedates history and philosophy as a teacher of mankind, and that for many, poetry remains more accessible than philosophy.
Poetae differentiae
1706 (m) The distinguishing marks of the poet.
Grammatica, logica, rhetorica, ethica
1709–10 (m) Grammar, logic, rhetoric, ethics.
1. Ingenium
1711–1814 This long passage (which appears as one paragraph in F2) is an essay in the five requirements of the poet – ingenium (natural talent), exercitatio (exercise), imitatio (imitation), lectio (reading), and ars (art), which categories Jonson Englishes as ‘goodness of natural wit’ (1712), ‘exercise’ (1730), ‘imitation’ (1752), ‘an exactness of study, and multiplicity of reading’ (1763–4), and ‘art’ (1770). An apparent contradiction between the purely inspirational theory of poetry implied in the opening praise of ingenium, and the latter insistence on exercise, imitation, and art is in part the legacy of the Renaissance tendency to conflate the divisions of poetic theory with the traditional division of rhetoric into natura, doctrina, and exercitatio; see D. L. Clark (1918), 413–29. Sidney also exemplifies this conflation when he says that the ‘highest flying wit’ must have a ‘Daedalus’ to guide him composed of ‘art, imitation, and exercise’ (Apology for Poetry, ed. Shepherd, 132). See also T. M. Greene (1982), 271, and Cave (1979), 143. Jonson’s main source here is Pontanus, Poeticarum institutionum (see 1688n.), from which he derives many of his examples illustrating the divisions. Jonson returns, at the end of the essay (1788) to the primacy of ‘a natural wit’ (ingenium) by way of a passage translated from Heinsius that asserts the value of ars, or poetic theory, reasserting the need for both.
1711 (m) Ingenium Natural ability, talent, wit.
1711–12 for . . . Greek Cf. Sidney, Apology for Poetry, ed. Shepherd, 84: ‘The Greeks call him “a poet” . . . wherein, I know not whether by luck or wisdom, we Englishmen have met with the Greeks in calling him a maker.’
1712–14 For . . . mind Cicero, Pro Archia poeta, 18: ‘For we have it on the highest and most learned authority that while other arts consist of doctrine and precepts, poetry is strong of its own nature, and is aroused by strength of reason, and infused by a quasi-divine inspiration.’ In quoting this passage, Jonson follows Pontanus, Poeticarum institutionum, Bk 1, ch. 1, 1.
Seneca
1714–21 Seneca . . . ascend Close paraphrase of the final lines of Seneca, De tranquillitate animi (‘On the Tranquillity of the Mind’), 7.10–11, quoting Plato, Aristotle, and ‘the Greek poet’ on the pleasures of poetic frenzy, and on the need for the mind to be excited and inspired in order to rise above common and vulgar conceptions. On changing inspirational theories of poetry in antiquity, see Russell (1981), 69–83; for their medieval transmission, see Curtius (1953), 474–5; for Renaissance neoplatonism and poetic furor, see Weinberg (1961), 1.271–329. Jonson jokes about his own ‘poetical fury’ in Staple, Ind., 58.
1714–15 aliquando. . . esse ‘Sometimes, according to Anacreon, it is a pleasure to be mad’, from Seneca, De tranquillitate, 17.10; Seneca does not attribute the saying to Anacreon.
Plato
1716 frustra. . . pulsavit Seneca, De tranquillitate, 17.10, quotes Plato as saying, frustra poeticas fores compos sui pepulit, ‘the sane man knocks in vain at the door of poetry’. Jonson gives pulsavit (perfect of pulsare, to beat, strike) for Seneca’s pepulit (perfect of pello, also to beat, strike). Plato’s Phaedrus, 245A, says that the man who comes to the door of poetry without the muse’s madness expecting to excel by art will fail; the argument may, however, be ironic.
1716 Aristotle] F3 (subst.); Aristole F2
1717 nullum. . . fuit ‘No great genius ever existed without a mixture of madness’, quoted by Seneca, De tranquillitate, probably from Aristotle, Problems, 30.1, which discusses the relationship between outstanding intellectual (including poetic) achievement and melancholic temperament, or an excess of black bile.
Aristotle
1717–18 Nec. . . mens ‘It is not possible to utter something great and above the rest if the mind is not excited’, from Seneca, De tranquillitate, 17.10.
1718–21 Then . . . ascend Translating Seneca, De tranquillitate, 17.11.
Helicon, Pegasus, Parnassus
1721 Helicon Mountain in Boetia, sacred to the Muses, location of the fountain of Hippocrene; see 1505n.
1721 Pegasus Immortal winged horse, sprung from the blood of Medusa, which carried the thunder and lightning of Zeus. Caught and tamed by the hero Bellerophon, Pegasus is said to have created the fount of Hippocrene on Mount Helicon, near the Muses’ sacred grove, by stamping his hoof (Ovid, Met, 5.254–7).
1722 Parnassus Mountain sacred to Apollo, god of music and poetry.
Ovidius
1723–4 Jonson has fused two passages of Ovid Fasti, 6.5–6: Est deus in nobis; agitante calescimus illo: / impetus his sacrae semina mentis habet, ‘There is a god within us. It is when he stirs that our bosom warms / It is his impulse that sows the sacred seeds of inspiration’, and Ars amatoria (‘Art of Love’), 3.549–50: Est deus in nobis, et sunt commercia caeli: / sedibus aetheriis spiritus ille venit, ‘There is a god in us; we are in touch with heaven: / from celestial places comes our inspiration.’
1724 aetheriis] Donaldson, OA; aethereis F2
Lipsius
1725–6 scio. . . aurae ‘I know there has never been an outstanding poet, without a richer than usual share of divine inspiration’, quoted from Lipsius’s discussion of Suetonius in Electorum libri duo (‘Two books of selections’), Bk 2, ch. 17, Opera omnia, 1.326.
1727 mediocres, or imos Ordinary or inferior.
1728–9 Solus . . . nascitur Lat., ‘only a king, or a poet, is not born every year’; cf. EMI (F), 5.5.32–3. Not Petronius, but Annius Florus, poet-friend of the emperor Hadrian. Only a few fragments of his work survive; see Anthologia Latina, ed. A. Riese (1894), 1.1, no. 252. Cf. Epigr. 4.3, 79.1; Panegyre, 163; New Inn, epil., 23–4.
1728 (m)] F2 (Petron. in frag.)
Petronii in fragmenta
1730 ] Donaldson, OA; no new paragraph in F2
2. Exercitatio
1730 (m) Exercitatio Exercise.
1730 (m) Exercitatio] this edn.; at 1732 in F2
1735 turn] F3; tourne F2; torn G
1735–6 bring . . . anew Cf. Horace, Art of Poetry, 627–8; see 470n.
1737 ere] this edn; or F2
1737 ere . . . quarter in the first three months of the year (that is, of trying to be a poet).
1738 comes] Wh; come F2
1739 sense Cf. Und. 84.23–4; ‘one sense’ may imply its negation, ‘nonsense’. Cf. 1324n.
1739 A . . . things Cf. 1668–9n. for Sidney’s similar views. The distinction between a poet and a rhymer is made throughout Informations.
Virgil
1740–1 Virgil . . . licking From the ‘Life of Virgil’ drawn from Suetonius by the fourth-century grammarian, Aelius Donatus; see Russell (1981), Appendix, 187. Jonson may again be following Pontanus, Poeticarum institutionum, Bk 1, ch. 16, 51. Bear cubs were traditionally thought to be born as unshaped and formless, and then ‘licked into shape’ by their mothers, but this belief was soon to come in for criticism; see Sir Thomas Browne, Pseudodoxia epidemica (1646), ch. 6.
Scaliger
1741–2 Scaliger . . . number See Julius Caesar Scaliger, Poetices libri septem, Bk 5, ch. 2.
1743–9 But . . . verse From Factorum ac dictorum memorabilium libri Ⅸ (‘Memorable Doings and Sayings’) of Valerius Maximus (fl. ad 30), 3.7.11.
Valerius Maximus
Euripides
Alcestis
1746 throes] G; throwes F2
1749 as] F2; as much as Wh
1750 rattles Cf. Und. 84.1.16–20.
1751 last their last beyond their. Cf. ‘Shakes. Beloved’ (5.638–42), line 43.
1752 ] Donaldson, OA; no new paragraph in F2
1752 (m) Imitatio Imitation.
1752–61 The . . . them Imitatio, or imitation, ‘the study and conspicuous deployment of features recognizably characteristic of a canonical author’s style or content’ (OCD) was throughout antiquity advocated both as pedagogic method (see 1234–42) and as poetic practice. Contrast Jonson’s use of the word ‘imitation’ in the sense of ‘mimesis’ (1074, 1666). On this passage, see R. S. Peterson (1981), 6–10, who observes a contradiction between Jonson’s assertion 636, that ‘no imitator ever grew up to his author’, and his statement here (taken from Pontanus, Poeticarum institutionum, Bk 1, ch. 10, 30–1) that the poet ought to ‘make choice’ of one man, and follow him ‘till he grow very he’ (1753–4). The first assertion fits better with the rest of the present passage, which develops the classical idea of imitative reading and writing as ranging over different authors as the stomach digests diverse foods, or as bees transmute nectar from diverse flowers into honey. For sources of these digestive and apian metaphors, see Seneca, Epist., 84.3–4 and Quintilian, Inst., Bk 10. For commentary, see Moss (1996), 12–20; Pigman (1980), 1–32; T. M. Greene (1982), 73–5; Cave (1979), 45–7. A connection between ‘imitation’ in this sense and that of ‘mimesis’, at 1074 and 1666, is implicitly present in the idea of language and style mirroring the man (1438–43), and may inform Jonson’s theory of the comic poet as the imitator of ‘deeds, and language, such as men do use’ EMI (F) prol., 21; see also Pontanus on both kinds of imitatio, in Poeticarum institutionum, Bk 1, ch. 10 and Bk 1, ch. 6.
3. Imitatio
1755–6 Not . . . indigested Jonson’s use of the word ‘creature’ suggests an antithesis with ‘creator’, as if the author who imitates badly – who fails to digest what he reads, and reproduces it crudely – emerges not as a creator, but as the ‘creature’ of others’ texts.
1757 concoct digest; Lat. concoquo.
1758 as Horace saith Horace, Ars Poetica, 131–5; quoted by Pontanus, Poeticarum institutionum, Bk 1, ch. 10, 32.
Horatius
Virgilius, Statius, Homer, Horatius, Archilochus, Alcaeus, etc.
1762 Horace, Archilochus Archilochus, a Greek poet of the seventh century bc, famous for his stinging wit, was Horace’s formal model for the Epodes, which introduced the iambic metre and its pugnacious spirit into Latin poetry (OCD).
1762 Alcaeus Lyric poet of Lesbos, born c. 620 bc, whose subjects included politics, war, wine, love, hymns to the gods; a favourite with Horace (OCD).
1763 (m) Lectio Reading.
4. Lectio
1764 which . . . man Cf. Bacon, Essays, 1, ‘Of Studies’: ‘Reading maketh a full man, conference a ready man, and writing an exact man.’
1767–9 And . . . Helicon Recalling Persius, Satires, Prol., 1–3, Nec fonte labra prolui caballino / nec in bicipiti somniasse Parnaso / memini, ut repente sic poeta prodirem, ‘I never washed my lips in the nag’s spring; never, that I can remember, did I dream on twin-peaked Parnassus, that I should suddenly come forth thus a poet.’ For Helicon and Parnassus, see 1720n. and, 1721n.
Parnassus
Helicon
Ars coronat
1769 (m) Art crowns.
1770 (m)] F2 (Ars coron.)
1770–2 And . . . perfection And though wit, exercise, imitation, and study may each claim to be indispensable to the making of a poet, only art (theoretical principles deduced from practice) may truly make such a claim.
1773 (m) Marcus Tullius] F2 (M. T.)
Marcus Tullius Cicero
1773–5 It . . . singular Cicero, Pro Archia poeta, 15: Atque idem ego hoc contendo, cum ad naturam eximiam et illustrem accesserit ratio quaedam conformatioque doctrinae, tum illud nescio quid praeclarum ac singulare solere existere, ‘Yet I do at the same time assert that when to an exceptional and brilliant nature is applied the rationality and formative influence of instruction, then I know not what distinction and singularity to be accustomed to come to light.’
1774 confirmation] F2; conformation Wh
1774 confirmation Cicero has conformatio, ‘formative influence’; Whalley emends to ‘conformation’.
Simylus
1775–9 Simlyus . . . being Simylus, an Athenian comic poet (fl. 284 bc); the verse literally reads: ‘Neither is nature sufficient without art, / Nor can art possess / master everything unless through nature.’ Jonson almost certainly quotes Simylus from Pontanus, Poeticarum institutionum, Bk 1, ch. 1, 2.
1775 Stobaeus (m) Ioannis Stobaeus (᾽ Ιωάννης Στοβαῖος or John of Stobi), author of an anthology of excerpts from poets and prose writers, probably composed early fifth century ad. Jonson is unlikely to have consulted Stobaeus, since he seems to have translated Simyli apud Stobaeum from Pontanus.
Stobaeus
1776 ] as prose in F2
1776 (m)] F2 (Stob.)
1776 Ο ὔτ∊] H&S; ο ὔτ∊ F2
1777 ο ὔτ∊] H&S; ὄτ∊ F2
1780 a fool . . . master See 16 and note. The question of whether or not a poet should be self-taught was anciently part of the debate between art and inspiration in which Jonson here participates. In Homer’s Odyssey the boast that the bard Phemius is self-taught is evidence of divine inspiration, a god has ‘implanted’ many ways of song in his mind; see Odyssey, 22.347, and Russell (1981), 70–1.
Horatius
1782–3 Horace . . . Aristotle Renaissance commentators such as Francesco Robortello, Vicenzo Maggi, and others, believed Horace’s Ars Poetica to be directly indebted to Aristotle’s Poetics; see Weinberg (1961), 1.111–55. Daniel Heinsius, Jonson’s guide, proposed a complete reordering of Horace’s text on these grounds, which Jonson himself followed; see Horace 2, and see also Meter (1984), 100–36.
Aristoteles
1783 Aristotle was . . . chief First of Jonson’s extensive translations from Heinsius, De tragoedia constitutione liber; see 1665n., for mention of this text, appended to the Aristotelis de poetica liber (Leiden, 1611) (Hildesheim, 1976), ch. 1, 12–13. For an English translation of the 1643 (rev.) edition of De trag. const., see On Plot in Tragedy, trans. P. Sellin and J. McMannon (1971), 7–8: Primus Aristoteles, et quod Critici est accurati, vitia omnia notavit: et quod veri est philosophi, e virtutibus multorum, unam fecit artem. Simulque utrunque nos docuit; et de aliis quid statuendum, et in nostris, quid sequendum esset. Frustra tamen, nisi ingenium accedat. Sed poeticum in primis, ‘Aristotle was the first both to note faults, as an accurate critic, and, as a true philosopher, from the virtues of many to construct a single art. He taught us two things at once: what we must determine about others, and what is to be followed in our own works – yet in vain, unless with genius, but chiefly with poetic genius.’ Daniel Heinsius (1580–1655) studied at Leiden under Joseph Justus Scaliger. Though now less famous than his contemporary at Leiden, Hugo Grotius, Heinsius was in his own time renowned throughout northern Europe as a classical philologist. His translation of Aristotle’s Poetics, bound with De trag. const., was enthusiastically received in England (Sellin, 1968, 80). Its dedication to Rochus van den Honaert, a prominent Dutch statesman who had dedicated his own neo-Latin tragedy to Heinsius, Grotius, and Appollonius Schotte that same year, marks it out as intended for practising dramatic poets. Jonson here selects a passage in which Heinsius, while insisting on the subordination of ars (art) to ingenium (genius, natural talent), demonstrates the value of theory. For Heinsius’s relations with England, see Sellin (1968); for his theory of tragedy, Meter (1984), 137–281. Jonson met Heinsius in Leiden in 1613: McPherson (1976a).
1789–94 For . . . men The lines from ch. 1 of Heinsius’s De trag. const., on the indispensability of poetic theory and poetic genius (see preceding note), are followed by lines which refer to Heinsius’s dedicatee, Rochus van den Honaert (1572–1632), member of the States General of Holland and West Friesland. Heinsius, De trag. const., 13–14, alleges the appropriateness of van den Honaert’s experience in public life to his desire to write tragedy: Necque enim quisquis haec sciet, ideo tragoediam scribet: sed si aptus a natura accedat, scribet ideo perfectam. Adde quod non pauca in eadem concurrant. Nam et eloquentia est opus, et quidem tota. Neque quicquam a Rhetoribus est dictum, quod non locum habeat in ista. Iam prudentia civilis, ubi magis requiritur? Non modo in sententiis et gnomis: sed quod felicissime alibi a te praestitum meminimus, cum consilia tractantur. Necque enim ex umbra ad ea accedebas: sed cum in Republica versatus esses, quae magnatum est schola, ‘Indeed, it is not that whoever knows this might write a tragedy: but that if he is apt by nature, he might write a perfect one. For not a few things converge in it [tragedy]. For it requires eloquence, and that whole. For what is said by rhetoricians, that has no place in it? Civil prudence, where is it more required? Not only in thoughts and aphorisms: but – which we remember most happily having been performed elsewhere by you – in carrying counsels. Neither, indeed, did you approach it [tragedy] from the shadow: but you were employed in the Republic, which is the school of great men.’ By removing references to tragedy, Jonson makes Heinsius’s theory applicable to comedy. Where Heinsius addresses the statesman-poet, Jonson suggests that the comic or tragic poet writes for and from the respublica.
1793 declaimers’ . . . shadow Heinsius says that van den Honaert did not come to tragedy from umbra, ‘shadow’; that is, from private life. That Jonson has glossed ‘shadow’ as ‘the declaimers’ gallery’ suggests a recollection of his reading in the elder Seneca; see 305–15 and n., where declamation, which is merely an ‘umbratical’ (shadowy) exercise in the schools, is deprecated by comparison with eloquence in political life. Scholastic declamation was associated with the superficiality of ornamental rhetoric, of adding ‘snatches or pieces, in sentences or remnants’ to one’s speech; see Quintilian, Inst., 5.12.18–19.
1794 but furnished] H&S (subst.); furnish’d but F2
Virorum schola respublica
1794 furnished See title-page and n., and Introduction.
1794 body of the state Jonson’s striking phrase for Heinsius’s Republica; an unusual variation on ‘body politic’, and one which precludes its identification with the monarch, since this ‘body of the state’ is also ‘the school of men’.
1794 (m) The republic is the school of men.
1795–9 The . . . excels Following Jonson’s adaptation of Heinsius’s praise of the statesman-poet in 1791–4, the text now apparently prepares for discussion of the political and ethical value of the comic poet, and of the poetics of comedy.
1795–7 The . . . strengths Close translation of Cicero, De oratore, 1.70; the context is the assertion that the orator, like the poet, needs to range widely in his knowledge of human life and affairs.
1797–9 And . . . excels Quintilian, Inst., 1.8.7, says comedy contributes to eloquence, being concerned with all characters and emotions; at 10.1.69–72 he praises Menander in particular for the decorum and range of his characterization and portrayal of emotion, and specifies his usefulness to declaimers, who have to take on different roles in their fictitious pleadings.
1799–1801 What . . . mind Horace, Epistles, 2.1.239, refers to the poor literary taste of Alexander the Great, for though he chose Lysippus and Apelles to paint him, his choice of poet was Choerilus (see 1847n.). In the same poem (2.1.168–76), Horace slyly acknowledges the artistic complexity of comedy by condemning Plautus for failing to demonstrate it. Here Jonson represses the negativity of the Horatian context from which he derives his exemplum in praise of comedy, though he addresses Horace’s negative judgement of both Choerilus and Plautus at 1847.
Lysippus
Apelles
1801–5 There . . . scene There may be a recollection of Quintilian, Inst., 10.1.71, which lists among the personae that declaimers may see appropriately portrayed in Menander’s comedy: ‘fathers, sons, soldiers, peasants, rich men and poor, the angry man and the suppliant, the gentle and the harsh’. Jonson shifts from the traditional stress on comedy’s range of personae to its range in its portrayal of the emotions (affections, perturbations) of common life.
1803 riot wasteful living, extravagance.
1804 perturbation Lat. perturbatio, ‘mental confusion, disturbance’. Heinsius, De trag. const., used perturbatio to render Aristotle’s pathos (Poetics, 11.9–10), meaning ‘emotion’, one of the three constituent parts of tragedy, along with ‘reversal’ (Lat. mutatio, Gr. peripeteia) and ‘recognition’ (Lat. recognitio, Gr. anagnorisis). See Aristoteles de poetica, ch. 14, 27, and De trag. const., ch. 2, 21, and ch. 8, 86–95 (‘On Plot in Tragedy’, 9–15, 44–7). Heinsius is primarily concerned with Aristotelian ‘catharisis’, or the expurgation of the perturbations of pity and horror, but he considers the comic poet Terence pre-eminent above any tragic poet in the mimesis of character (De trag. const., ch. 14, 163–7, On Plot in Tragedy, 88–9). Jonson here adumbrates a poetics of comedy that would discuss ‘perturbation’, as well as character, as an aspect of comic mimesis.
Naevius
1806 a comic poet Gnaeus Naevius (c. 270–c. 200 bc), early writer of Latin plays on themes of Attic ‘New’ Comedy.
1807–10 ‘If that immortals could weep for mortals, / Then would divine Camenae [the Muses] weep for Naevius. / For after he was given up to Orcus [death] as a treasure, / The Romans forgot to speak the Latin tongue.’ Quoted by Aulus Gellius, Noctes Atticae, 1.24.2, who rather scathingly attributes its authorship to Naevius himself.
1811 (and m) Lucius Aelius] F2 (L. Aelius.)
1811 Lucius Aelius Stilo The first Roman philologist (114–40 bc), teacher of Rome’s greatest scholar, Varro, and composer of an index of the 25 genuine plays of Plautus (OCD).
Lucius Aelius Stilo, Plautus
1812 Musas . . . locuturas ‘If the Muses wished to speak Latin, they would speak in the style of Plautus.’ Quintilian, Inst., 10.1.99, cites Varro quoting Stilo as saying this, though in the context of disparaging Roman comedy by comparison with Greek.
1812 locuturas] Donaldson, OA; loquuturas F2
1813 (m) Marcus] F2 (M.)
1813 Marcus] F2 (M.)
Marcus Varro
1814 prince . . . language Gellius praises Plautus for his use of Latin thus; see Noctes Atticae, 6.17.4 and 1.7.17.
1815–30 Heinsius, De trag. const., ch. 1, 10–11. Heinsius begins by refusing to confine poets to the laws of grammarians and philosophers, and affirms that poets excelled before these laws were formulated. He goes on to give the examples of Socrates antedating Aristotle and cites Demosthenes, Pericles, and Alcibiades as needing no precepts. He concludes: ‘But whatever nature dictates to the fortunate, or extensive exercise gives to the industrious – this is said by the Latins (how correctly I know not) – the wise and learned man reduces to an art. Indeed thus it comes about, that he understands causes, and does by reasoning that which others do by chance or experience. Not so much not to stray from the path, as to have a shortcut. Aristophanes wittily mocked many things in Euripides, not concerning his art, but his truth. Often Euripides makes faults in one place, and excels copiously in another. For judgement, even the best, if it does not approach reason, is not perfect.’ Jonson, after Heinsius, affirms the poet’s liberty while insisting on the indispensability of a theory or poetics derived from the practice of ingenious men.
Sophocles
1818 Which] new paragraph in F2
Demosthenes
1819 Demosthenes The greatest Athenian orator (384–322 bc), champion of the liberty of Athens against Philip Ⅱ of Macedonia.
Pericles
1819 Pericles Athenian political leader and impressive orator (c. 495–429 bc).
Alcibiades
1821 Alcibiades Athenian general and politician (c. 450-c. 404 bc), who had been a pupil and intimate friend of Socrates, and had been brought up in the house of Pericles.
Aristotle
1827 Many . . . reprehended See Aristophanes, Frogs, Acharnians, 407–79; also Thesmophoriazusae and Peace.
Euripides
Aristophanes
Censura Scaligeri in Lilium Gregorium
1831 (m) The judgement of Scaliger upon Lilio Gregorio Giraldi.
1832 (m) Gregorium] conj. W. Bang; Germ F2; Gram[maticum] conj. Schelling
1832 Nemo. . . scripsit ‘No one has judged of poets so unhappily as he who wrote about poets.’ As the marginal note indicates, this comes from Scaliger, Confutatio, in Opuscula, sig. Ff3 (the pages are misnumbered), who cites Giraldi of Ferrara (Lilio Gregorio Giraldi): Certe de poetis iudicare, poetarum est duntaxat, idque non omnium, sed optimorum, ‘Indeed it is, as far as possible, for poets to judge of poetry; and that is not all poets, but of the best.’ Spingarn (1908), 1.229, notes the wide dissemination of this view in the seventeenth and eighteenth centuries.
1833 tinkers . . . ordinarily Proverbial, Tilley, T347: ‘A tinker stops one hole and makes two.’
Seneca, De Brevitate Vitae, 13, Epistolae, 88
1833 (m)] F2 (Senec: de / brev: vit: / cap.13 & / epist. 88.
1833 (m) Seneca, ‘On the Shortness of Life’, reprehends those who are engrossed in trivial matters, among which are nit-picking literary questions, such as the number of Ulysses’ rowers, or whether the Odyssey or Iliad was written first; Epistles to Lucilius, 88, questions the virtue of liberal studies, giving examples of similar questions.
1834 their . . . grammarians Scaliger defined the critic as a type of grammarian; Heinsius (who had started his career as a poet, and an advocate of ingenium above ars) demoted the term grammaticus to designate ‘the pedantic know-all lacking in literary taste’; see Meter (1984), 19–24, 104–5, and Scaliger, Opuscula, 269.
1836–9 But . . . man From Heinsius, In Horatium notae (‘Notes on Horace’), in Q. Horatii Flacci opera (Leiden, 1612), 98–9; see 1843n. See also Meter’s translation of this passage, and comments (1984), 104 and 333, 64n. munus vel Critici ac censoris, non literulam eiicere alibi, aut innocentem syllabam damnare, vocem tollere aut emendare, sed sincere de autoribus aut rebus iudicare; quod solidae et absolutae eruditionis est, ‘The office of the true critic is not to reject either a letter, or an innocent syllable, nor to delete or emend a word here or there, but to judge sincerely of the author and his subject: this is the mark of solid and perfect learning.’ Jonson employs Heinsius’s polemic to lend authority to a critical discourse formulated by theoretically informed literary practitioners (explicitly, Horace as informed by Aristotle’s Poetics; by implication, Jonson himself, by the reading evident in Discoveries).
1837 syllabe Jonson’s usual spelling. Cf. Grammar and Und. 70.
Horace
1841 an excellent . . . reason Jonson sees ars or art not as precepts or method, but as the poet’s rational insight into the effectiveness of his practice.
Heinsius, De satyra, 265
1843 (m)] F2 (Heins: de / Sat: 265)
1843 (m) Heinsius’s annotated edition of Horace was first published in 1610, but in 1612 he added an essay De satyra Horatiana liber, which he explained ‘the whole of the author’s learning’, 167. In Q. Horati Flacci opera (Leiden, 1612), the essay appears at pp. 3–174 (pagination varies between editions).
1843 Gaius Lucilius (c. 180–c. 101 bc), satirist, follower of Archilochus (see 1762n.), who was considered at the end of the Roman republic to be ‘a writer of cultivated urbanity with characteristic Roman humour, formidable in his vituperation’ (OCD). Horace’s Satires, 1.10, opens with a section (now thought spurious) challenging Lucilius that he will prove, by means of the late Republican grammaticus Valerius Cato’s emendations of his texts, what a terrible poet he is; thus Cato’s textual emendation is mocked for undermining its own evaluative labours. In Satires, 1.4.1–13, Horace admits the wit of Lucilius, though he objects to its licence, which he compares to Old Comedy and criticizes his metre and diction. Heinsius’s marginal note on Satires, 10.1, Q. Horatii Flacci opera omnia (1610), 192, objects that Horace is castigating the vices not of Lucilius, but his age.
1844–5 ‘Cato the grammarian, the Latin-speaking siren; he alone reads and makes poets’, from Suetonius, De grammaticis et rhetoribus, ed. Kaster (1995), 11. The phrase alludes to Cato’s skill as a poet and teacher of poets, but the deadliness of the siren’s song ‘renders the point and tone of the hyperbole uncertain’ (Kaster, 1995, 152).
1846 Quintilian . . . Choerilus] as verse in F2
1846 Quintilian . . . rejected Heinsius, Q. Horatii Flacci opera omnia (1610), notes in the margin of Horace, Satires, 1.4.1–3, 175: Quintilianus Horatio hoc loco non assentit: nam eruditionem in Lucilio et salem miratur, ‘Quintilian does not agree with Horace in this place, for he admires the erudition and salt of Lucilius.’ See Quintilian, Inst., 10.1.94, explicitly disagreeing with Horace and praising Lucilius’s ‘freedom of speech’ (libertas), while still ranking Horace above him for terseness and purity. Jonson may mean that Quintilian, like Cato the grammarian, is ‘of the same heresy’ in defending Lucilius. It is unclear what ‘but rejected’ refers to.
1846 (m)] F2 (Pag. 267)
1846–8 Horace . . . Plautus Taken from Heinsius, De satyra Horatiana liber (1612), 167: Iudicium de Plauto, Choerilo, et Laberio. Ac de Plauto quidem, infra suo loco satisfactum est, ‘Judgement of Plautus, Choerilus, and Laberius. And of Plautus, indeed, dealt with in its place, below.’ Heinsius explicates in the ensuing pages of De satyra (167–74) Horace’s negative views of these poets. Horace’s judgement of Plautus had already been dealt with in Heinsius’s annotations to Horace’s Ars Poetica, In Horatium notae, which follows De satyra in this edition.
pagina 267
1847 Choerilus . . . Scaliger Horace disparages Choerilus in his epistle to Augustus, 2.1.232–3, and makes him the type of the bad poet (Ars Poetica, 357–8). A poet of Iasus, Choerilus travelled with Alexander the Great and was paid to glorify him (see 1799–1801n.). In De Satyra, 167–9, Heinsius notes that Scaliger objects to Horace’s verdict, saying that Choerilus did not live under Alexander the Great, but under Archelaus of Macedon (413–399 bc), and that he was an eminent poet, composer of the epic Persica. Heinsius considers the evidence, and concludes (rightly) that there are two different poets called Choerilus: ‘One, whom they commend, flourished under Archelaus; the other whom Horace vituperates lived under Alexander.’ See OCD, ‘Choerilus’ (2) and (3).
1847 (m)] F2 (Pag. 270. / 271.)
paginae 270, 271
1847 Laberius . . . Julius Heinsius (De satyra Horatiana Liber (1612), 170–4), discusses Horace’s opinion of Laberius, a Roman knight, whom Julius Caesar compelled to act in his own mimes. Horace, Satires, 1.10.5, likens the taste for these grotesque mimes to admiration for the satirist Lucilius, and Heinsius’s concern with Laberius is thus really with the question of what, in Horace’s eyes, disqualifies Lucilius’s brand of satire. The arguments are closely bound up with Heinsius’s discussion of Plautus and the permissible face of comedy; Heinsius quotes Satires, 1.4.1–3, in which Lucilius’s satire is likened to Old Comedy, and the (spurious) opening lines of Satires, 1.10, in which Laberius and Lucilius are compared. He concludes at 174 by distinguishing between satire which improves mores or manners, and abusive mimes or lampoons which do not.
1847 But . . . Plautus Jonson refers to Heinsius’s engagement with Horace’s negative verdict on Plautus. Heinsius, following Franceso Robortello, Explicationes . . . de comoedia in Paraphrasis in librum Horatii qui vulgo De Arte Poetica ad Pisones inscribatur (Florence, 1548) (see Weinberg, 1961, 1.401–2), adapted Aristotle’s theory of tragedy to comedy, stressing comedy as a mimetic and didactic art, and deprecating the elements of carnivalesque reversal, farce, and wordplay characteristic of Aristophanic Old Comedy and, to a lesser extent, of Plautus. Heinsius thus refuted Lipsius’s praise of Plautus (see Lipsius, Principles, 11, 38–9), preferring Terence. It is hard to judge how far Jonson followed Heinsius in these views. Heinsius, In Horatium notae, 78, quotes Horace’s negative judgement (Ars Poetica, 270–4) and, as Jonson says here, ‘vindicates’ Horace: Durum equidem iudicium, et quod non nemo hac aetate de leporum omnium parente excidisse nollet poetarum vaferrimo: cuius tamen vernae melius de Plauto iudicare poterant, quam qui hodie familiam in literis ducunt. Sed neque saeculi sui iudicia ignorare potuit, homo principibus familiarior quam plebi, Mecaenatis domesticus, Caesari ita gratus, ut et lepidissimus homuncio creberrime ab eo diceretur, et ab epistolis habere eum optaverit. Qui cum contra tanti Terentii fabellas fecerit . . . soli illi artem tribuat . . . Quare videamus saltem quid adferri pro utroque possit, ‘Severe indeed is the judgement, because nobody at that time (whose household servants could better judge of Plautus than those who today guide their family in learning) wished to forget the parent of all wit and cleverest of poets. But neither could he [Horace] be ignorant of the judgement of his age, a man more familiar with princes than with the populace, a member of Maecenas’s household, and pleasing to Caesar, so that he was repeatedly said by him to be a most witty little fellow and was desired by him as a secretary. Who, since on the other hand, he had made so much of Terence’s plays . . . he attributed art to him alone . . . Wherefore let us see at last what can be reported for each.’
1848 (m)] F2 (Pag. 273. / & seq.)
paginae 273 et seq.
1848 (m)] F2 (Pag: in / comm.153. / & seq.)
pagina in commentario 153 et seq.
1858 palace] Schelling; place F2
1859 Horace] new paragraph in F2
1859–60 Horace . . . Menander Heinsius, In Horatium notae, 78, says Horace ‘attributed art to him [Terence] alone’ (soli illi artem tribuat); see preceding note. Horace, Epistles, 2.1.159, says vincere Caecilius gravitate, Terentius arte, ‘Caecilius wins for gravity, Terence for art.’ He does not pair Terence with Menander.
Terence
Menander
1861 Now] new paragraph in F2
1862 Plautus.] Plautus. / . . . [lacuna] Schelling
1863–5 From Heinsius, In Horatium notae, 52. Jonson’s is a very close translation. Heinsius is adapting Aristotle’s theory on the six qualitative components of tragedy – plot, delineation of character, thought, style, music, and staging – to comedy, so as to elevate comedy’s theoretical standing; see Meter (1984), 109.
The parts of a comedy and tragedy
1864 διδάσκαλοι Not ‘teachers’ as Heinsius and Jonson suppose, but trainers of actors; the κωμῳδιδάσκαλος, whom Heinsius mentions (In Horatium notae, 52), was the comic poet, who had charge of teaching the actors, chorus, etc.
1866–75 From Heinsius, In Horatium notae, 79: Movere autem risum, non constuit comoediam, sed aucupium est plebis, et abusus. Ridiculum enim, Aristotele definiente, vitium est et foeditas doloris expers, quae in homine partem aliquam absque morbo corrumpit. Sicut facies, foeda et detorta, si id absque dolore fiat, risum movet. Unde ipsum etiam risum, omnes fere antiquorum familiae, sapientae indignum iudicabant. Plato tanquam sacrilegum Homerum accusat, quod ridentes faciat Deos . . . Quare divinitus ab Aristotele dictum est, partem turpitudinis esse, id quod est ridiculum, ‘It is not the object of comedy to arouse laughter but the fowling and wasting of the common crowd. Since Aristotle indeed defines ridicule as a vice and a filthiness, not involving pain, which corrupts some part of man without disease, as a face, foul and distorted, stirs laughter if it occurs without pain. Wherefore nearly all those wise among the ancients deemed even laughter itself to be unworthy. Plato accuses Homer of being sacriligious because he made the gods laugh . . . wherefore it is divinely said by Aristotle that ridicule is partly base.’
1866 fowling] F2; fooling F3
1866 fowling ‘bird-catching’, Lat. aucupium.
Aristotle
1873–4 And . . . laughing Plato, Republic, 3.388–9, referring to Iliad, 1.599.
Plato
Homer
1873 he] F3; the F2
1874–5 it . . . foolish Heinsius slightly misrepresents Aristotle, who says (Poetics, 5.1–2) that ‘Comedy is . . . a representation of inferior people, not indeed in the full sense of the word bad, but the laughable is a species of the base or ugly. It consists in some blunder or ugliness that does not cause pain or disaster, an obvious example being the comic mask, which is ugly and distorted but not painful.’
1876–83 From Heinsius, In Horatium notae, 79–80: Ita quae in sensibus autorum et verbis, in sermone hominum et factis, detorta sunt ac depravata, animos plebeios vehementer movent, et hoc ipso risum excutiunt. Ac propterea in veteri comoedia, dicta inusitata et obscena, cavillationes bonorum, singulorum contumeliae . . . sententia perversa, ideoque inexpectata, risum maxime expressit. Quod paucissimi intelligunt, quia ridiculi naturam non vident, ‘Thus the things which in the sense and words of authors, in the speech and deeds of men, are distorted and depraved, vigorously move the minds of the common crowds and in this very sense shake out laughter. And therefore in the Old Comedy, unusual and obscene words, jests against good men, affronts to particular persons . . . malicious and therefore unexpected terms, stir up laughter the most. Which very few understand, who do not see the nature of ridicule.’
The wit of the Old Comedy
1877 awry] F3; a wry F2
1879 jests] Wh; jest F2
1880 Old Comedy Comedies produced at Athens during the fifth century bc. Their plots were usually fantastic, the end festive in character. Men prominent in contemporary society were ridiculed by name, and mythology and theology were treated with extreme irreverence. Grotesque masks were worn by the actors, usually four in number (OCD).
1884–93 Of . . . engine From Heinsius, In Horatium notae, 79–81: Cuius segetem largissimam Aristophanes suppeditavit, qui non modo Plautum, sed quoscunque hac in parte superavit, et plenissime omnes τοῦ γελοίου figuras expressit. Denique, ut acetum nisi vinum sit corruptum, bonum esse non potest, ita quae sincera sunt, et vera, risum excitare non possunt . . . Quis non ridet quando Socrates ridetur; ipse pater omnium virtutum, et ipsa innocentia; cum in corbe philosophatur; cum geometrice quot pedes pulices saliant, metitur?, ‘Of which Aristophanes supplies an abundant harvest, who not only surpassed Plautus, or anyone of that kind, and expressed most fully all figures of laughter. Therefore, as vinegar cannot be held good unless wine is corrupt, so that which is sincere and true cannot excite laughter . . . Who is there who does not laugh when Socrates is being mocked, the very father of all virtues and innocence itself, when he philosophizes in a basket, when he measures geometrically how many feet fleas can jump?’
Aristophanes
1884 outgone] F3; out, gone F2
Plautus
1889 What] new paragraph in F2
Socrates
1890 Socrates presented By Aristophanes, in Clouds.
1893 engine?] H&S (subst.); ingine. F2
Theatrical wit
1895 equity . . . candour Cf. Heinsius, In Horatium notae, 80, which contrasts speeches designed to provoke laughter with ‘politic’ speech, of which the virtues are perspicacity, equity, simplicity, and truth. Note how these new norms for speech in comedy resemble the qualities defining good epistolatory or conversational style at 1532–1623.
1898 our . . . citizens To fail to satisfy citizen creditors on the day appointed for payment, a notorious habit of the nobly born. Cf. Und. 44.70–3.
1898 mysteries?] F3 (subst.); mysteries. F2
The cart
1899–1900 Heinsius, In Horatium notae, 78: Quod profecto est a pulpito ad plaustram redire, ‘Which indeed is to return from the pulpit to the cart.’
1899 tumbrell ‘A cart so constructed that the body tilts backwards, to empty out the load; esp. a dung-cart’ (OED, n.3); cf. Horace, Art, 311–13, which posits the origin of tragedy in performance pieces carried about in the ‘cart’ (plaustra) of Thespis.
1901 fable] F3 (subst.); Table F2
What the measure of a fable is
1902–98 This long section is almost entirely derived from Heinsius, De trag. const., ch. 4, 41–52. Text in the notes will be from Sellin’s trans., ‘On Plot in Tragedy’ (1971), 23–8. Where minor adjustments have been made, or for purposes of informing the reader, Heinsius’s Latin is quoted in brackets.
The fable or plot of a poem defined
1906–19 As . . . whole From Heinsius, De trag. const., ch. 4, 41–2: ‘As anyone planning a building usually first designates a site to which he gives a certain magnitude, so the philosopher did with the scope of tragedy, which we are now treating. What tragedy involves is action. But just as the site [locus] is made to suit a house, so in like manner action fits tragedy through magnitude, scope, proportion. As, therefore, a palace or a great hall requires a magnitude different from that of a private dwelling, so tragedy requires an action other than that of an epic, for as a site is essential to each of the former, so action is essential to each in the latter: in both cases each differs greatly in extent. Now in the definition we have learned that tragedy is an imitation of an action both complete and entire, just as a complete and entire site is required for a house. But something is complete when nothing is missing – in a house under construction, nothing missing with respect to the site; in an action being shaped, nothing missing with respect to the tragedy. As a site is complete for a house, not for a palace or great hall (which demand a larger one), but for a house alone, so the extent of an action is the immense one required for an epic, but one complete only for a play. This span of action is smaller, however.’
1908 constitution of a poem Translates Heinsius’s in tragoedia constitutione, ‘in the disposition of a tragedy’. Jonson’s unusual formulation indicates a deliberate widening of the scope of Heinsius’s theorizing to include comedy under the rubric of the dramatic ‘poem’.
The epic fable
1911–12 Since . . . space Note here how the temporality of plot, or action, is conceived spatially.
Differing from the dramatic
1917 we] F2; he Wh
1920–39 From Heinsius, De trag. const., ch. 4, 42–4: ‘Now a whole is something with a beginning, middle, and ending. As the site of a house is whole, though smaller than the site of a hall, so it is necessary that the action of a tragedy be a whole too, although smaller than that of an epic. Thus, the lion is a complete animal, although yielding much to the elephant. A lion’s head is whole, although smaller than that of an ox [urus] or bull. For they differ from one another in kind, and each is complete in its own kind – each has its own parts and is therefore whole. Hence, just as in every object, so in any action that may be the subject of a correct poem, a certain magnitude, neither too vast nor too scanty, is necessary. Indeed, what happens to the eyes when we look at an object, likewise occurs to the memory when we contemplate an action. Anyone looking at a vast object cannot, while he is entrammeled in one of its parts, take in at a glance the entire whole consisting of those very parts. If the action of a poem is too large, no one’s mind grasps the whole at one time. If, on the other hand, an object is too minuscule, no pleasure arises from viewing it. It does not arrest the beholder, because as soon as it is perceived, it vanishes, as in the case of a person looking at an ant – when parts elude the sight, the whole scarcely exists. The same holds for an action: as in the former case the object of vision was corporeal, so here the object of memory is action [ita hic memoria obiectum est actio]. Moreover, as excessively large things overwhelm sight, so they overwhelm memory – there is little place for detail. Now in every body [corpus] that is indeed beautiful, two things are evident: namely, magnitude and order. This is true even in the human body . . . The same holds for an action too.’
What we understand by whole
1923–5 So . . . rhinocerote F2 reads: ‘So a Lion is a perfect creature in himselfe, though it be lesse, then that of a Buffalo, or a Rhinocerote.’ The interpolation follows the structure of Heinsius, totem est lionis caput, licet minus quam uri aut tauri, ‘the head of a lion is a whole, although less than that of a wild ox [not ‘bear’, pace Sellin], or a bull’. For the spelling of ‘rhinocerote’, see Epigr. 28.4.
1924 an elephant . . . than] conj. Castelain; omitted F2
1925 buffalo A new word in English for ‘wild ox’. The OED records its first appearance in R. Parke’s 1588 translation of Juan González de Mendoza’s The history of the great and mighty kingdom of China, read by Jonson for Britain’s Burse; thereafter it is not used again until the second half of the seventeenth century. Jonson employs it to translate Heinsius’s urus, ‘wild ox’; see preceding note.
1930–3 I . . . view This is Jonson’s vivid addition to Heinsius; Tityos was an earth-born giant whose body covered nine acres (Odyssey, 11.576–9).
1936 pismire ant.
1940–51 From Heinsius, De trag. const., ch. 4, 45–7: ‘It is of no great import whether all the parts in a tragedy are present, nor is it sufficient if they are suitably arranged, unless the magnitude of the whole be right. [Heinsius discusses measuring of time among the Greeks and Romans, cf. Aristotle, Poetics, 1451a] . . . However, the Philosopher [Aristotle] was not thinking of this kind of magnitude . . . but of that which is proper to tragedy and to be sought in its very nature. This he leaves up to the judgement of authors, but with certain laws [quam iudicio autorum, sed cum certis legibus, relinquit]. In the first place, he thinks, it can properly increase and be drawn out until, for the sake of the order of the incidents treated, the reversal [mutatio] is worked in according to either necessity or convenience. And this is the ultimate limit – that is, when good fortune changes to ill, or ill fortune to prosperity . . . And, just as within the limits determined by the nature of a thing the largest is thought to be best (up to the point where it can grow no bigger), so the action itself in tragedy must grow to that point at which of necessity it has to be ended. Regarding this, two things must be remembered. First, that it not exceed the compass of a single sun; secondly, that room be left for digression and art [ut digressioni locus relinquatur, et arti]. Indeed, what household articles and other furnishings are to a home, digressions and episodes are to tragedy [Quippe in domo supellex caeteraque, ornamenta, hoc sunt episodia in tragoedia ac digressiones]. And so much, therefore, regarding the size necessary in the fable and action of tragedy.’
What the utmost bound of a fable
1941 produce bring out, extend in duration; (Lat. producere. Cf. Sej., 3.674–5.
1941 determine put an end or limit to, conclude, Lat. determinare, to bound, limit. Heinsius suggests both the ‘producing’ or lengthening out, and the ‘determining’ or ‘terminating’ of the action are be worked out according to the needs of reversal, or peripeteia.
1942–3 till . . . better Referring to the ‘reversal’ (Lat. mutatio, Gr. peripeteia), one of the three constituent parts of tragic plot according to Aristotle (see 1804n.). His Poetics, 1452a, defines reversal as either ‘a change from bad fortune to good or from good to bad, in a sequence of events which follow one another either inevitably or according to probability’. At 1453a, however, he defines the acceptable tragic reversal as only ‘from good to bad fortune’. Meter (1984), 182–3, notes that Heinsius’s permission of both forms of reversal enables ‘the same structural laws determining construction and size’ to apply to comedy as well as tragedy. Jonson follows Heinsius in suggesting that both the ‘producing’ and the ‘determining’ of the action (see previous notes) are be worked out according to nature of this reversal.
1944 either . . . tragedy Jonson explicitly adapts Heinsius’s Aristotelian theory of tragedy to include comedy.
1947–8 that . . . one day Aristotle only says that tragedy ‘tends to fall within a single revolution of the sun or slightly exceed that’ (Poetics, 1449b); Renaissance scholars generated intense debate over the question of whether a twelve or twenty-four hour day was correct.
1949 episodes and digressions Aristotle uses the term ἐπ∊ίσοδος and its cognates at various points (Poetics, 1451b; 1455b; 1459a; 1459b). The basic sense of the word is ‘dramatic scene’; see Halliwell (1998), 259. Heinsius, partly influenced by rhetorical ideas, tends to equate ‘episode’ with ‘amplification’, and proposes that what is lacking in terms of length and emotion in the ‘simple plot’ (that is, the plot which has neither ‘reversal’ nor ‘recognition’) should be compensated for by way of ‘episodes’; see Meter (1984), 191.
1949–50 household . . . furniture Translating Heinsius’s supellex; see Epigraph 1 and note, and Introduction. The idea that episodes and digressions should furnish the house/plot suggests that they should be plausibly and causally integrated within the existing scope of the action.
1952 (m) What] F2; What is meant Schelling
1952–60 From Heinsius, De trag. const., ch. 4, 47–8: ‘One must also observe whether the action has unity. For the most part, things are considered to have unity in two ways. Either they are separate and simple, as above, or, being composed of many parts, they acquire unity after the several parts have blended together. No learned person has said that the fable must have unity in the former sense. Indeed, we have already suggested that in tragic action there are two requirements: right magnitude, and equal proportioning of its parts among themselves. Neither seems possible if the action be one and simple, not composed of parts which tend to the same end [quae tum ad eandem tendunt finem], fitted together with proportion suitably and equally among themselves. Even since antiquity, this has misled many, and still continues to do so.’
What by one and entire
1961–73 From Heinsius, De trag. const., ch. 4, 48–52: ‘Thus not a few in the past believed the action of one person to be one (think of Hercules, Theseus, Achilles, Ulysses, and others), which is stupid and false insofar as generally it is possible for many things to happen to one and the same agent that cannot readily be conjoined and related to the same end. Not only the pre-eminent tragic poets, but the epic poets Homer and Virgil too agree with this, for although the argument of an epic poet is much broader and more diffuse than that of a tragic poet, Virgil nevertheless left out several things about Aeneas. He omitted how he was born and raised, how he fought with Achilles, and how he was snatched from the contest by Venus. As everyone knows, this alone occupies the twelve books, viz., how he landed in Italy. Indeed, the other matters – about his journey, winning the city, and the rest – are handled not as the argument of the work, but as episodes of the argument, just as Homer too passed over many of Ulysses’ deeds and added no more than what seemed to tend toward and pertain to the same end. Quite otherwise the incompetent poets whom the Philosopher censures. One of these included all of Theseus’s labours and actions, another all of Hercules’. Nor is Juvenal’s passage about Codrus to be taken in any other way: he calls him “hoarse Codrus” for reciting an enormous work that recounted all the actions of Theseus with utmost pain to his listeners and himself. Surely many of these actions had nothing to do with each other; hence the subject of the work had neither a single action nor a single fable but the action and fable of a single person [Quare neque unam sive actionem sive fabulam subiectum operis habebat, verum unius]. Besides, just as a house does not consist of a single thing, but is one, so the action of a tragedy does not consist of one thing, but is one. For unity to emerge out of multiplicity, however, above all requires such parts as agree and can be fitly joined together. This likewise holds for an action, too. An action does not become one from all kinds of disconnected actions, since an action becomes one only from actions so interrelated that if one of them is posited, another follows either out of necessity or verisimilitude. This is evident in any properly constructed tragedy. Consider, for example, Sophocles’ Ajax. Deprived of the arms, Ajax grows indignant, and because he is angry at being checked, he raves and is furious. In such a condition, he therefore acts with hardly a jot of sense, and at last he insanely slaughters the sheep instead of Ulysses. When he comes to himself, however, he is overwhelmed with disgrace, takes his own life, and is denied burial. These events, not all the things which ever happened to Ajax throughout his entire lifespan, fittingly hang together . . . But just as a whole consists of parts, and no whole exists without all parts, so likewise, if it is to be complete, not only are all parts needed, but also such as are true parts. A part of a whole is a true one when, if it is omitted, either the whole is disturbed or no longer remains a whole. For if a part is such that either its absence or presence leaves the whole unaffected, it cannot be called a part of the whole. Such is the nature of episodes, which we will discuss later, or of very disparate actions by one and the same man. Such, for example is Ajax’s duel with Hector, as described by Homer in detail, which has no relevance to the Ajax of Sophocles.’
1961 the . . . be one This is Aristotle’s point (Poetics, 1451a, 8).
Hercules, Theseus, Achilles, Ulysses
Homer and Virgil
Aeneas
1967 pretermitted omitted.
Venus
1970 error wandering.
Homer
Theseus
Hercules
1976–7 So . . . Codrus Juvenal opens Satires, 1.2, with his aggravation at having to listen to the recitations of ‘hoarse Cordus’ (H&S, 9.294, note that the misspelling ‘Codrus’ is owing to confusion with a Codrus mentioned in Juvenal, Satires, 3.203).
Iuvenal
Codrus
1983 Sophocles’s] this edn; Sophocles his F2
Sophocles, Ajax
1985 turns] F2; runs Wh
Ulysses
1987 sense] F2; senses Wh
The conclusion concerning the whole and the parts
Which are episodes
1996 of which hereafter H&S, 11.294, take this phrase to mean that ‘Jonson evidently intended to translate Heinsius’s eleventh chapter’, which discusses episodes. This is possible, but the phrase exactly translates Heinsius: Qualia sunt episodia, de quibus postea agemus, ‘Such is the nature of episodes, which we will discuss later’, so that the effect of intention may be accounted for by the structure of Heinsius’s text, representing his organization.
1996–7 the single . . . Homer See Iliad, 7.181–312.
Ajax, Hector, Homer
1998 Sophocles.] Sophocles. / . . . . [lacuna] Schelling
1999–2000 Cf. Nashe, Strange News, in Works, 1.275, which says if he were to respond to Gabriel Harvey’s poems, his verses would ‘run hobbling like a brewers cart upon the stones’.
Martial, 11.90
2001–3 These three phrases come from Martial, 11.90, translated in full at 502n. The epigram mocks the taste for archaic vocabulary (such the genitive ending ‘ai’ in ‘terrai frugiferai’, quoted from Ennius, for whom see 1281–3n.). This may be a note that has come detached from the rest, and belonged nearer 502. Or there may be a link with the Horatian criticism of 1839ff., since he also deprecates the taste for archaism.
2002 Accius] G; Actius F2
writings need sunshine. See more
tells me of hanging: as if they went by one and the same destiny. See more
as great a vice in praising, and as frequent, as in detracting. See more
Serve the first well, and the rest will serve you. See more
but defaces it; as he that writes other verses upon my verses, takes not away the See more
of himself he had a miraculous one, not only to receive, but to hold. I myself could See more
to calumny, which read entire would appear most free. See more
in those public councils, where nothing is so unequal as the equality: for there, See more
praised, yea, when he deserves it not. For which cause I wish them sent to the best See more
not an adversary. So I can see whole volumes dispatched by the See more
writer. He must have civil prudence and eloquence, and that whole, not taken See more
master, See more
Lord Treasurer, and had for his device represented himself sitting upon Fortune’s See more